THE A S I A TI C O R I G I N

OCEANIC LANGUAGES :

ET"MOLO‘

GICAL D ICTIONAR" OF THE LANGUAGE OF

EPA'I‘E

‘

(NEW HEBRID‘

E’

S )

WITH A N I N TRO D UC TI O N .

TH E RE V . D . MA C D O N A LD ,

E FA TE, Kim“

"

LI-

1313121 135133;

L O N D O N

ME L VI L L E , MUL L E N CR". S L A D E ,

1 2, L U D G A TE S QUA RE , B IC .

(36 2 84“

264. C ol l ins Mel bou rne. )

LU Z A C Go

P R E F A C E .

THE fol low ing work gives, in the first place,a Dictionary of the

l angu age of Efate, New Hebrides, as accurate as I can make it

after upwards of twenty-one years’ constant study and use of the

language i n the performance of my duty as a missionary stationed

on the island of Efate. Bu t,as is noted in the introduction

,a vast

number of derivative words have,for the sake of brevity

,not been

inserted. In the second place, the dialectical variations of Efatese

words are given in a considerable number of instances 5 the cognate

words in other languages of the Oceanic family are usually put

within brackets,and are chosen purposely from its four great

bran ches—the Papuan (or Melanesian the Maori-Hawaii an (or

Polynesian the Malayan, and the Malagasy (or Tagalan

These,Which embrace the fundamental elements of Oceanic Speech,

have been found of great use in determining the radica l m eaning

and original forms of words, and also, it may be remarked, in

illustrating the homogeneity of the great insular family,properly

called Oceanic, since it extends from Madagascar in the Indian

Ocean to Easter Island in the Pacific, from the Hawaiian Islands

P REFA C E .

in the North Pacific to N ew Z ealand in the South, an d from

Sumatra through the Eastern Archipelago and New G uinea to the

New Hebrides a nd Fiji . In the third place, and usually after the

bracket,are placed the A siatic—fie ,

the Semitic—words to which all

the preceding Oceanic w ords are traced. Arabia,which borders on

Oceania,has always been

,a nd is to this day, the principal home of

this,the most important family of Asiatic languages .

For a short Efatese grammar the reader is referred to the work

entitled Three New Hebrides Languages : Efate,Eromanga, Santo 5

for short grammars of other New Hebrides languages, to that

entitled South Sea Studies and for some general outline of

Oceanic grammar,to that entitled Oceania : Linguistic and An thro

pological.” A ny remark on a particular poin t in the present work

which differs from any similar remark that I had made in the

works just named is to be regarded as correcting it. Even in the

present work,as

,e.g.

,in treating of the formative particles

,many

of the main elements of Oceanic grammar are dealt with in a work

treating of the whole material of a language of a family so extremely

analytic as the Oceanic,it could n ot well be otherw ise . While fully

convinced of the importance of grammar in comparative philol ogy,

I have for many years been equally convinced that,to establish the

Asiatic origin of the. Oceanic languages,the whole material of one

Oceanic language m ust be dealt with,as in the present work

.

The work of G ibbon has been described as the splendid bridge

from the old w orld to the new . The work presented to the public

in this little volume is a bridge of an immensely w ider span than0 0

G i bbon s, connecting two worlds less known than his. and throw in oh

PREFA CE .

l ight , as I believe not otherwise obtainable , on both, especially on

the newer—the world , so interesting to modern science, of the

existing savage, which can be thoroughly known only through his

language . This bridge,indeed, makes no pretension to “ splendour

,

but, while perhaps more deeply sensible of its imperfections in

details than anyone else can be,I trust it w ill be found to be in all

substantial respects well and fa i thfu l ly bu i l t, and durable even to

indestructibility. However that may be, it is certain that the

building of it has taken more than the twenty years which the build

ing of G ibbon’s took.

I may here explain that,as no Arabic orEthiopic type are in the

establishment where this work is printed, I have been reluctantly

obliged to re-write a l l the Arabic a nd other Semitic words in Roman

characters. For this reason I have not printed at all, as I originally

intended,the second part of the Dictionary, or Asiatic-Oceani c.

Whether the complete work,with proper type, will appear here

after will largely depend on the reception accorded to the presen t

volume .

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS .

a . , adjective.

ad. , adverb .

art . ,article.

c . , with.

c. art . , with the article.

cg. ,cgg. , cognate, cog

n a tes.

con j . , conjun ction.cf. , compare.

(l . , dd.,dia lect, dia lects.

d. syn . c. ,dia lect syn

onymouswith.

(l en . , denom in a tive.

dem . demon stra tive.

den , derivation .

i .q . , the sam e a s.

inf. infin itive.

in ter. , interrogative.

in terj. , interjection .

imp , im era tive.

m id.,m i dl e voice.

n . a . , nomen action is (infin itive) .

n . ag. ,nom en agen tia

(active participle) .n . p . , nom en patien t is

passive participle) .nom . su f. , n om ina l su ffix.

n um . , numeral .opp. , opposite, opposed.

part. , participle.

pers. pron. persona l pronou n .

pl . , plu ra l .pref. preform ative.

prep. preposition.

prob. , probably.

pron , pronoun.

ps. , passive.

q .v . , which see.

reau p .,redupl icate.

s. , su bstantive.

s.v u nder the word(su b voce) .

sing , singu l ar.syn , synonym ou s.

t. transitive.

v . , verb.

v. c verb cau sat iveform .

v. i . , verb in transitive.

v. r . , verb reflexive, or

reciprocal .v. t . , verb transitive.

verb. su f. , verba l suffix.

voc., vocative.

A . , A rabic.

A mb . , A mharic.A m . , A mbrym .

A n . , A n eityum .

A rm . , A ram a ic.

A ssy. , A ssyrian.E u . , Bugis.

O h . , C haldee.

E . ,E thiopic.

E . Ma i , E ast Ma i .E f. , E fate.

E r. , E rom anga .

Fi ., Fiji .

Fu t . , Fi i tu n a .

H. , Hebrew.

Ha . , Hawa i i an .

Ja . , Java .

Ma . , Maori .Mg. , Ma lagasy.

ML , Malekul a .

Ml . A . , MalekulaA ul u a .

Ml . P . , Ma lekula Pangkumu.

Ml . U . ,Maleku laU ripiv.Mod. A . ,Modern A rabic.Mod. S . Modern Syr ia c.My , Malay.

P a . , Paam a .

S . , S yriac.S a .

, S am oan .

S oc ., S ocotra .

T. , T-igre.

Ta . , Tann a .

Tasa. , Tangoan S anto.

Tah Tahit i .To. Tonga .

C t . , C ata fago’s D ic

tionary of Mod. A .

Frey tag, Frey tag’

s A ra

b ic Lexicon .

G es.

, G esen ius’

s D iction ary of Hebrew.

N m . , N ewm an’

s D ict ionary of Mod. A .

S t S toddart’sG ramm arof Mod. S .

A fter an A rabic verb 1 ,2, 3, 4 , 5 , &c. , denoteitsdifferent forms, and

&c. , its differen t meanings.

A fter 3. Hebrew verbP i . denotes P iel

, P u .

P u a l , Hi . Hiphil , N i .N iphal .

I N TR O D U CTI O N .

THE ALPHA BET.—The E f. alphabet used in this work differs from

that used in the E f. version of the N ew Testament only in the use

of 6 instead of p. The letters are a, b (and b) , e, f, g, i, k, l, m ,n , o,

r, s, t, and 11 . The vowels a

,e,i , o, u have the I talian sounds : i

a nd u are also used sometimes for y and w,thus no is pronounced

wo,but i is very rarely used for y. B stands for both b and p

,f

for f and v, g for ng in sing, and k l m , n, r, s, t are sounded as in

English. I n one dialect of Efatese h represents the s of the other

dialects. I n My . d ' is nearly the same as d , ch is like ch in church

a like short 0, and g is hard, as in give. I n the N ew Hebrides

languages,Fij i

,and Samoan

,g represents ng as in E f. In Fi.

c represents th, and in Malagasy 0 stands for u. The Samoan is a

click,or half-expressed k, a nd the Hawaiian k stands for the t of

the cognate di alects. E f. a n sounds li ke ow in now,a nd ai, or ei ,

like i in sigh, or ci in height. E f. b is sometimes like bw , some

times like kh z a more rare variation of m is m , or I'

l l, like mw ,

or

gm . The alphabet of the Asiatic group of languages to which the

I sland group of languages is traced in this work is represented

thus (Elif ) , b, g, d, A. d, h, w (u, o) , z, 11 , A. h’

, t A. t’

, y (i) , k , l,

m,n, s, A. p (f) , s, A. s

‘

, k, r, s'

, th (t) , A. t. Of

these the represents a quiescent consonant,or spiritus lenis, like

the h in hour 5 b, b and sometimm bh or v 5 g, g and gh 5 d, d and

db 5 W (11 , o) , w and v 5 II , a. guttural h, like hh ; t, a guttural t 5is related to and to h 5 s represents ts ; k, a gu ttura l k, some

INTRODUCTION.

3 confounded with s'

,sh . Of the Arabic letters d, ll

’

, t'

,

s’

, d is sounded like th in that, with 5 s’

,somewhat like th in

5 and t’

(an aspirated t, or th) is sometimes like a strongly

a lated palatal z (somewhat like s) , sometimes like 5’

5 while l l'

,

are stronger guttural sounds than [1 a nd the former like oh

cotch loch. The Arabic t is a grammatical ending, and is.

asen ted in Arabic by an h with tw o dots over it. In Mod. A.

when it is followed by another word is it pronounced t , other

it is a quiescent h. It should be noted that in the middle or

he end of words represents also an omitted letter or vowel

d .

JETTER CHA NGES .—The E f. vowels u and 0 are frequently

c hanged in many words as kori (kuri) , bonoti (bu n u ti ) , Ioko

1 , luku)—it is equally correct to use either 11 or 0. The'

v owel

very often pronounced an d written e , as in set, bet, the My . a.

short sounds of ' i and e are practically identical . The diph

gs ai , or ci , an d a n , are sometimes contracted to e, or i , and 0,G enerally when w (u) and y (i) come between two vowels

'

may be omitted in writing and pronunciation,thus m an ora

vora) or m aora, u u i (uwi ) or ii i , noai (n a -uai,na-w a i ) , a nd n a i ,

iya ) . The labials b, f, m ,are thus often elided

,being first

ged into 11 (w) , as in the examples given m a u ora is for m abora,for n a—fai (d . n i fai) , and u n i for u fi or ubi .

I‘he labials are very frequently interchanged

,as m to b or f

,

vice ven d , as m u n u ti , bu n u ti , mago, bago ; mai , bai , or hei ,be . B and f are constantly interchan ged , especially w hen

rring at the beginning of verbs, thus ba fano go thou, i banovent

,bare, redu p. ba refa re 5 and bano to go, n afan oen the

As already noted,m

, b, and f are often chan ged to W

then elided : at the end of a word preceded by the vowel a,

readily become w or 11 , thus baram , barab , baraf, barau are all

:'

orms of the sam e word 5 and in the same position , preceded byvow el u , they are apt to be simply elided, thus n um , n u f, nubu,

INTRODUCTION.

nu are all E f. forms of the same word . B and b are interchanged,and also m and m b (like b) readily changes into w (u, o) , as bota

ia, redup. bota u ota, and u otau ota (wotawota ) , n abotan

,or n au otan ,

m au ota (m awota ) or maota.G (11g) . This sound in E f. usually stands for k (see generally

words beginning with g in the Diction ary ) 5 more rarely it stands

for n , as in fin aga and rag and still more rarely for m,as in

sugi ( sumi) . G (ng) is not one of the original stock of Oceanic

consonants.

K . The E f. k is sometimes elided,as in ‘alia for kali a

,usi for

kusi , n osoafa and soa fa for n akosoa fa,nara for nakoro

,buti for

bakan ti 5 sometimes changed to g (ng) , and sometim es interchangedw ith b, as bui na and kui na, bisi na and kihi na, makus and m afis

(cf. Mv. bawa and gawa, &c. )N . This letter is sometimes elided

,as a for an i or an

,ma for

man , sometimes interchanged with g (ng) q .v .,t, as u i ki , ti k1 s

inum a,isuma 5 l and r, n ag, lag, rag, and n agu su ,

la u su .

R. This letter is interchan ged with 1, as rag and lag 5 with t, as

baki ta for baki ra to them ,and very commonly ta for ra in both the

nom . a nd verb suf. 3 pl 5 with s, as busi for muri, gusu na for gore

na, a nd, s to r, muri na for mesau na. It is al so sometimes elided, as

eu for em , 11 for ru . In one d. r is often pronounced tr, which in

others is n r,t,and nd.

L . See r and n. L and r in some Oceanic dialects a re identical,and l is sometimes pronounced somewhat like (1.

T . See r and 1. This letter is sometimes in E f. pronounced ts,as tsi ka for tika (also rika and n ika) , and is found changed to s, as

sa for ta.

S . See t,r,n . In one E f. d . it is changed to h, as lateha

for l a tesa , &c.

N0TE .—The gutturals kh

,hh

, gh , in some of the New Hebrides

sister dialects,have been lost from the E f. The Oceanic inter

dialectical letter changes are in general so sel f-explaining and w ell

INTRODUCTION.

m (My. and E f. k, Mg. h ; Fi . c th) , E f. s, &c. ) as to

ire no treatment here .

JETTER CHA NGES I N THE AS IA TIC LA NGUA GES or WHICH THE

aA BET I S G IVEN ABOVE.—The sounds represented by h, I] , h

may have been all distinct from each other in the Semitic

ier tongue, bu t the uniform tendency of the Semitic languages is,.ey become developed analytically, to confound them all into on e

ro. Thus in Assy . h , l l , and all became like spiritus

a nd even 11’ became either a mere spiritus lenis or k . So in

7hese are all a mere or spiritus lenis, except I] , a nd h’

, which

ometimes k .

k,and k were not only sometimes interchanged with ea ch

3, but also with l l 5 and , as above remarked, k is sometimes

ed in pronunciation as a mere or spiritus lenis. In E f. they

su a l ly represented by k , and sometimes elided (fie , spiritus lenis ) .

.

‘

he labials b, w m . p . These were interchanged with each

b (or v) in Mod. S . has sometimes a sound varying from w

5 in A ssy . m and v are interchanged , in Himyaritic m and b

in Assy. m was also sometimes changed to n and ng ; p is

r p or f in H . , in A . it is f ; b following a in Mod . S. is

ou n ced o,and f (or p) following a is pronounced a u (11a ,

ab or

comes o,af or ap a u ) . Compare the remarks on the E f. labials

e.

I . This letter,especially when the first consonant of a verb

,

t en dropped. A ccordingly in E f. , &c . , su ch verbs are often

Du t the initial n . It was also interchanged with I,m

,and y

.

t,I. These are interchanged with each other

,and with n

°

are also sometimes elided 5 l is interchanged with d, and r wi th

ibi lan ts,as with z and S . Compare the E f. above.

I BIL A N TS A N D DENTA LS .~—Tl l ese were sometimes interchan ged

each other 5 a nd see r, 1. They were also sometimes elided .

Bf. r,l,t,s,above.

ee concluding remarks,i nf ra .

INTRO DUCTIO N.

THE ARTICLE .—The forms of the article illustrate some of the

foregoing remarks on le tter changes. Its common form in E f. is na ,u i, n

’

, in Mg. ny, S e. le, E. Mai . re, Meli and Ma. te. Bu t in

E f. i t‘

not only occurs in some words with its consonant elided (A .

a l , hal , P, H . ha) as a, e, or i , but also as la or 1’

(or ra ), as in lau su .

lag (also rag, ran, nag) , and l ifaru (also rafal u , l ibu is) , lobu, laso na,l ime. and rakum ,

rarua 5 as ta, as in tanekabu (and nan ekabu , see

a te, inf ra ) , taliga ; and as s, as in suma (My. rumah) . I n such

words the article has been prefixed in very early times (in l i faru

certainly before the word left Arabia) , and has come by later

generations to be regarded as a part of the word . By looking up

these w ords in the Dictionary it will be seen that they illustrate

m ore than one of the above noted letter changes. The article is

regu larly prefixed to the abstract substa ntive that may be formed

from every v erb or adjective in the language by the ending an (a na ,usually written en . ena) as n akasu an a the being strong, strength,from kasua strong

,nafam ien a the act of eating, food, from bami to

ea t in My. the article (or dem. particle ) ka is thus used (Mg. ha) .

This ka or k’ occurs in E f. only as an unconscious article. and

the former, l’

,r’, or n

’

,occurs in My. only as an unconscious article.

Both of these articles were also prefixed to verbal nouns (substan

t i ves or adjectives ) without the formative ending an, as in ka lum i

Spider,lit. the sweller, or that which swells, kalau Spider’s web

,lit.

the woven, or that which is woven, kolofa bent (P i . kalove) , lit. the

bent,that which is bent. To a word of this kind—w ith the

unconscious article ka—the causative preformative w as attached,

a nd hence baka ( see ba , 0. pref , an d ba ka, Mg. maha, i nf ra ) . I n

the same w ay—to words with the unconscious article n’

(ng)—wasprefixed the same 0. pref. ma (in My . and forming man , mana,

"

m ang,&c. Thus Mg . be is “ great

,habe greatness, lit . that which

' is great,mahabe to make great

,but also manabe to make great (na,

m odern form ny, the article, and also used in the sense of a relative

=ba=tbat which, &c. ) The r in My. bar (ber, be), the reflexi ve

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

INTRODUCTION.

infin itives z—Active participle , mita 5 passive participle , m itela , ba rua,bau ; infinitive, roko (loku , luku) , borau , mauri (moli) . It will be

observed that these examples involve both the S emitic modes of

i n flexion . by internal vowe l change a nd by external addition.

In the S em it ic '

l angu ages the simple verb usually had three

radical letters,bu t a very large number of these were

,or became,

always pronounced as having only two,and a good many were some

times so pronounced , as those one of whose three letters was

h, l l , l l'

, k ,w

,y,and (initial) n . G enerally, but not always

,it is

the briefest form of the ancient word that is found represented in

Efatese. In some instances the three strong radicals of an ancien t

verb are still found in its Efatese representative,as in sal ube

,sekof

,

serab, surut, sumat. The final n of an ancient verb is sometim es

found elided in Efatese,as in asua

,and m

,b,or p (f) vocalized or

elided, as already pointed out, as in nu (num ) , n u é a,r im(or ta) ,

barau (barab) , bol au (nolau " sau, galau , balu-sa (and balu-saki ) .

The forms of the Efatese verb , or derivative verb forms , a re

the causative,having the formative prefixes ba (or ma ) , and baka

a nd sa 5 the reflexive or reciprocal , having bi or fi ; the reflexive

passive,having ta ; the passive, having ma (mi, see the Diction

ary for these particles and words beginning with them . Among

forms of the verb m ay also be placed the reduplicate forms , as

when the whole verb is doubled,as magamaga-

5 when the initial

syllable is doubled, as sasa bo 5 and when the final is doubled,as

tafagka or ta fakaka (or ta fak’ka ) . Reduplication modifies the

meaning of the verb in various ways,expressing intensity or repeti

tion of the act, and sometimes giving a diminutive sense .

THE SUBSTA NTIVE .—From every verb

,whether simple or deriva

tive,is or may be formed a verbal substantive by adding to it the

formative su flix an a,or an (usually pronounced ena , or en) , and

prefixing the article na (n i , &c. ) This formative suffix is common

generally to all the Sem itic and to all the Oceanic languages,form

ing infin itives or abstract verbal substantives denoting -the action or

INTRODUCTION .

3 and various related ideas. I n Efatese,when used without the

cle,this verbal substantive is used in a passive sense as a verbal

ctive, thus bam i to eat, n a fam ien a the eating, the act of eating ,

ng, food, a nd fam iena to be eaten, eatable, for eating, as n afinaga

iena food to be eaten,eata ble

,or for eating. These, to save

9, are not gi ven, except in a few instances, in the Dictionary.

A number of Efatese substantives analyt ica lly represent the n .

or active participle,of the simple form of the Semitic verb, as

from kili a, li ta , or ti la, from tila ia, so S ar’

,let , lofa, laga,

a, ni fe, ori , seru, siko, si l . tfin u , soro, &c . A number of Efatese

) 8 become substantives by prefixing the article, as mitele broken,itela it is broken

,n am itel a that which is broken, a fragment,

laki to remain as a guest,n am a n aki a guest : see above on the

cle. I n the same way, as already observed, some nouns were

ned by prefixing ka,k ’ 5 but no n ew substantives can thus

formed. On the other hand, a new substantive phrase can

similarly formed from every verb in the language by prefixingpart icle te (for which see the Dictionary) , as te fami what eats,er,te kili what digs

,a digging thing or person. A number of

tese substantives simply represent,or are

,the ancient Semitic

stan tives, whether primitive, as fai or ai (water) , afa or ab’

.her) , or derivative, as ate (liver) , tua (leg) , kuli (skin ) . A few

tese verbs become substa ntives by su flixing a, as nam isakia

zness, nam a taku a fear,n am itiria a writing

, n am a ietoa anger this

apresents the ancient abstract ending H . ah (for ath) , A. a t, Mod .

(or ah) .

THE A D JE C 'I ‘ IVE ENDINGS . The first of these to be noticed is a

,

.n sama. koa, sulia, lebaleba, lasoa, fitia , bulia, buria, oroa. This

A ssy. is a (originally ai) , Mod . S. a,E. i

,aw i , ai, A. iyy

’. I t w as

gin a l ly pronounced iya, or aya (D i l lm an n ) . Sometimes in E f. it is

s in tuai. Another a. ending is na, or’na

,as in barbaru tena

,

ilena, telatelan a , sasana, rana, ra ran a . oraoran a . This in Assy.

.n’

, or en’

, Arm. ana,a n , na, A. an

’

. These are found in the

INTRODUCTION . xvii

Oceanic languages generally. The former, a, is exceedingly common

in the Maori-Hawaiian languages,and the latter in Malagasy. The

so-called passives in Samoan,&c. , formed by the ending a , are not

passives but adj ectives sometimes in Samoan they are actives,and

they always seem to be so in Futuna,and they sometimes turn a

substantive into an adjective . The Efatese adjective tu n itu n ia is

formed from tuni (t e.,tu n i . tu, v and n i

,t. prep . ) exactly after the

manner of the ao- called Maori-Hawaiian passives,which in a vast

number of instances su fii x the ending a to a verb having a transitive

preposition. A third a. ending is ak k, or ka , as in katak, kanoka

(also syn . kanoa) , sikai (and S ikatika ) , Malagasy isaka, ira ika . This

in Assy . is ak ’

,which may be the same as the Mahri ending k

,which

forms adjectives,as sa fa ik healed

, ta im ak thirsty,sebak full

,hark

hot,heberrek cold this ending in Mahri formed also in earlier times

verbal substantives .

OTHER E N D I N G s.—The ending t (or th) in the Semitic languages

is very common in Malagasy,and pronounced tra, which is often

changed to ra . This occurs in all the Oceanic languages generally

as in bets, 4 , My . ampat, Mg. efatra , S a . (elided) fa, and also in S a .

fitu,Mg. fito, 7 5 and i n E f. fu a ta , ba rba ru ta , leba leba ra , fu l u a ra ,

bu lora , sikara, and (elided) in bau head , for batu (as the neighbour

ing dialects prove) , also in batu , bate, buta . Sometimes the t.

prepositions are found su ifixed to the verb, as if they were a part of

it, and have to be carefully distinguished from the formative endings

above treated of. In bau , fitu , l ifaru , &c. ,we have also the ancient

Semitic ending u .

THE TRA NS ITIVE P RE P O S ITI O N s.—These are simply the preposi

tions coming immediately after,or su ffixed to, the verb , connecting

it with its object.The construction is exactly the same as in the

Semitic languages,and the prepositions are identical, and occur in a l l

the Oceanic languages,forming a marked feature of them . The verb

with its t.prep . is construed as one word, and to it is or may be

su flixed the substantive form ative ending an, or an a , or the adiect ive

INTRODUCTION.

ing a, or na. The three most frequently used preps . are bi, or n.

mi (also ba , fa, ma) , li , or u i , or ri ( also la, na, ra ) , and ki (also

The two former are the most frequently used in all Semitic

nages,and the latter very frequently used in Himyaritic (or

aean ) a nd A mharic. The double t. preps. usually have the

ar,as maki

,faki

,raki

,naki

,&c bu t not always

,for there occur

nusi.nus (as in bunu si and banus, My. panes) , bisi (as in libisi ) ,

or nuti (as in bonoti , m u nu ti ) . In the Dictionary the t . prep .

preps . ) is usually given with the verb, see, e.g., under the words

v. t .,and al ialia

,and the a which is often sufii xed to the prep. is

verbal suffix pronoun, 3 person, see, e.g. ,under bam a u ria (d .

au sa ) . The na after many substantives in the Dictionary, see ,under balu, is the nominal suffix pronoun , 3 person. Thus balu

lenotes his brother , bam au ria to find him,her

,or it

,le-ka see

le-baia see him , Is k’ba ia see him ,

li—bisia see him 5 these are all

ticall y synonymous , but le-ka is lit . look to him. le-baia look

1. him ,le—k’haia look to—upon him , and li-bisia look upon him

transitive prep. si being in this case without definite meaningmerely directing more emphatically to the object) .

JO N C LU D I N G REMA RKS .—Taking the letters of the above-given

ttiC alphabet in their order, and, for the sake of brevity , takin g

0 here only as they occur as the in i tia l letters of the wor ds

pared in the Dictionary, we may observe the changes these letters

undergone from the time they left South-Western A sia till the

ent time when they are found in Oceania

A lways found as spiritus lenis,generally dropped

,sometimes

ined (t e. , its accompanying vowel retained) . Number of words

Nearly always b,rarely m . Number of words large

.

Nearly always k (or its variant g, t.e.,ng) , rarely eli ded .

A

[ number of words.

l . Nearly always t, very rarely r, rarely s, and still m ore

ly elided. A good many words.

INTRODUCTION.

(1. Always t, except in one instance 5 (d . h) . V ery few words .

h . Always spiritus lenis, a nd sometim es its accompanying

vowel e lided. A good many words.

w (u, Always retained only in its accompanying vowel (asa for w a ) , and sometimes that vow el elided. A good many words .

z . Always S . A good many words.

Nea rly always spiritus lenis, but in a considerable pro

portion of instances k (or g) , and rarely its accompanying vowel

elided. Number of Words large.

l l'

. G enerally k (or g) , sometimes spiritus lenis, very rarely its

a ccompanying vowel elided. Not very many words.

13. G enerally t, rarely r, l, or n. A good m any words.

if. A lways t. Words very few .

y (i) . Always retained only in its accompanying vowel, and

that usually is elided. Not many words.

k. G enerally k (or g) , rarely elided . Number of words large.

1. Nearly always I, rarely r, t, and (see the prep. n i) rarely n

or elided. A good many words.

m. U sually m,

often b (or f) , very rarely (through w , u ) only

its accompanying vowel retained . A very large number of words.

n.Usually elided

,11 when retained as it sometimes is. Number

of words large.

S . Nearly always S , in one instance t, and in one instance 1 1 .

Not many words

Always Spl ri tu s lenis, and retained only in its accompanying

vow el,which is sometimes elided. Number of words large.

Always spiritus lenis, and as preceding letter. A good

m any words.

p ( f ) . G enerally b, or f, rarely m , m , som etimes 6. Number

of words large.

s. G enerally t, or s, oftener the former, sometimes (rarely) r,or I. See futum ,

bu su f, a nd t in , riu, tutu, lulu, luma, luba.

Number of words large.

INTRODUCTION ,

s’

. G en erally t,sometimes I. in one instance 8 , and very rarely

r. A good many words.

k . Nearly always k (or g) , rarely spiritus lenis . Number of

words large.

r. G enerally r, very often I . Number of words large.

s ’. Nearly always 8, rarely t, and more rarely l , in one instance

1 1 . Number of words large .

th,t. Usually t, som etimes n , rarely r, l , or s . A good many

words.

Certain words and particles,owing to their very frequent use

,

undergo greater changes,as the pronouns

,numerals

,formative

particles,and prepositions 5 thu s the Ancient Semitic interrogative

and indefinite pron . ma (Sabaean ha ) in E f. occurs as ma, fa, and a,a nd the same word , m

’

,used as a preformative in participles and

infin iti ves in the A ncient Semitic, in E f. occurs as m’

,b ’

,and f’

,

Mg. m ’

, f’

,mp

’

, My . m ’

, b’

,and p

’

5 and see the preps. li (original

form) , n i,ri 1 &c. , an d with a

,ani

,an

,a,a nd bi, fi, or mi, with

dem . su ffixed bai or bei . See also,above

,the article

,and the

negative adverb in the Dictionary.

D I C T I O N A R "

OF THE

L A N G U A G E O F E F A T E

(NEW HEBRIDES)

A,verbal pron .,

I : d. n i , q .v .

A,v contraction of ani , q . v . , tobe

,or dw ell in .

A,prep . ,

contraction of ani,an.

q .v . : sometimes e , or i , in ,at

,

to,of. Used prefixed to nouns ,

as ataku,etaku , or i taku , at

the back,behind and to the

su ifixed pronoun of the possessive, as agu my, ana his, dialectenea, or inea his , inu my .

{The same contraction is foundin Mg. aby my, azy his, and inS a . ana his . The Mg. a

_is

contracted for any, an, a n d theS a . is probably the same par

of,in Efate in one dialect is

nag or nagi (na gi ) of, andakam

,ye

,in another dialect is

nikam ye . The same articl e isfound in Ma . and To . as a. InP i . and E f. , prefixed to possessive prepositions

,it has some

what of the force of a relativepronoun ] H . ha for hal ; A .

a],sometimes hal

,dem . art. ,

used also sometimes as a relative pronoun prefixed to verbsand prepositions : compare ha ,

according to F. Muller identical with hal for a l

,the article

,

A rm . ha this, as an in terjection

,10 H . be.

ticle.]A

,interj .

,O 1 lo I [Ha . a, Tah .

A,art. , or dem . ,

prefixed to certain words

,as to some nouns,

a,lo I o 1] See under preced

ing word .

pronouns,akam u s ye, and pre A b

, s. , d . voc . , father. [Ma . pa,

positions,ani of

,aki or agi of 5

and to verbs, ni kam , d . agau,

My. pa,pak

,Mg. aba.] A .

ab,H . ab, Ch . aba

,father.

that which nips,or grasps . Aba, v . See ofa'

.

[FL a , an article, prefixed also Abab, s. , father. [Ma papa,t

'

o prepositions, as a nei, a kei,denoting the possessive case as

My . bapa, bapak, Mg. baba .JSee ab .

in Efatese . The Fi . a is a A bu,v .

,to heal, get w ell (a sore ) ,

form of the article na, and theEfate a

,being the sam e as the

Fi . , must in that case be aform of the common article na

(n i , n e, q .v . Agi (a gi )

d . a u ,id.

,d . m an

,to get well ,

recover from sickness . [S a .

mafu,to heal up

,Mg. m ia fa ,

to recover from sickness ] A.

afa,3, 4 , restore to health.

2

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

A FA FA ] 3 [A FIS I A .

said to afa or tow a ship . Adog afa a piece of meat

,carry

i ng-i t ofl

'

firm ly held by itsteeth

,and a man a fa a pipe

or a tw ig, t e. , carries it heldby his teeth . A messengerafa

,carries

,his message

,a

horse its rider,and a warrior

afa,carries

,i .e.

,leads his

troop also a person afa naro

gitesan bears a disease or infirm ity or trouble . (See bafa. )

A fafa,v. redupl .

,dd . ofaofa ,

ofafa . [My . apung,s. ,a float

,

ampu n g, a .,buoyant, kambang,

v . , to float. S a . opeope, tofloat

,Epi mava

,d . m ia

,to

swim ; S a . fafa,

v . ,carry a

person on the back,fa afafa

,s.,

a burden carried on the back,

Mg. baby,a .

,carried on the

back,m ibaby ,

v . , to carry onthe back (as children and othersare carried ) , Fi . vava, v . , tocarry on the back

,va -

ya , tomake a bundle

,as of sticks, to

carry on the back, ps. vai,cf. bai a , fai a, i nf ra ] A.

‘am a,swim (m an ) , go ( camel) ,

2,dispose in sheaves or

bundles : Nm . float,swim .

‘Amat a bundle,a float

,or raft

,

for carrying things acrosswater I n this A word thereis the idea of connecting together (as thin gs i n a bundle,

O f. the cognates underbau

,m a n

,810. i nfr a , z .

,

‘amma,&c . In a fa ia

,carry

him,as a floating stick carries

a man in the water,or a horse

carries him on land,the transi

tive preposition bi (afai‘am a bi) gives the verb its

transitive force , make to swim ,

to go , carry .

A fa ki , v . t . , and ofa ki , to bury,Maka tafaki , pr . n .

,name of

the person who buried the firstmen who died in the beginningof the world, according to

native story . [S a . u fi, v .,cover

,

conceal, ps. u fitia , with instru

mental partic le u fita ‘ i,u fi , s.

,

a cover,ufi

,s. , the yam,

Efateui

,or n u i (pronounced uwi) ,

the yam,Mg. afina , v o

’afina is

concealed,m iafin a to conceal

oneself, m a n afin a to conceal,

to bury,My . buni to conceal

,

concealed,mam bu n i to conceal

,

tarbu n i , sam bu ni , &c . See bei,

infra ] A .

“ El ba be concealed,

2 to conceal, to bury,5 be

absent. See cgg. s . v. bei,

i nf ra .

“ A yab ’ roots (so calledbecause buried in the groundor covered with earth ) , S a . u fi ,

E f . uwi, Ja . , My . u w i , ubi,Mg. ovy (u vi ) yams .

A fa ru n a , s.,d . ofa ri , wing,wings .

[E ra ev lok , Tidore fil afila,

Torres Islands perperi , win g,My . mihar, m abu r, to fly withwings ] H.

’abar,Hi . to soar

,

mount u pwards in flight,

’eberand ’

evrah wing feather (withwhich birds soar) .

A f ia , v. t . ,to be near to, d . cf

ia,A . w ahafa to approa ch,

draw near to.A fin ia, v. t . ,

afan ia , afen ia,also dd .

A fis ia,and afit ia , to put or

carry under the arm or arms,held between the arm and theside 5 to cover with its wings ,as a bird its young, clasping

A FI'PI ]

between the wing and the side,

and afin i na,s.,armpit

,axilla

,

and d. afil i na,id.

,also the

groin. [My . kapet,m angapet

,

carry under the arm, S a . afisi ,

carry under the arm ] A.

’Ibit’

,

pl . abat ’ armpit, axilla. abt, 5 ,place, or carry under the arm.

’ibat

' what is put under thearm, anything put or claspedto the side.

A fiti , s.,a slave. This word oc

curs with the article as n afiti .

[My . beta,Ja. patik

,a slave ]

H.

‘ebed, Ch .

‘abad, a slave.See bati

,v.

Afo,8 . See foga.

A fu afu . See abu obu .

Agau,d . nikam, s.,

a,or n i ,

art . , and kam ,or gau

,nippers,

tongs : from the verb kamu ,q.v . [Fi . ai qamu, id.

,My .

a ngku b forceps, nippers, pincers .] See kamu, kamut.

A ga (anga) , for anka, art . , aand prep. ka , literally thator the to

,or that which to ;

a particle prefixed to the nom .

suf. pron . , forming a poss.pron . Without the art . itis pronounced ka

, q.v . Seekagu

,&c., for meaning.

Agana,poss. pron .

,3 sing. aga

,

na . See kana, kakana, ka na n a

,a nd for meaning and use

see under kiana.A gama, poss . pron . , 2 sing. aga,ma. See kama .

A gagu , poss . pron. , I sing ; aga,gu . See kagu.

A g’

gam i , poss. pron . , 1 pl . , excl .aga

,gami. Kagami‘.

A gagita , poss . pron., 1 pl . , incl .aga

,gita. K agita .

A G I N A M I

A gam u ,poss . pron ., 2 pl . ; aga ,

mu. Kamu.

Agara,poss. pron ,

3 pl . ; aga,ra . Kara.

A gam,pron.

,2 pl . , you, ye ; dd .

igam,n igam i , n igkam (gk for

g) , akam ,egu, art . , a, or i, e ,

or mi,a nd the pers . pron. 2

pers. pl . kam , gam , gami ,which in one dialect

,wi thout

the art. , is kumu, in anotheris kami

, q .v .

A g, pron.,2 sing ,

you , thou ;dd. nago

,nigo

,nego ; a, or 1 1 3 ,

n i,ne, art. , a nd g, go (for k,

ko ) . See k, ko, ku , ki .

Agi , or aki, particle consisting ofthe art . a, a nd prep . gi (for k i ,q .v .) to, of ; dd. nig

’

,nag’

,

n igi or n igki (ng for g) , i nwhich the art. is na or n i . A giis often equivalent to ani

, q .v .

,

but not always : ani or in i

sometimes means “ of nearlyin the sense of “ from .

”a s

rarua in i Se? a canoe of (from )what place ? which cannot beexpressed by rarua agi sé ?See the preps. ki and n i . A gi

is often equivalent to the

simple prep. gi , or ki , butsometimes it means the

,the

(thing) : that which of, theart. having the force of a relative pronoun.

A gregi , s. , 0. art. n agiegi , thea1 r , breeze : lagi.

A gm ago, 2 sing , thy ,of thee agi , nago .

A gi n a i , poss. pron ., 3 sing ,

his,

her, of him agi,nai

.

A g mam i , poss. pron. , 1 pl. excl ,

our and theirs, of us and themagi , nami.

A G INA RA ]

A gina ra , poss. pron ., 3 pl . , thei r,of them agi , nara.

A gin au, poss. pron. , I sing ,my

,

of me agi,nau.

Agita, poss . pron ., a, prep.,a nd

nom . suf. gita ; a, gita. [S aa tatou

,Mg. an tsika .]

A go, pron 2 sing ,you. thou ;

ag, nago .

A gu ,poss . pron ., I sing ,

my ;a , gu . [S a . a

‘u,Ma. aku,

Mg. ahy , my .]Agumu, poss. pron. , 2 pl . , your ;

agi , kumu.

Abeka,d .

, tasila, d. tasiga ; sil ai a .

Ais, or ei s , ad. , here, d . ieta ; a,or e

,or i

,prep .

,and is

,see sa

,

se, 8, this , here ; d. esas, q .v .

[Mg. aty, ety, ato . eto, Ta.

yesa,My .,

w ithout prep ,

sini,sika

,and with preps .

di and ka , disini, kasin i .]H . zeh , without prep.

, here,properly this

,E f. se, this,

here,E . zeya here. A lso H.

baz eh,E. ba z ya ,

'

c. prep . ba ,with which is to be comparedHa. ma in manei here , and

a lso generally. The prep. a,e,or i was also sim ilarly used.

See examples of this under theword igin

, in ra .

A i , s.,0. art. nai, water, d . for

n ifa i, q.v .

A ime, s., 0. art. n aime, a stream :

preceding word,and me, q .v .

A ka , a . ,d. koa, and koakoa, a .

,

stringy, fibrous,as a. yam

when cooked (bad to eat) ;akoa na , or ako ana , root, itsroot, lit. a nd fig ; aka, a relative

,fam ily connection (con

sidered as root or off- shoot

from) , aka n a,d. ek

,eka na ;

in one place ek or eka denotesgreat grandfather

,and great

grandmother (which in anotherplace is denoted by tai la

,or

tai,

in another place akadenotes mother (used by achild addressing its mother) ,d . iak ( i, mama ; aka na,or u aka na (waka n a ) fissure,inside of fissure

,as of the

mouth,of a canoe (hold) , of a

bag or basket, or of anythin g ;kaka n an iu the fibrous su b

stance like coarse cloth thatgrows round the top of thestem of the cocoanut tree

(n a n iu ) makaka, to be raggedor fissu red, as cloth ; mako, ormaka

,offspring, in pr. nn . as

mako naru, &c. ; taumako, thewild yam growing on the hil ls,so called becau sekoa or fibrous .Koa has the a. ending a. [To.aca

,Fi . .waka

,My. akar, Mg.

faka,root

,Ma. long and thin

roots,akaaka fibrous roots,

kaka a fibre or hair, a garment,a kind of net

,Ha. a a niu = E f.

kaka nanin, also roots (small) ,offspring

,a pocket

,a bag

,a

coarse kind of cloth, S a . a a

fibres of a root,family connec

tion. Mg. kaky, ikaky (i a rt . ,

cf. E f. aka, iak) father, papa,Tah . aa root, sieve, &c .,

aa a thestringy substance in any kindof food or vegetable , nativecloth that is not well worked]A.

‘ akka, n .a .

‘ akak ,to be

spl it,fissu red, akko, a fissure,

ak ikat' a bag (pera viatoria,

Ha. a a ) , also like‘akiko and

‘ikka t'

,hairs of a foetus ;

‘a w ako, small shoots sproutingfrom the upper part of a palm,

‘ ilfihamo , shoots sprouting fromthe roots of palms and vines,‘akka, 4 , to send forth suchshoots from the roots (pa lm s

or vines) , cf. Mg. faka root,caus. verb mamaka to sendforth roots

,and My. akar roots

of a plant,scandent plant, parts

of a plant that climb.

A kam,d . a, art. , a nd kam , you ;

pers. pron.,2 pl. See kumu.

A kam u s,preceding word , with

dem. s suflixed,as it is in E .

to pers. prons.

A ke, interj . See ako , ako ri .

[Mg a ka v l] A,interj .

,and

ke, q.v .

A ke ri,interj ., akeor aki and m

’

,

as in ako ri .A ki

, prep .,i .q .

,agi, q.v .

A kit, d. , pron.,1 pl . , incl. , we

and you. [My . kita , Tag.

kita,Fut. akitea

,A n . a ka ija ]

See n in in ta .

A kca na,or ako a na

, s. ,root.

See aka.

A ko, interj . For ri, dem . par

t icle, used also as an expletive,and la, ad., see these words.

A ko ri la, interj .A ko ri i nterj . Ako expresses

su rprl se, wonder, admiration,also mourning, commiseration .

A, interj ., and ko, q .v .

A I, d., syn . with 610

,d . al i , the

sun. See ali.Alat ia, v. t. (and let, q .v . ) topress together, n ip as withscissors , or with the teeth, pressbetween two things drawn together, to press, urge, persist,be importunate with, to grasp.

The final consonant is oftendropped

A la,s., 0. art. mi le, a basket or

purse the edges of whosemouth ca n be closed by beingdrawn or pressed together,women’s carrying basketAlati

,s. ,scissors

,nippers

,clip

pers ;A l a teraba ti

,also alati bati ore

,

to gnash the teeth,lit ., press

the teeth together creaki ng .

See bati and oreAla goro ki , v . t .

, press, urge.See goro

A lala,

a . ,compressing. [M

l asi tra,m andasitra to pinch. ]

H. Lahas to press, squeeze,’alas to urge , S .

’elas coegit ,a rcta v i t, A . l a l l is

’ angustu s,a rctu s (drawn, pressed to

gether) .Alalu

,i .q . ela lo

, q.v . See alon a .

A l a n, S . a , prep ,

a nd lau,sea ;

also elau, d . ela, the sea, on

the sea, seawards. [Malo alau, Epi lau , My . laut

, Ja .

lahut, lot, Tag. dagat, Ma r

shall Islands lojet , the sea.My . lauti, v .

,and malaut

,v . ,

to pu t to sea, be at sea in aboat or ship] A. logg’

, a n d

loggat’. or lojja t’

,midd l e an d

depth'

of the sea,ocean

, l aJJa ,or lagga, 8, the sea was wideand deep, or such a sea w as

sailed over, 2, he entered thevast and deep sea .

A lekabu , 0. art. , ta lekabu , d. fora rekabu .

Ali, s. , c. art. , nali , lea f, leaves :ulua.

A l i, s. , day (d . ali sun,d

.ali

A LIA TI ] A LIA LIA

l ight, see lina) . Sera ali,

every day,toko ali

,stay at

home during the day,not going

to work. U sually this wordis doubled

,as

Ali ati, s ., day (for aliali) . [A n .

adiat] . A nd

Aliati, v ., to day, to daw n, tolighten as the dawn. See a l

,

a lo, elo , the sun , also meta n i

a] , meta n i elo,the su n

,lit. ,

eye, i .c.

,source of day or light.

[Mg ahdro,Malo alo

,My .

a ri,hari

,S a . la

,Ma . ra

,day ;

S a . la,Ma . ra

,My . mata-ari

,

Mg. maso-andro,the sun.] A .

nahar',daylight

,day (from

sunrise to sunset), H. nha rah,light, daylight, S. nhar

,A .

nara, to shine, be light, 2, todawn, lighten as the dawn .

Al ia, v . t for gal ia, or kal ia,

'

q .V .

Ali,a nd alia

, s.,place

,part

,alia n

,

its place or part,d . male 11

,or

mile 11 luan,that place

,there

,

for alia uan,li ban ,

d . 10 hon ,

there (li for alia) mala, andmalo

,a place

,a part

,malo

,

time, i .e. ,

a part of time,as

malo mi aliati a part of theday, malo u a n , that tim e, orthat place

,malo

,trunk of the

body,or of a tree

,mala

malala,an open place or plain ,

a lso the village dancing andpublic worship ground

,mal

m a l,

l

redup .,a small place or

part ; malu, m a l um a l u,to be

bare,clear

,as a piece of

ground, to be bare , devoid ofhair

,as

“

the face,malamala

naked . [Fi . mala a part, S a .

m alae the open space where

pub lic meetings are held,Tah .

marae the sacred place formerlyused for worship

,marae

, a .,

cleared, as a garden, or a placeof worship

,Ma . marae enc losed

space in front of a house,a

yard,maramara

,a small

piece] A .

‘ariya to be naked,

‘a ra

’

,

‘a ra

’

,

‘arat’,an open pla ce,

tract,part

,mo ‘rai

,and mo ‘ra l ’

,

naked part of the body not

covered with clothing,H .

‘arah to be naked,

‘arah anaked or bare place

,ma ‘ar

a naked space,void space

,

ma ‘arab a naked place,t e. ,a

plain or field devoid of trees,

’

A . m o‘a rra i , naked, bare.

“

A liali,v . i . (doubl ed ) , to delay,

be slow,and ta l ia l i

,id.

,in

tensive. [C t Ha. alia,v .

,to

wait] A. ala (alu) , a nd,2,

alla’, and , 5 , to delay , be slow .

Alialia,v . i .

,or a . ,

insan e,to be

insane connected with this isu l u l ia inspired , possessed, orentered by a deity (na tem ate)or demon

,a nd

,therefore

,as a

matter of course,out of one’s

senses . Alialia is not used insome places where u l u l ia (foru lu u l u ia ) is used in bothsenses this latter word is alsopronounced l u l u ia ,

and lulia.

It is a reduplicate and has thea. ending ia, a nd literallymeans entered (t e. ,

by aspirit) , possessed. [S a . uluitino enter the body

,possess

(as by a n a im ), ulu to enter,and tino body

,Ha. u l u ia and

u l uhia to be inspired, pos

sessed by a spirit,ulu to

have spiritual possession ,

A LIA LIA ]

good or bad,ulala insane, out

of one’s senses,Tali . u ru to

be inspired, u ruhia inspired.

This last word corresponds toS a . u l ufia , which simply meansentered

,being the passive of

ulu to enter. Tah. taura apretended prophet or someone inspired by some god orgoddess. Corresponding to S a .

ulu to enter is Mg. idi tra toenter

,and w ith this latter is

connected the reduplicate ad

ala insane,senseless , a lunatic,

a fool (cf. Ha. ulala) . E f.

an idiot,senseless person

,

fool,may belong here al so

,and

cf. Fi. l ia l ia foolish, crazy, a nidiot ] C h.

‘alal to enter, S .,

id.,

‘a l he entered , im p ,

‘u l

enter, A.

“alla he entered .

NOTE.—The A . is followed

by prep. fi,the S. by h and a lso l

(A. li) : the first of these preps .is used in Mg. (amy) , as inJno. xiii. 27 , Satan n idi t'r a

aminy , entered into him a nd

the second (any, sometimescontracted to an and a) , as inLu. xxii . 3, and often : in S a .

we have the first in the fi ofu lufia , hi of Ha. u lu hia

,and

the second in the i of ulu-i - tin oand of Ha. u lu ia . This isthe verb constantly used in S . ,

Mg ,and S a ., to denote the

entering into a man of a spirit.The E f. and Fi. use anotherand synonymous verb, E f. silito enter, Fi . curu, id., which isused also in A. to express thisidea

,and the first of the above

preps. is sometimes used in a l l

three languages,as in Lu. xxii.

3, E f. sili-ti , Fi . curu-mi , A. fi

for the A. verb correspondingto sili

,curu

,see sili, infra .

In the three languages bothverb a nd prep. exactly correspond

,and express (that

Satan ) entered into (Judas) .A 10, s. , d.,

the su n . See ali.A lo-fi a

,v .

,wave (with a circular

and roll in g motion) to him ,

beckon to by so wavin g thehand

,or a branch of a tree ;

alo,and prep. fi : bialo, v. r . ,

wave often,or wave to each

other,alo-alo w ave repeatedly,

talo go round, avoid, turnround

,

”

ta loa lo keep going round

(as on a zigzag or crookedpath ) , turn round . See nextword .

A 10 1 1,or alu n , s. , belly, abdo

m en,the front

,before, d . a l

’

naru na, belly, t e.,palm (or

front) of his hand“; reduplicatelalo n

,or lalu 11

,id. , ela lo, be

fore (e prep ,and lalo front) ,

d . elo l , in the belly , in side,a n enclosure

,(1. loga. [P i .

yalova,Ml. P. oru v i

,Ml. U.

ol u ve,Ta S a . lobe or love

,Malo

alovi, to beckon, To. ta loo tobeckon, S a . alo to fan

, ta le to

fan, to beckon, to wave apiece of tu tu ga over the dead,begging him to take calamitiesand diseases with him

, a lofi to

sit in a circle , a lofil im a palmof hand (t e. , front or belly ofhand) , S a . alo belly

,under

side, Ma. aro face,front

,Ha.

alo belly , face, Ma. archi tolook for, arohirohi to turnround and round

,Ha. aloalo

to turn this w ay and that, a lo

9 [l i mo-Run

to elude, to oppose (face,front) , to swim (wave hands) ,double (as a cape, i .a .

,go

H.

’u l belly

,abdomen

,

so cal led from its roundness,

A . alo : the root is ’u l , a nd

’i 1

,

not used as a v erb in H .,and

its primary notion is to roll,

turn round,as is seen in its

(derivatives and) cognates, asH. hu l , gil, gal a] ,

‘agal,&c. ,

and A. alla - (aw l , &c.) Themeaning of Ri . ela lo in front

,

before (9 in ) is secondary,the radical meaning being inthe belly, inside, and it is asopposed to etaku '

(e taku)behind , at the back (takuradically denotin g back , as nataku n atamole a man

’s back) ,that it has the former meaning.

It should be noted thatG esen iu s points out that asecondary meaning of the root’u l is to be strong, powerful,whence, el , strong, G od ; andthat thence a rises a thirdnotion

,that of pre eminence (A.

awila to go before, precede) ,whence H .

’ulam prop. f ron t,then vesti bu le.

A l’

(naru) (for alo naru) , d.,

palm (belly) of the hand.

[M] . P. aro , Malo lolo.]A lo ana, or aloa na, s. , maternaluncle ; vocative (reduplicate)1010 (cf. abab, mama) . [In E f.dd . syn . au au a , bau. Malotaura (ta maternal a

uncle ] A. h’alo maternal

uncle. See next word.

Alcara, a . ; alo, and a . endingara or ra an

'

dA loa loara , a redupl., spotted,

marked. [8a il a i la , a .,

spotted, marked, ila, s., amother’s mark

,a mark in the

skin, To. i la a mole or markin the skin ] A . h

’alo, pl . ,

h’

i lan, mole or mark in the

skin, ah’

ya lo, 3. having suchmarks in the skin

,spotted,

marked.Alo-fi a

,v .,rub on (to) it ; alo,

v ., and prep . fi . S ec 10a , a n d

lo-fi a. A. ha le, ha lfi, or halo,rub

,smear.

Alikas, s. ,c. art. nal ikas, for 1 1 a

uli na kasu,leaf or leaves of

’

trees. See uli,and kasu.

A lser,s. , 0. art. n alser, dried or

withered cocoanut leaves,so

called because j agged : fromnal for na uli

,leaves, and sere ,

jagged .

A l u 1i a s for alo na, q .v .

A m a,poss . pron ., 2 sing , thy a .

prep ,and nom . suf. ma. [S a .

a u , Mg. anao, thy.]Amau

,a . ,true : in loam au , q .v

lo a thing, and amau, alsomau

,mori

,mauri

,true. H.

aman. See mau .

A m os ia, v . , to carry on theshoulder, to bear, to carry.

Often the final s is droppedhence

A m o, v .,to carry, to put a load

on the shoulder ; andAmo-taki

,d., id . and

Amo- rua,am

’ru a (rua two) , to

carry two (burdens) , one oneach end of a stick (as a Chinam a n carries two baskets) the

word also occurs in tak’amo,

d. takiamo to carry a bu rdenon only one end of such a

stick and

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

A N A

A n a , poss. pron. , 3 sing , h is, her,its : a

,prep ,

and na, nom .

suf. [S a an a ,id.

,Mg. az y ,

has the same prep. a,bu t pre

fixed to the separate pron. likeE f. anai

,d . inea

,his, her, i ts ]

A n agagu ,a nagama , anagan a ,

a nagagi ta , a nagam i, an agam u,

anegara (or a nagata ) , poss .

pron s.,syn . c. agagu , agama,

&c., q .v .

Anaga, in these words, is thesame as aga

,in agagu , and

anaga is related to age. asnagi or n i

,r to agi, that is, the

prefix to the prep. ga (or gi ) isthe art. with or without its 1 1 .

Anai,poss . pron . , 3 sing , his,

her,i ts a

,prep ,

and n a i .Anana

,poss . pron . , 3 sing ,

his,

her,i ts

,d . for anean a , q .v .

A n éan a,poss. p ron.,

3 sing , ofhim

,his

,her

,i ts : an é or a n i

,

q .v .,prep ,

and an a,a form of

the pers. pron. , 3 sing .

A n ekabu,0. art. na nekabu , d.

for a rekabu .

A nekam a,0. art. n a f‘ m a

,d.

for a rekabu .

A n ekabu ,c. art. tanekabu

,d.

for a rekabu .

Anena,d. for anea na .

An cra, for an éara , of ten pron ou n ced aneta, ancata , d. a re

ara,poss . pron .

,3 pl . , of them ,

their ; prep . an i , and ara, pers .pron ., 3 pl.Aneta,

'

d. for auers.

A n i,prep ,

particle consisting ofthe art. a and prep. n i

, q .v . ,

a nd often used for the simpleprep . n i

,of

,belonging to (geni

tive prep ) , for (dative , rare,this is usually expressed by

1 1

magi, nag’

,or nig’

,

generally synonymous withagi, q. .v for a di iference. Sometimes pronouncedm i (em ) , andcontracted to a

,i n , i, or e, and

having among other meaningsthat of “ in (cf . the contractionin English of fl

’for in

,as “ i

’

the forest,

” for “ in the forestor “ at

,

” or on ,

” as etaku oritaku behind (at the back ) ,elau or alau on the sea

,also

to the sea, seawards, as be. k ielau, go seawards, or to thesea, ki e being two preps.of similar m eani ng

,the one

strengthening the other ( cf.My . akan, Mg. ho any, ho a) .

A n lgam i ; d . syn . c. agin am i ;

poss. pron . 1 pl . excl . , of u sthem (of us a nd thein ) : a n i ,prep ,

and gami " (for n ami) ,pers . pron. 1 pl. excl . Seenami

,kin ami.

A n igita ; d. an in ita, q.v . poss.

pron. 1 pl. incl. , of u s —you

(of us and you) : ani prep ,

and gita (for Seen in ita , n ita.

An im u d. ,syn . c. agumu

poss. pron. 2 pl . , of you, youra,prep ,

and nimu (forn ikam u ) , d . nikam ; pers. pron .

2 pl.A n in ita

,d. obsolete, syn . c.

a n igita : ani prep ,a nd nita

,

pers. pron. 1 pl. incl. Seen in i ta , nita.

A n i v usually pronou nced eni,

d . 011 1,contracted to an

,en

,a,

o ; c . preformative m’ or m a ,

it is man,11 1 5 , ban (and mban) ,

be, dd. bon

,bén , bao, baon,

m aon ; to abide, to be, as i

a ni or i an suma he abides oris at home (in the house) , im a n or i ma tafa he is on thehill

,i m a n or i ma rarua it is

i n the ship or canoe, i ma or ian til ia

,bat ia

,he abides

(continues) or is telling it,doing it.NOTE 1 .

—The verb anm ay be thus used beforea ny verb, like toko (contractedto) to sit, dwell, be, withwhich it is nearly synonymous .B u t an tano l ies or is on theground

,toko tano

,or to atano

si ts on the ground , tu tanosta nds on the ground . Bothtu a nd toko are used beforeother verbs like a n

,and toko

til ia,tu til ia

,like an til ia,

denote to abide, continue, orbe telling it . “Another verb,tau

, q .v .,is used in the same

w ay before other verbs, as itau til ia

,bat ia

,he abides

,or

is constantly, habitually , ora ddictedl y , or repeatedly, telli ng, doing it . These verbsthus used before other verbsa re auxiliaries , n ot of tense ,but of “ form

,

” expressingcontinuance

,intensity , repeti

tion and as in the Englishphrases “ I do say it

,

” “ Im ust say it ” (where sa y is thesim ple infinitive after theauxiliaries do and m u st) , theverb immediately followingthem is the infinitive .NOTE 2.

—The preformativem ’

,m a

’

(me, m l ) is used withtoko

,tu

,and tau , as well as with

a n i,an

,as matoko (or mato ) , dd.

batoko,fatoko (va toko) , matu,

1 2 A N I N A

batu,fatu (vatn ) , mi tau or

metau w ith thispreformativethese verbs have much the

sam e meanin g as without it ;they have the same mean ingwith the added idea of contin u a n ce or intensity. [Mgmonina dwell

,reside, inhabit,

on en a n a ,fonenana (a dwelling) ,

mpon in a A . ,4 )

“ aniya,to dw el l

,abide, 8) to

be, ma“ na’ dw elling, of. H .

‘nu

to rest,to dwell

,ma ‘on a dwel l

ing.

A n i na,c. art. nani na, s. , child,

son or daughter, dd . ati , atu .

[My . anak , Mg. anaka, id .

,

My . kanak (see kanao , kano,i nf r a ) , Mg . zanaka, id. ,

0. arts .k ’ and A . wald ’, walad

’

,

walid ’,E . w a ldé, A mb . w andé

,

T. wade, H . ya l id, one born ,child

,son

,from the verb H .

ya l ad, A . w a l ada,to bring

forth,bear (a m other ) , to beget

(a f a ther ) , A. walid ’ , parent,genitor, father, w a l ida l

’mother,

genitrix’

(N m . w él id,w él ida ,

Ct. w a l idah ) . My . baranak

(Makassar, ma-ana) , to bear achild

,bring forth any offspring

,

have children,be a parent

, S a .

fan -an (cf. A .

,4 ) to brin g forth,

fan a n a u,fa n a fa n a u

,fan au a.

fanau,s.

,offspring

,chil

dren , fa n au ga , s.

,offspring

,

child-bearing .

No'r s .—The word ani

,or ati

,

atu, son or daughter, probablyrepresents an original m a scu

line (and so that denotingfather, A. walid

,M ] . and Santo

tata, voc., reduplicate, Santo d.

tai, Mg. ray) , but the word

A NO I] l 3

belonging to this stem dc

noting mother,the ancient

feminine (w él ida , w a l idah) .This is in E f. d . ra ite n a

,or

reita n a mother, d . ere u s. (forera na) , Ta . iti, d . rih

,A m. rahi,

An . risi,M risi

,d . are, Epi d .

l a,Pa. lati, Fila leta, Celebes

ley to : E f, voc. tete (cf. abab, orm ama) a reduplicate also belong here E f. atene n a grandmother

,and d . atia na, id.,

the voca tive of which, a reduplicate

,is tata. In one dialect

a tia means also grandfather.I n Epi mother, in one d . la, ina nother is kaine, i .a. ,

ka a r t

and ine (for ina) mother, andt his latter is the prevailingform of this word in the MalayArchipelago (seeWallace

’s list) ,A mboyna, Ceram ,

&c. ,in a

, Mg.

reny and ineny (reduplicate,voc. Ta. d. nana) , S a . tina ; theS a . tina is t’ art. , and ina,Fut. j ina, Aniwa na na, Epi d.

,

without art. ani, Mg. r-enyCelebes undo

,Bu . indok , i na ,

My. ind-u,J. id—un g also

" sabel ido, San Cristoval ina,Motu tina

,Mare nene

,Duke of

" ork n a .

A noi , or anui’

,s.,0. art. nanoi ,

or nan u i , vir, husband, male11 1 has been elided from thebeginning of this word as innoai

,d . nai , d. n ifa i (n i va i) ,

q .v . ,water d. mane (mwane) ,

ma’an male. Seemane.

Anu,d. ,pers. pron. I sing ,

I o

See kinau.

A nu na, 5 . 0. art. , nanu n a , his,

[so

her, its shadow, i bi an’fur

it is a n empty appearan ce,

mere shadow (worthless) .[Epi ununo, Malo unu, M1. (1.nunu, id.] And

A n’

, s.,a rope

, 0. art. nan’.

These two meanings are alsofound in the A. A.

‘anna, n .

a. ‘annu,

‘ananu ,

‘ununu . topresent itself, to appear, 2, tohold with a rein ‘

an u a longrope

,

‘a n anu and ‘in an u ad

paritio rei,

‘an anu clouds

,H.

‘anan a cloud.

Nor a—The radical meaning of H . anan is to cover,and cognate are kanan andganan A . j anna

,or ganna

,to

cover, to be dark (of the

night) , to be possessed by ademon and insane

, Ji nmu, or

ginn u , darkness of night, alsodemons

,spirits , or every kind

of them (this is the gi n of the“Arabian Nights h in a.kindof demons

, ginn iyyu a demonor spirit

, gan u nu genii. InE f.

,d. , unu ghost, d. inin i

spirit, soul, M l. P. on i,noni

n , his soul, or his shadow, Epi(1 . anunu soul or spirit, Epi

(Baki ) unu, 0. art. n iu n u soulor spirit

,ununo shadow and

M1. oni , Malo unu , one’s like

ness in water or in a lookingglass. E f. ate

, q.v . , denotesthe soul

,a spiri t

,one ’s

shadow,and one’s likeness in

water or in a looking-glass.

A 0 (or an ) , v .

,d. , to bark (as a

dog) . S ee bakau. [S a . ou ,

id.]A o, ad.,

yes. [Ma eu .] See an .

A RA ]

Ara,form of pers . pron. 3 pl .,

preserved in a reara : otherforms nara

,nigara (gara) ,

encra,kin iara .

Ara, s a fence 0. art. nara, d .

nar : see koro,0. art. nakoro,

id. (ara has the initial k elided) ,Nar fat

,d. for nakoro fatu

,a

stone fence .

Ara ia,v . t .

,seek

,ara ika search,

look for fish, come seeking,ba ara go or come seeking,ti ara press after seeking.

[Fi . qara, v. t ., seek, qaqara ,qaraqa ra , v akasaqara .] A.

hala , 3, n . a. hawal ’, v . t .,

seek.

Araara,or arara

,v .

,reduplicate

of ara,to join to

,join together

,

connect with,arara naui

,

attach the yam vines to stakes,

arara nia connect it, arara u iora naui ki naka u connect orattach the yam vine to thestake arara ki nalo 1i a agreeto his voice (judgment, opinion,

lit . join on to it, syn .

soka ri n a lona oraora na , q. v . ,

variegated,belongs to this

stem . H . habar, S. bhar, E.

habara, to join together, connect with ; then, to agree withsomeone ; then, to he banded,striped, variegated , A. habara,ps. hubira to be striped, E.

hubur coloured, variegated,adorned with various colours

,

Ch. habarbar spotted. Primary meaning, bind together.

A rara,s.

,heat

,arara u i elo heat

of the su n see next word.

Aran,or oran, d. arain, d. on

,

d. uen, s. , 0. art. naran , &c.,

sand . I n on and uen (wen) ,

1 4“

[A RU’

the r is elided, the n of on,like that of m ane (male) , q .v . ,

is non - radical . [S a . ,Ma . ,

Tah . ,To ., Ha ,

one,and one

one sand on eonea (a, a. ending) sandy ] A . horr’, orhorron , sand, from l l arra to behot

,whence l l a rara l heat, E f.

arara heat.Arai

, d.,dem . pron

,this

,that.

For the final ai,see uai. [Ha .

la,Ma . ra there

,Fut. ra that

,

Mg. iroa that,there, ery, ary ,

there ] S . hal,H . halah there

,

connected with the dem . H.

hal , A . a l , the art . , Ch. alu,aru, O h . and Talmud ha re,are, dem .

,lo " there " O f

this dem . syl lable a l,hal

,

ar, ba r, G esen i u s remarks“ It is hard to say whichform is the more ancient andprimitive it is seen alsoin Arm . harka . balkah, here,H . elleh, &c .

,these those

,and

in E f. a rog er1,erik

,eru

,

q .v .

A reara , d.

, for ancara, an é ra , q. v .

:

the prep . a n i,or a ne

,is a re in

this word.

A rekabu na,s. , 0. art. n a rekabu

,

the liver . See ate.A ri fon

, s., 0. art. n a rifon

,diviner

,

magician . A.

‘a rra fon a di

v iner, from ‘arafa to know,

divine, 2, make known.

Ari(a) , v . t . , to plane, scrape ofl‘

,

rub of f. [S a . oro,id.] S.

to scrape off , shave, H . gara ‘ .A rog (arong) , d .

,dem . pron . ,

this.

See arai and erik . The final9 as in nag, naga, dem .

Aru n a, s. , c. art. naru i i a

,

hand, arm fore-foot of a

quadruped : naru arms, i .c.,

weapons of war,war ; i bi aru

uia he is industrious,lit. a

good hand, i bi aru sa heis handless

,lazy

,lit . a bad

hand. [N ew G uinea dd.

u adu,dei

,M ] . P . fera

,M l . A.

verua, Samang tong,Nias

tanga, Borneo dd . tongan,

lungan,rongo

,tangan

,My.

tangan,Mg. t

'

anana,( 1. tan

gana, Madura Bali tanang.]H. yad hand

,S . id.

,A. yadu

(and yaddu ) , dual yadan also,adu

,dual adan

,hand

,arm ;

fore-foot of a quadruped . TheMg . lan a -na compares with theA . adan .

A sa , ad.,the day after to-morrow.

See u asa .

A scl i na, s.,a friend . [M ] . U .

selen, Bu . sol ao, id.] A'

.

wasi l’

,intimate friend

,from

w asa l a to j oin , be joined .

A s ia, d. u as ia,v. t . , cut, cut

out,as asi n a n iu cut out the

kernel of a cocoanut (to makea water vessel of it) , asi

(lua n amena na) cut (out histongue) , asi intale cut theroots of taro (while it is inthe water

,to pull it out of

the ground) : hence m a seasi ,

q .v . S . hsa , v .t .

,cut ou t (as

the eye) .A si na , s.

,0. art. nasi na, the

part of the face bearded, jaw ,

j awbone,chin . [Malo ase

Ta S a . ese chin,M l . P. fese

chin,ese cheek ] The radical

idea is that of cu tting, sha rp ,

tea r i ng. A . l l'

add’ mala

,gena.

A si ta b'

unu,jaw cutting dead ;

A si tagel i , crooked jaw : these

1 5 A S UA

(or sonara) .A sol a t , see soli .Asua

,v . i . , to smoke , c . t. prep ,

asu én ia to smoke on to it, orhim 0. art. it is s. ,

n a asu a nathe smoke of it

,its smoke .

[Mg stona, s smoke, manetona

,v . ,to smoke, My. asap

(probably this word lit. meanssmoke of fire

,api) , barasap to

expressions denote, the lattercrooked talk

,the former ta l k

calculated for and resulting inthe death of one hated .

5

Aso,v .i . , to burn , be burning (a

fire) , be kindled . to be burntor scorched (as one

’s skin, or

food in being cooked) . [Fi .qesa , qesaqesa , a .

,burnt or

scorched,as in cooking

,A n .

ecescas,

a . , burned, acas, or

cas,to burn hot

,burning ]

A . w akada , n. a . w akdo, H .

yakad, S. ikad , to burn, beburning

,be kindled.

A so, s.

,a kind of crab

, the

robber crab.

A so,or asu

,s., 0. art. naso, or

nasu, a bow (for shootingarrows ) . [A urora usu, Paamahisu

,M l . P. vus

,M l . U . V is

,

A m bla w busu, ,My . bu sor,

Saparua busu,id.] A. kawsu ,

or kasu , id. So called frombeing curved.

Ascara, s.,the rainbow . Cloth

brilliantly variegated withdifferent coloured bands or

stripes is called na kalu asoara

,a phrase in which the word

is an adjective . A lso a stonefence constructed of three rowsor bands of stone is describedas ascara See i nf ra , soara

1 6

smoke,Malo asu

,s.,mo asu

asu,v .

,Ta S a . asu

,s. ,m ’asu

,

v . , M l . P. ese,s. ,mi es

,v . , M l .

A. n aham p basua , s. ,lit. the

fi re smokes,basua

,v .

, S a . asu,

:s. , asua , a nd asu in a,v . ps.]

H.

‘as 'en,to smoke

,

‘as ’ansmoke

,A .

‘a tha n a

,l,2, 4 , to

smoke .A t , or ats

,0. art. nat

, q .v .,

banana.

Ata (or nata) , s.

, 0. art. nata,01.

na eta for na ata,a man

,a

person ; one, someone ; natanata

,every on e. See a tam ole

,

a tem ate,ata na

,atamani .

[Motlav et,Ureparapara at

,

man . See below,Note

A . nat’,for nas ’

,which is

the commonly used plural

(“ pluralis fractus

,

” a collective or abstract

,or singular

w ith a collective meaning) ,o f

’insan’,

m a n,male or

female,a human being

,also

u mbra hominis (the older

p lural is’unas ’ , with which

c orresponds H.

’enos’ A rm .

’anas ’a,a m an , men ) and de

notes men , also gen ii, demons .NOTE l .

—A .

’insan forwhich there is also i san

,

corresponds to H .

’is ’on

,which

is formed from ’is

' by theending on , and denotes, whenfollowed by the word eye

,

“ little m an of the eye,i .e.

,

pupil in which as in a glass alittle image of a man is seen ”

(G es ) ; the A . denotes in

addition to the meanings givena bove the little image appearing in the pupil of the eyeA.

’insan is from the root ’ans

[A TA N A

a nd H . I S vir, is ah woman ,from ’ins ’

,

’ins

’

a h,hence the pl .

of correspondingto A. nisa’, n iswa t, and niswan ,

women. The words ’is'

v ir,is 'ab

woman (a nd their equivalentsi n the cognate languages) mustbe carefully distinguished fromthat given above u nder ata (ornata) denotin g a humanbeing whether male or female

,

though they all belong to thesame root or stem .

N O TE 2.—According to the

above,the t in ata

,l ike that in

A . nat’,represents an original

s as in n as’

. In E f. dd . thisat is sometimes pronouncednearly as r

,and ts . In

other N ew Hebrides dialects this consonant is foundas t

,s,r,1 ; thus correspond

ing to Efate ata-m ani male

(vir) are A n . ata-m a ig, Fut.ta-n e (for ta-ane ) , Ta. yerum a n

, Epi dd . ata—mani, su

mano, M l . U . oro—man,Tasa .

la—mani . My orang, Mg . olonabelong here .

Ata na , s.,0. art . nata na (or

nate na) his spirit, his soul :his shadow ; his image (inwater or a glass) . This is thesame word as the preceding

,

but in this use has the n om .

suf . [S a . a ta a spirit,a shadow

,

Fut. ata a ghost,shadow

,

image (as in water) , picture orlikeness, Fila tano ata, hissoul , Ma . ata reflected image

,

shadow, ata po early morning,ata marama moonlight , w haka ~

ata mirror, S a . ataga (from ataa shadow ) the mere appearance

,1 7 A TA TA

of a. thing, atagia to glisten

(as from a reflected light) ,a taata the red sky after sunset

, Ha . aka the shadow of aperson , figure, outline, or liken ess, aka. to light up, as them oon before rising

,akalani a

heavenly shadow, a splendidlight, E f. a ta lagi , q . v .,

themoon. See preceding word.

Ate ia . or atai a, v. t ., to know, (1.ta i

,q.v.

A takasua,

a . , jealous ; sus

piciou s : from ate. (soul) , and

kasua. q .v .

A ta lagi , s. , usually wri ttena telagi , the moon : from ata

(see a ta n a ) , and lagi thesky

,heaven. Ha akalani

(a heavenly sha ow ,a splen

did light) is composed of thesame two words ]

A tamau ri , or atemau ri , s. , thespirit of a living man that hasgone out of him during sleepa nd been seen by someone.This word occurs in on e dialect and is composed of atathe soul, and mauri, q.v .,

to

live.A tamate, or atema te

,s.,

0. art .

n a temate,spirit of o

n e dead,

ghost, spirits of the dead,demons

,good or bad spirits,

supernatural beings,objects of

worship, gods (gen . name) .The word is composed of ata

(above), and mate, q.v. to

die, be dead, a. dead. [M] . P.

derhej; Epi dd. a tam ate,

inaro,Ta. yeram is, M1. A.

temes, An. n atmas,id.] .The

primary meaning of n a tem ate‘seem s to be dead man : thus

l

a corpse may be called natemate, and natemate sometimesdenotes “ the dead

”in a col

lective sen se.A tamole, s. , 0. art. natamole,man

,male or female

, 3. humanbeing, same as ata, or nata,with the addition of mole

,

q .v . , to live, a. living. Natamole lit. denotes living man.

[Mg olombelona , id. TheMg. is composed of the sametwo words as the E f. for 01011 8. see a ta (above) , and forv elona to live see mole

, (below ) and the meaning of thecompound word is the same ineach case. At least theinitial ta in Fi . tamata, S a .

tangata, Tah. taata, id. , be

longs here ]A ta iii an i, s. , 0. art. n ataman i

,

male,lit. a

~male humanbeing, from a ta (above) , andmani, q .v ., male. [For N ew

Hebrides forms of this compound word, see ata (above) .P i . tangane, S a . tane

,id.]

A tatabu,or at’tab

,s. ,c. a rt .

na ta tabu , or na t’tab

,lit.

sacred spiri ts,sacred

“

stonesidentified with such spirits

,

and objects of pagan worshipfrom ata (above) , and tabu

,

.v .

A tgm a s. , d. syn . c. ore,the

pointed ru bbing stick for produ cing fire by i ts friction withanother stick : a, art., a nd

tama ia, q.v .

A tara,atur1e1 . See natara,

natu riei .

Atata,v. i . , or a . ,

a reduplicate, to

have white spots_

or marks3

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

A TE L A K I ]

which the last lit. denotesthe belly of the leg (belowthe knee) .

A telaki n a, or a tel akia na

,s. ,

the owner of it,owner : from

a ,a rt.

,and telaki or telakia

,

q.v .

Atena na (d. atia na) , s. ,maternal

grandmother ; voc. tata. Seeani na.

Ati na,s. , 0. art . nati na, child,

d. a n i na, q .v . [Ma .

,Tah .

,

ati offspring ]Atia na, s. , paternal grandfatheror grandmother : voc . t ia . Seeatena na

,tata

,tem a tete ta

,

tia, tem a t ia ta.

Ati(a) d . uati(a) , v. t .,d . for

a n a, q .v .

A toa ra,see n atoara .

Atu na,s. , 0. art. natu na

,d .

ati na,his

,her child

,off

spring. See ani na.

A tu,c . suf. atu—gia (d . uatu ) beat,

sm ite,break off or divide off

(as a piece of a plantation)atu (n am a u ri ) utter (a n in

cantation) , at’ usi utter re

hearsing (see us ia) , ati‘

i sakiplop up (of a turtle, also of

the sound of the breath in thethroat of a m an recoveringfrom a faint or dying) ; andatu taku turn the back (toa nyone on being addressed, asif not aware of it) , atu ta l u koturn oneself (from someone) ;a tu tuai break in pieces (a

p lantation) giving him (a portion) fiatu

,v. r .

,to be fight

ing, to be smiting each othern a lagi atu the wind beating,a hurricane ; atu n abau kill

(by smiting the head) ; atu

19

u a l u bota rout the enemy

(smite, break the enemy) .With the ending maki theword, atu-maki, means jerk,snap

,as atu-maki jerk (as the

branch of a tree) , balusa atumaki to paddle jerking (witha jerking motion of thepaddle) , atu—maki nalo ra jerktheir voices

,or snap their

voices. A. hata beat,smite

,

hatia be bent, stoop (a m a n ) ,N m . heti declaim : cf. hattato break

,to heat off (as leaves

from trees ) , to utter (words) .Atuta (see ta atuta ki ) , s.,

settime

,or p la ce, as i ta atuta

ki nia, he declares a set time to

(one) , t e.,to meet him on a

certain day,or at a certain

tim e (to do something) , ru tunatuta they kept the set tim e ,i risugi natuta he changed theset tim e. See ta atuta.Atu-maki

,v . See atu .

A tu saki,a t

’saki,v. See atu

and saki.Atu taku

,at’ taku

,v. See atu

and taku.

Atu ta l u ko,at’ ta lu ko, v. See

atu and ta luko.

Atua, s. , G od. Introduced word .

I n Meli. 0. art . the wordtetua (East Ma i rétu a , _

To .hotooa

,he otu a ) denotes

among the heathen the sameas a tamate

,that is, any

spiritual being regarded ashaving supernatural qualitiesor powers

,as a demon, good

or bad,a ghost, a god : it is

a general name. A humanbeing on dying immediatelybecomes a tétu a or n a tam ate

A TO M-KO L]

that is, not only a spirit, but,among the heathen

,an object

of superstitious regard. I n

S a . a itu a spirit,a god

,seems

to belong to the same stem,

w hence, with a. ending a,a itua haunted. Probably bothaitu and atua belong to thesame stem as ata

, q.v . The

word in Ha. (akua) , To. (ctna) ,Ma. and S a . (atua) now denotes G od in the Christi ansense, and it has been introdu ced with this m eaning intoAneityum, Tann a, Efate, Epi,&c.

Atum-kol, s.

,echo, lit. offspring

of the call or shout,and

A tuma, in pr. n u . atuma-neruoffspring of war

,"to. See

kola, and for atuma offspring,see fu tum .

Atuta. See p. 1 9.

Au, v erb . pron. 1 pl. excl.,w e

,

they,d. pu (for mu) : separate

pron. kinami we—they kinauI,verb . pron. a I , d. n i .

Au, ad. , yes, d. 3320. A,dem.

prefix,and u, or 0, for which

see 0. H. hahu’ that (is it) .Au, v. i . , to heal, get well, d. forabu, id. , q.v .

Au, s.

,a kind of lizard

,d. for

kau, id .

Au,v. i . , to bark. See ao.

A iia (awa ) , v . i .,or a .

, fatigued,0. art. n ana, one fatigued. H.

ya‘a f, to be fatigued, ya

‘ef

,

fatigued .

A iia (awa) , ad.,no

, it is not : d.

eiio, q .v .

A u au’

a , s . (aw aw a , a reduplicate) ,d. bau, q.v ., maternal u ncle.

[My. uw a,w a

,uwak, an uncle

or aunt], cf. A.

‘amm’

,an

uncle. See bau na.Aue , interj . , surprise, comm iseration. [S a . aue, alas " oh " ofwonder. ] A. awwi alas "ah oh

A n i, interj . , surprise, commiseration a, dem.

,and ui

, q .v .

An is,interj .

, surprise, commiseration a

,dem .

,a nd uis, q.v .

Aul ia, v. t .

,dd. u l ia, 01 ia, uil

ia. See 11 1 ia.Aum . s. , 0. art. naum ,

d. foraime

, q.v .

Aure,s., a singer, bard. a, art.,

and ure or ore (see ore) . [Fut.goro, _Ma. w hakaoriori , Ha .

010, My . uraura, Mg. hira,to

sing. &c .] E . ha l aya, to sing.A ii ta

,s.

, or ad. , auta, ashore, onlan d , d . euta

, q .v . , a, prep .,and

uta, q.v .

Ba, or fa caus. prefix, originally ma. Mg. m a

,fa mpa

S. ma (Maphel Mod.

S. ma cans. prefix (S t ,pp. 1 10

, the Ma fel orMaphel is simply the participleof the ancient Aphel (H.

hiphi l , A.

Ba (bwa ) , a nd na (wa ) , v. i ., torain d. boua (bowa) . [Epimboba, mbobo, Ta . ufu

,id.]

A . ba ‘a to rain continuously,

ba ‘a ‘a rain , rain water.B5

, or fa (va ) , v . ,to go

,enter (a

ship, tread (go upon ) ,w ith

si su ffixed, ba—si to tread, treadu pon (go upon) . [Fi . va-ca,

l

to tread upon, hence va na ,and probably yava na , the feet,Mysol bo, to go . This verbin E f., &c.,

is often followedby a “ directive, or adverb,which sometimes is su flixed toit, and the expression thusformed m ay signi fy either to

go or to come, thus, A n . apan,go there, apam , come here,E f. ban , or bano, go there,be. be (d.) come here, (d )umai (in which the ha iscorrupted to u) , S a . 0 mai,Amboyna u ima i , oima i , omai,Mysol bo mun, to come hereMy. pargi, pai, to go, is perhapsthis pa and rgi or i , pargi-marito come, like E f. d. banoto go (ha and no) , bano -maito come here . The m a i insuch phrases as the above, E f.dd. mai, be, has sometimes,from being an abverb ordirective so used after ba,come to be used alone, thehe. being understood, sigu ifying to come thus in one E f.d . mai , in another d . be (maia nd be are forms of the sameparticle) are now verbs u sedalone denoting to come here .My. mari hither, here, i n likem anner u sed alone signifies tocome . See under banotu , notu .]H . bo

’

, ba, to enter, come , go

(egg. E . bawi’, A. ba,to return ,

"to"Ba, v .

,to come from (from a

place) , as E u ba se’

l youcome from where ? i -ba naliau an he comes from that place,dd. bai, be, baki (Where the

prep. ki from) . [Mg avy

a i z a ? ha se 7 come fromwhere ? come whence ? avy tocome ] S ee under banotu .

Ba ki , v . , c. prep., to go to (aplace ) : ba , and the prep. ki

to : ki , to, sometimes denotesfrom see preceding word.

Ba i,v ., d .,

ba, q.v ., to come from,

as bai so ? come from where ?S ee under banotu .

Ba i,v .

,to be

,d. for bi, q.v .

Ba i a, v . t .

,to gather together in

order to carry home, as firew ood

,or fruit, dxc . [Fi . va-ya ,

ps. vai, to make a bundle, as

of sticks, to carry on the ba ck ]See a fa ia .

Ba , (1 . mba,final conj ., tha t

used in the conjugation of thefuture and imperative and infin itive of verbs .

Ba,that thou

,sign of 2 pers . sing.

imperative includes pron . 2

pers . sing. [Motu ba, used inthe same way in fu t., inf., andimp., Fi . me, in imp. and inf. ,Ma . me, form ing a kind of im

pera tive future, Mg. mba that,Ml . P. ba

,b’ that, used in con

jugation of imp., inf., andfu tu re ] A. fa that (fin al

&c.

Ba,v .,d. for m i . See a n i, v.

Bab, s. , d. ,

voc . , fa ther=ab,babu

,abab, id.

Ba na (kba n a ) , s. , 0. art. na ban a

,and

,reduplica ted

Baba na,s.,hollows

,or channels

andBaba

,

‘

s.,0. art. nababa, a hollow,

channel,or bed of a stream ,

dry except after heavy rains :Baba . 82, 0. art. nababa, a board

[S a .,Tah.papa,My. pa pan, id.]

22

Babu na (d. bamu na) , s.,0. art.

n ababu na,the cheek : (My .

pipi,Tah . papa—u rn , id.] H .

gabab to be curved,hollow ;

to cut,dig. Hence gab the

back (see below, bamu) , geb aboard : cgg. having the senseof hollow

,curved

,are numer

ous,as gavah

, ga faf, guf, orgup (infra kobu , kubu, kabu) ,ka faf (inf ra, ka u

,kai , kaf) ,

n akab (inf ra n abea , 12a,n ak

bea,d . makima

,fafine) , bub,

’abab,nabab

,dz c . ,

and the cg.

words in A .,610. Mg. hO

boka hollow,concave , pepo

hollow,concave

,My . ampa

hollow,To . papa the hollow

piece of wood on which

gn a too is imprinted , low papaa board

,&c.

Baba trega , v. i .

,or a . ,

variegated,

versicoloured,as cloth : the

formative prefix ba doubled ;said to be denominative fromtrOga ( toga) , q .v . , a v ersicoloured woven basket .

Babu, s. , d.,voc.

,father : dd .

afa,ab , abab, bab

’

.

Bafa, s. ,a small separate house

used only by women dwellingapart from men during menstru a tion ,

and also at the timeof parturition . From afa tobear

,carry

,0. pref. ba (for

ma) . See baofa which isfrom ofa

,d. for afa

,bear

,

carry : baofa , though etymo

logically the same as bafa, hasa different meaning, n o suchcustom as is implied by thebafa obtaining among thespeakers who say “ baofa .

”

It denotes the act of m en

stru a ting, not the house forthose menstruating.

N0TE .—I n Ha. the house

for menstruating women w as

called hale pea.

Bafa n a u,same as fanau , q .v .

Ba fa n o, or fafa no, v . , to washthe hands. See bano lia.

[S a . fa fa no w ash the handsand mouth

,Fi . v u lu v u l u wash

the hands . See bulu nia,bano lia

,balo nia, &c.

,i nf r a ]

Ba fatu , or fafa tu ,v . t . ,

to trustin

,confide in

,rely upon . See

fatu.

Baga,v . 0. See bagan ia, to feed,

charge,fill

Bagan ia, v . c . ,to feed

,li t . make

to eat,bagan ia sa

,lit. make

him eat it ; cau s . prefix ba,

and kan to eat . With then elided baga

,as baga nata

feed anyone,baga sisi load a

gun baga,absolute, as i baga

(of a pig or a fish) to wanderabout in search of food faga

(of fire ) , makabu faga a burning or devouring fire

,i faga it

burns,devours

,or eats (of fire,

and of an ulcer) ; n afaga a

bribe,n afagafaga a bait. [Fi .

v aka n i—a, S a . fa faga ,

feed,

cause to eat, Mg. m am aha n a

to feed,also load (a gun ) ,

caus . pref. ma,and fahan a . ]

See kan l a .

Bagau-mabau, pr. n .,

0. art.nabagan n aba u : the feeder ofthe oven with the slain ; baga,u a

,n aba u .

Baga, s . See bago a hill,(1.

mago,d . bega.

Bag0a

,s. , d . for maga

,the banyan

tree .

BA G A BA G A ]

Bagabaga , v. i. See bagobago.

Bagarai a, v. c. ,to dry , l it . make

dry : from gara, ,kara, dry.

[My . m a nga ri ng kan, id.] Seega ra , kara.

Bagara n u a i, den. v. c . fromran , 0. a rt . niran, fresh water ;to wash with fresh water afterbathing in the sea : d. bakanaru mia, id. (naru, transposedfor ranu) . [S a . faa lan u towash off salt water, ps. faal an um ia with ‘i faalanumaSee ran

,8 .

Bagi,v . , to m ount, climb, a scend

(a hi l l , ladder, tree, ship,may also have the prep. kibefore the object

,as bagi

nakasu or bagi ki nakasuclimb the tree

,bagi to go up,

ascend,bagi ki go up on. [Mg

aka tra, m iaka tra , id.,

My .

m inggah, id. ,Ma. piki to

climb, piki tia .) A.

‘aka’, toascend.

Bagobago, v. i ., or a ., to becrooked. [S a . pi ‘o, pi

‘opi ‘0,id

,Ma . piko

,bent , Mg.

vokoka crooked,My. bengkok,

Ja bengkong crooked ] H .

ha fak, S . hpak, A.

’apakato turn, &cq II . hapakpak

crooked,twisted. Hence

Bagobagoa , a.,crooked, twisted

-

,a a. ending ; and

Bagobagora , a .,id. a. ending -ra .

Bago, v .,to be behind, i bago

3 89. he is behind it, as i bagon akoro he is behind the fence

(of a m an behind a fence putup about his house to shutout the public view) , i bagon a fa n u a it is behind the land

(of a ship taking shelter under

23 BA GOl

the lee side of a n island in a

hurricane) . The word bagona, s. , denotes the heel ; thelower part of the back (syn .

bisi na ) ; bago n afa n u a westend of an island

,is the opp.

of meta na fa nu a east end ofan island (fore-end and heelend) ; bago na kelu

,or baga

na kelu is the after part of anarmy that (kelu) goes in acircuitous course to surprisethe enemy—and in all thesesenses the word i n one dialectis pronounced mago na

,which

is the more original form .

The hills behind the vill ages,or not far back from the shore

,

on which there is no jungle,

are called bega,baga

,d.

mago. This word is muchused in names of places

,points

or heels of the land : thusPagona is the name of west endof Deception Island

, Havannah Harbour, and Pago of thelong point of land on thesouth of Fila harbour ; Selimbaga a place on Tongoa, &c.

The end of anything,as the

land, a stick , &c.,is called

meta-bago n a, lit. the eye or

point of its end . [Tasa.

pigo na,end or extremity .]

H.

‘akab , A.

‘akaba to be behind

,to come from behind

the form (in E f. ) resem blesA. m a‘kob, m ago

, bago : H.

‘akob the heel, A .

‘ak ib’ id.,

and the end of a thing : H.

‘akeb also denotes the extreme rear of a n army, and‘akob a hill, acclivity (A . , E .,

id.)

Bago na, s., d. for mago n a , heelof foot ; back part of body ;hinder

'

end (of an island) in"

O pp. to meta na fore end (11a ,

east) hinder part of an armyan end (of anything) ; end ofa. house (the Efatese house ha stwo ends), hence, insideof ahouse at the far ends

, and

t hen generally in one d. inside (of a house) end

, i s.

bottom, of a hole or deep pit.See preceding word and mago.

Bagote fia , v .c ., to buy i t , purchase it , l i t. to break, separate

(from its former owner) athing, d. bakotufia . See koto .

Bagokot, or bagkot, v ., redupli

cate of foregoing.

Ba gote fia,v . , to break a thing

(as a stick) by treading (see ba)on it.

Ba i , v ., d. ba, to go or come from

(a place) : be v . ,and prep i . ,

d. ba ki , id. , has prep. ki .-Ba i

, or bei, v .,dd. bi , mi, to be,

as, i bai fatu it is a stone alsoprep. before the object ofmany verbs, see bei. See bia nd bei (or bai) .

Baibai, or baiba ia , v. i . , or a .,to

be large, wide ; said to be d.

for bebea,q.v.

Bai na , s.,d. for ban na

,the

head. See bau na.Bai , s. , d.

, 0. a rt . nabai na,

feathers or coveri ng of a birdd . for man na

, q.v . [Ma hou,

feathers ]Ba i - l baibai interj .

,surprise and

pleasure. [Mg. baba,id.] A.

bah'i bah

' i id.Baina, v .

,to go there (away from

speaker) , ba go; i to, na there

.d. binen"

: d . syn. banotu ,.v .

Balsa, d. sometimes for baki , v . ,

used also as a prep . : ba to go,and ki (rarely ka ) to, as v . , iba ki

‘

n a l ia uane he goes to thatplace ; as prep.,

i bisa bakiJohn he speaks to (or un to)John. {Epi beki an d Epi d.

,

w ith prep. ui (in stead of ki andequiva lent to it) bani , Floridavani.] See preps. ki , u i .

Baka, 01 faka ,caus. prefix. Thi s

consists of the caus. prefix ba

(or fa) , q .v . , and the“

dem.

particle ka, q v. [Fi. vaka,

S a . faa,‘Ma . whaka

,Mg. m aha,

faha,u 1 psha.]

Nera—A s this particle ‘

ka

(Mg. ha) has vari ous uses inOceanic , and as in ba ka it i smanifestly used in a mannernot of local or recent origin ,the question arises as to whatits exact force in thi s conn ect ion is. In My. ka. isprefixed to the verbal nou nformed by the sufiix anexactly as in E f. 1 18. (thecommon art . ) is to the sam everbal noun, and in tha t caseit has the force of an article.

In Ja. ka is used in the sameway, and in addition prefixedto a verb forms a passiveverbal adjective

,as suduk to

stab, ka suduk stabbed, or

passive verb (as it is call ed)to be stabbed. (So m Fi.

, as,

e.g. voro ta to break,kavaro

broken. And it is thus tha t,

in the case of the numeral s,ka.

prefixed to the cardinals makesthem ordinals i n Ja. , My. Pi . ,

B A KA 110A ] 25 [BA K A LA RUA

and E f. These ordinalshaving been formed as katoluthird (that which or he whois three, that (or what) isthree) the causative prefix baadded formed bakatol u makethird, cause to be third ; thisword in (verbala djective) , is

“ third , in E f.

i baka tolu is (verb) he madethe third (time ) at i t , and theverbal noun from this verb

,

formed in the usual way,is

n a faka tol u an the being ordoing the third time. Comparei n H. the den . verb form edfrom the“ numeral three

,Piel

( causative)“to do anything the

thi rd tim e,

&c.,and Pual

part. (ve rbal adjective)“ three

fold,

”&c . In E f. baka tolu

,

though really a verb,is trans

lated into English as an ad

verb of times—thus i baka tol ubat ia he did it three tim es

,

bu t lit. he made the thirdtime doing it.

B aka roa,v. i . , to jerk over to

the other side (a canoe sail) :boka tia to strike

,and roa to

turn round.

‘

Baka , s.,a fence , a fence of stone

or wood made for protectionor fortification in Wa r. [Ha .

pa a fence,Ma . pa a s tockade,

f ortified place,pa to block

u p, obstruct ] H . ma ‘akeh aparapet (surrounding a flatr oof) to hinder one from falling off

,from ‘akah, A .

‘aka

’

to hold back (and‘aka ) ,

hinder,impede .

Baka sia, d. transposed for kabasia,koba sia, to follow .

Ba kabasea , v. c. ,d. syn. c. suer

ia,to scold

,vituperate : from

base a, id.Bakabate, or bakafate, v. c ., makethe fourth time from bate, 4 .

[Mg. fahefa tra the fourth.]Ba kabu l u tia

,v . c .

,nearly the

same as the simple verb bulutia

, q .v .

Bakabu n u ti,bakam anu , &c. See

ba ka ra l im a .

Bakafaka l ia, v .,to console

,com

fort : reduplicate from bakalia

,id.

, q.v .

Bakafia , d. bakafisa,

v ., makehow many times ? make howoften ? See bisa.

1 . Bakal ia,v. c . , to soothe, com

fort,take tender care of (as of

a child, or on e in sorrow) seekal. A.

‘agila to soothe,com

fort ; E.

’egal,a child

, E f.

kal,fakal

,and d. kekel

,id. ,

u sually vocative,

a n d muchused in .proper names of children, as kal n agu su child ofthe point (promontory) , kalor fakal tamate child ofpeace, &c .

1 1 . Bakal ia, v . c ., to sharpen (asa knife

,axe

,dz c. ) H . kalal,

P i lpel , to sharpen ; to move toa nd fro

,A E . ,

id. Seemakal sharpened

,sharp

,kala

little, &c. H . kalal to be light,to be swift

,fleet

,to be dimin

ished,little

,so A . kalla to be

despised,H . kalon, shame,

pudenda, E f. makal .Ba ka la i la i , v. c . , nearly same a s

simple verb lailai, q .v .

, to bedelighted .

Baka la ru a , v. c .,make the

seventh time, or seven tim es.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

BA KA S A ]

the shades of the departedassembled there : with theprep. a

,abakas

,or abokas, in

Hades. [Epi bukabi a pig(not boar or sow) , Fut. pak

‘

asi

a pig (gen . name) , Ero. m pokasa pig (gen . name) , A n . picad,fi e , pica th, a pig (gen .

A. manhus’ having much

flesh, fleshy, from nakas'a to

denude a bone of flesh,to take

the flesh from off a bone.Bakasa

,v . c .

, bakasa ki , orbakase ia

,to paint (as the

face) , hence na fakasa , s. ,a

festival (adornment) ; to clean,make clean (as a place ) , toclear

,make clear. [Fi . ai

qisa paint for the face ] A.

nakas’a to paint,to colour ;

to clear,make clear (as a

place) : baka sa,dd. (trspd. )

hisaki,biski .

Bakasau ,v. c .,

dd. bisakau ia,bisa u i

,bisaku tia

,to make or

build up a fire, lit. , make tojoin on to , i .e. , one stick toanother, to make a bigger .

fire. (By joining together thesmouldering ends of two firesticks and then joining on tothem the en ds of other sticksa fire is built up . ) The initia l hi or ha in this word isthe causative prefix : thesimple verb is siku tia , q .v .

Bakaser ia, v. c .,to loosen or

remove a tabu (as from aplace) , make comm on or non

tabu . See ser ia.Bakasere a , v . c. ,

to treat kindlycarefully providing for, to euterta in hospitably. See serea, ps. masere .

27 [BA KA U

Bakasika i ( d. fakasikitika ) , v . c.,

make the first time,or on e

time . [Mg. faha ra ika the

first ] See sikai (or isika i ) ,kasika i .

Bakosoro fia,v. c.,

make to burnfrom soro

,v . c. ,

to bu rn.

Baka tabtabu ki,v. c.

,

tabu, or declare tabu.

tabu .

dict ]Baka ta r ia

,v. 0. Nearly the

same as the simple verb tar

m akeSee

[To. faka tabu to inter~

i a.

, q.v .

Bakatan,v. 0. Nearly the sam e

as the simple v. tau, q.v .

Bakateba, v. c. , caus. form , to

watch,to look out or watch

for,as bakateba na bai saki

u i aliati watch or look out forthe risin g flush of dawn. S a .

tepa, tetepa, to look towardsH . sapah to look out, view ,

watch,look out for.

Ba ka ti las ia, v. c. , to su flice

from tilas ia, q .v . ,and see

also the simple v. las ia.Baka togo ia, v. c . ,

d . forBaka toko ia , v. c. , to make ashow or fein t of striking or

pushing . See the simple V.

togo fia .

Baka tolu , V. c. ,make the third

time,or three times . [M

faha telo the third]Bakau. or baka u é, v. c. ,

to sayor shout a ue a u é or a u a n I

to m ake a howling or barkingnoise in a well-known Efateseway expressive ofjoy , triumph,

”

or derision the howl or cooeerepeated several times

,ending

in the loud jerking or barkingutterance of a u i a u 1 H.

B A KA UL I A ] 28

’a vah to howl

,cry out

,A .

‘a n i to

howl, as a dog, wolf, or jackal .B akaul ia

,v . c. ,

to make like,

imitate , to be like to, resemblethe simple v. is aul ia (dd.

ui lia, ol ia) or 11 1 ia, q .v .

B akanti a,v. c.

,d . buti a, q .v .

,

make an end, finish. [Fi .v akaoti

,To. vakaochi , S e .

fa aoti , Ma . w ha kaot i .] H .

kaseh an end, kasah,A. kas

'a’,2,to finish .

Bake,d. baku , v .,

to search,to

search for (as to search forinsects in the head

,or for

fleas and such like in mats orcloth) . . S . bka

’

,or bko’, to

search.

Baki,v .

,to go to ( a place ), ba to

go, a nd ki,prep .

,to : d. be

’

(nearly beh) , id.

Baki, prep. , to, unto . This ispreceding word used as a prep.

Baki,v .

,d.

, to go or come from(a place) , dd. ba

,bai : ha to

go or come , a nd. prep. ki (to) ,from . For ba see bai.

Bake, d . for baki . se,go where '

.Z

bake is for baki é,go to where

se, d . e , where ? se is e 0.

art. 8 ’

Baki l in a , v ., to go or come into

the light,t e.

,into View

,to

appear : baki go or come to,

and lina light. See lina,d . ali .

Bakitakita d . for m akita ki ta, q .v .

Ba ke,s.

,shark

,d . bake. [Malo

bacio, Epi beken.] D er. um

certain .

Bakor, v . ,d.

, to go or come infront of, to appear : ba to goor come

,and koro

, q .v .

B akotu fia,v. t .

,d. for bagote

fia, q .v .

Baku,v .,d. for bake, q .v .

Baku,v. t . ,

to pluck out, bakusa pluck it out, ps. m afaku

plucked out,ta fakaka , d. tar

fagka tafak’ka ) , v. i . , to

burst,explode. [S a . fa ‘i pluck,

extract , m a fa‘ ifa ‘i extracted

,

Ma . whakiwhaki,

a nd kow

haki,to pluck

,My . kopak to

burst,break out, Mg. v aky

burst out,m itifaka to burst

,

m itefoka to sound (as the explosion of a gu n ] A . faka’ toburst

,to pluck ou t , ta fakka

’

,

5 , to be burst.I . Bal a

,V. i . , to be smooth.

[S a . m olemole, l am olem ole,

id.

,Tah. m orem ore smooth

without branches,as a tree ;

even,without pro tuberances ;

also,hairless

,more

,v. i .

,to

drop or fal l,as p i a leaves

when ripe, Ma . m orem ore,

v . t .,to make bald or bare ;

strip of branches,&c .] A.

mara,n . a. maur’ to fall off

(as wool or hair from thebody, feathers from a n arrow)to pluck out or off (as hair,wool ) .

Bala,i bi 65 13

,it is smooth

,

level. See preceding w ord .

Bala-gara, v. i ., d.

,to be poor

,

lit. smooth (or bare ) dry,bare a nd dry : gara or karadry

, q.v .

I I . Bala,v. i . , often pronounced

bela, d . bola to incline to beclose to : i bala nakasu iu

clines a nd keeps close to atree (hiding) , bala sa inclinesand keeps close to it

, ba l a~afina fanu a hugs the land (a,ship ) , (see a f ia) bala is close

BA LA ]

to (as a man to a tree , or oneboard to another) , hence to bestuck and inclining from sideto side to get through

'

(as am an in the vines of thejungle, or in any confinedplace

,as a narrow door ; a

bone in the throat, or thebranches of a fallen tree inthose of another) ba la-tagoto,or bala-goto incline across ,hence cross

,a ., as nakasu ba la

tagoto (see goto) a cross beam,

or cross stick,hence fala a

ship’s yards (because they arefixed across or on the ma st) ,and sticks fastened across oron a tree for a ladder to climbit are called fala, or ba lafa la ,a nd bala-galu (see galu) is theu pper cross board at theend of a canoe ; fala alsodenotes a litter, so called because the sticks forming it arefastened across or upon eachother. be en

tangled tree fallingaga inst another, pilipilibe near

, pipili a cripple, Ma .

piri , to stick , come close, keepclose

,skulk, hide oneself,

pipiri come to close quarters ,join battle

,Ha. pili to cleave

to (as to a friend” A. m ala,n . a. mayl’ to incline, inclineto

,bend or lean to ( some

thing ) ; to be close or nearto ; to have a part of thebody (vi tio naturae) in clin edor bent to one side (used alsoof a building leaning to oneside) 3, make a. hostil eincursion. N m . miel, v. i . ,slant

,deviate, incline (to

29

wards) , m ail (gerund) slope,inclination

,propensity.

I I I. Bala, s., the belly, usuallypronounced bele, q.v . ; balau,for bala am’

(like ua tea u ford. the inside of a

man,or of anything (hollow or

womb of the am ’

,abdomen ) ,

baloa (ending a ) a hollow,a

valley, balua a hollow or holein a rock

,falea a cave

, balakutu na the hollow at theback of the head (lit. the

hollow of his kutu,q.v. balo

leba the stomach (lit. the bighollow) , bile na, or bele na hismother (lit. his womb, thewomb that bore him ) , na felaka family, tribe, bela-ki , to

gird (oneself) , to tie or fastenunder one’s girdle or belly

,to

take with one,to conceive

(a woman ) , bela source. [Ma.wharua

,a ., concave , s. ,

valley;whawharu a

,s.,mother

,whare

a house, people of a house,wha reta nga ta conn ection bymarriage, Tah. fare a house

,

farefara, a . , hollow ,as the

stomach for want of food .)H. beten the belly, the womb,the inside, the womb, mother,batan properly to be empty,hollow

,vain, i .q. batal (see

balo infra ) , A. batn’ belly, inside or middle of anything

,pl .

connections by marriage, a

tribe (small) , batana to havethe belly distended with food

,

to be intimate and familiar,to be bid, 4 , to fasten the

girth under the belly (of a.bea st of burden ) , to cover,hide, 5 , to put a thing under

IBA L A F I A ] 30 BA LO

one ’s belly,S . btan to con

ceive,have in the womb

,A .

batuna to have a great belly .

Ba laf ia,V. t.

,incline to keeping

near to ala H .,and af ia.

Ba l agote fia,V . t .

,incline (or

bend) across it : bala H . ,and

goto,or koto .

Ba lafis ia, V. t .,hug (as a ship

huggin g the coast) : bala H .,

a nd afis ia .

Balaga tia,v . c . ,

to lift up (asthe cover from anything)laga tia.

Balaga—saki n ia,V. c.

,lift up

,

stripping off (as the husk ofreeds) : preceding word, an d t.ending saki. Hence

Balaga na, s.

,husk

,sca le

,or

similar thing that is or maybe lifted u p f rom what itcovers or encloses : syn . lagalaga na .

Ba la fa la sa , v . ,to be entangled

(as one tree falling againstanother) . [S a . pilia

,id .]

The radical idea is seen in

bala to be entangled or stuckin the throat ( a bon e) ; thebone in cl in es to on e side andso s ticks . See bala I I .

Ba lafa la,s. See fala

,s .

Balas,0. art. nabalas , i .a .

,nata

las big hollow nabua nabalasthe road of the big hollow orgorge behind U ta on .

Balau na,s.

,the belly

,inside ;

inside,middle of anything

bala I I I . , and a u for amobalau is, lit. , the hollow ormiddle or inside of the belly.

Balaus ia,V . t .

,to go through or

along a thing lengthw ise,not

to go across it (ba l agote fia ) :

bala n .

,and us ia to follow,

go through or along (as aroad

,dz c . )

Balea,s.,d. for baloa, valley :

bala I I I . , a nd a. ending a .

Ba leba lea ,a nd belebelea , full of

hollows,bellied

,large : bala

I I I . , a nd a. ending a . [Ha

pele,to have a large belly to

be large ]Bale sia , V. t .

,d.

,to husk, strip

off (as the envelope of sugarcane) and

Bala -saki,v . t . , id . A. w afa l a

to decorticate.Bali

,v . i . , to fast

Bali k i,V . t .

,to fast from (a

thing)Ba l ifa l i , V . i . , to fast (m anypeop le) . [Mg. fady

, id.] A.

’abala,or ’abila, to abstain ;

to be devoted to the worship ofG od 2 to mourn (the dead) .

Ba l ika u ia,V. t .

,to go or step

over : ba to go,and l ika u or

lakau, q .v .

Balo,V . i . , a .

,ad. ,to be empty

,

vain , null and void, to nopurpose or effect : i ba lo it isempty, nasuma balo a n emptyhouse, 10 or te balo a n empty,l e

, a worthless thing, a trifle,nothing , i toko balo he remainsin vain, to no purpose, fornothing, idle (1. mole hencesera te balo, or sera te mole ,to deem worthless

,vain

,to

despise . [P i . wale uselessly,for nothing, idly , Ha. wale

,

S a . vale ] A . batala,n. a .

bu fl’

, or botl’ to be vain

,

nothing , to n o end or purpose,

in vain, for nothing, idle, H .

batal to be empty,vacant

,

BA LO ]

idle (cognate batan, bala U L ) ,E. batala to be empty

,vain.

Balo, prep. or ad., d.

,above

,up :

see (b’

) bi, prep. , a nd u ln a , V.

[Malo aulu (a, prep.

Fut. w ei l uga (see el ag, infr a ) ,Ha. m a lu na above

,up (ma,

prep. , a nd A mb .

balai above , and exactly asE f. balo ki (above to) , balaik a

, as a bove his house,or

a bove anything the prep . ba ,E. ba

,on , and lai the upper

part, high, A.

‘alu,

‘alo,upper

part.Nar a—Compound preps ; or

a ds. of this kind consist of a

p reposition prefixed to anotherword

,which maybe an ad. ,

s.

,or

a . used substa ntively (as English a bove, a boa rd, a rou n d, t e. ,

ou -bove . on -board, on

-round) :thus E f. a lag, d . balo

,S a .

i luga, Ha . maluma,Malo aulu

,

Amharic balai,above

, on high,on the upper side orpart

,all con

sist of the preps. e, i, or a, q .v .,

or bi,b’ or ma

,mi

, q .v . , and aword signifying high

,up, or

the upper part and side,for

which see ulua,el ag, lua, laga,

Balo nia, V . t ., dd. balo sia, orbi lo sia

,bulo sia

,bulu gia

,

bunu lia bulu n ia , bano lia, towash (anything) to wash (byrubbing) : fa fano, or bafa no,q .v ., to wash the hands. [S a .

fu fu lu to ru b,to wash

,My.

basu'

h to wash.] A. m asa n. a.maus

’ to wash to rub w iththe hand .

Baloa, s. , 0. art. naba loa , avalley

,l i t. what is hollow or

3] [BA LU-S A

concave,

-a being the a . ending.

[Ma. wharua, a .,concave

, s.

valley.] See bala I I I .Ba loleba

,s.,the stoma ch : balo

cavity. See bala m . , andleba, laba, big.

Balotu , v. i . , d. , to go there,or thither (away from thespeaker) , dd . ba notu

,hinote,

bin ats,net, to set out, go

away (from the speaker) , hencea common word of farew ell toone departing is K u balotuyou are going away

,to which

the one departing replies E u

mato you remain. See banotu .

Balu a, s.

,a hole or hollow in a

rock see bala I I I .Balu-saki

,V. t .,

to paddle (acanoe) , row (a boat)

Balu-sa,v .

,to paddle

,row

,balu

sesa paddle or row with it (a.paddle or car ) . [Epi dd .

m bel uo ka , m bahu a kin , V. t . ,

A n . aheled (aheleth) to paddle,to row

,to sail, Am . fu loh to

paddle,Fi . ai voce an oar, voce

to paddle, to row , voce-taka,V. t. balu-saki) , Pa. pa l u sa ,Ml. d. masu, Ml. A. sua, Malomo sua

,Ta. asua, Fut. sua,

Mg. voy, act of rowing, m i voyto row ,

voi z ina rowed, fivoya n oar

,My. d ‘ayung a n oar

,

d 'ayung, bard

'

ayu ng to row .]NOTE.

—Balu-saki is thesame as voce-take. (pronouncedvothe-taka ) the saki or ta kabeing the transitive termination

, i .e., the prep. connectingthe verb with its object, andconsisting of two preps. combined, sa or ta and ki or ka .

The first of these preps . is seen

in the d (th) of aheled, and inthe z or z i of voi z in a , and sa

of pa lu sa , The verb “ torow is ba lu

,voce (vothe) ,

(m )belu o, (m )bahu a , voy,masu,and without the preformativeb’ (V

’

,asua

, sua , d a yung,and the l in balu

, 0 (th) invoce

,h in mbahu a

,s in sua,

d in d ' ayung, all are variations of the same originalconsonant which is elided invoy. The word for “

car, aivoce

,fivoy , is in E f. uose, d.

u ohe (wose, wohe) , Fut. foi.In Fut. the connection be

tween sua to paddle and foian car or paddle is not soa pparent as that between Ml.P. su to paddle, and bos a

paddle, because in foi, as invoy Fi . voce) the s hasbeen elided ; a nd the con

nection between E f. ba lu to

paddle and nose a paddle isnot so apparent as that beween Epi mbahu a to paddle,and voho a paddle

,Epi d.

bahu a to paddle, boho apaddle . See uose

,inf ra . A.

jadafa , or gada fa , kadafa (or’a thafa Amharic ka z a f ( or’azaf ) , to propel with oars,to row

,Mod. A. kadda f, or

’

addaf, part. m o’addif (anc.

mo’addif, or mo

’a z z if

,cf. voce

(vothe) , bose, uose, voy, foi) .S ua is without the preformative

,cf. ’azafa

,

’addaf : balu

seems to have the same prefixas S e. pal e to row ,

w ithoutwhich is 83 . (ps. a lofia ) ,and alo -fa ‘i to paddle, row ,

andwith another verb

,S a . tanalo

,

3a;.4

to row , to keep on row ing.

As to the prefix in balu compare that in batok

,batu

, q .v .

Balu na,or balu n a , s.

,relative

,

friend a brother’s brother,

or sister’s sister. A. ma’laihelper

,relative , friend, asso

ciate, w alai to be closely t e

lated, to be a friend, helper.Balu-naki, v. t. , to be a balu toa brother or to a sister.

Balu gor ia, v. t ., help, befriend,

take the part of. See gor ia.

Baluk,s.,0, art . naba l uk

,a n i n "

let or smal l bay, 8. cul de sac

ba , and luku .

Bam asoko sa , v. t . , come upon,find ba go

,and m asoko

,q. v.

Bam a u ria, V . t . , d . bama u sa,

come upon, find it ; ba go, andmau (sa ) , q . v.

Bama u,v ., to reach to, or term

in ate at, as i bam au nalia uaneit reaches to, or stops or termin ates at that pla ce ; hence,absolute, 1 bam au it terminates

,

stops, or ceases : ba go, andmau

,q . V.

Bamu na, s.,the shoulder blade

,

shoulder, d . bau na . [Tah.papa the shoulder blade]. S eebaba a board .

Bamu n a, s. , d . for babu na

,q

.V

.

Ban , v ., d. for m an ; an i

,q

. v . ,

c. preform ative m .

Ban , v. i ., for bano.Ban , s. , and ban iben , s.

,armlet

,

worn between'

the elbow andthe shoulder, and woven so

that the outer surface consistsof different coloured bea ds(ca rved out of shells) arrangedin regular figures. [Malo ban,Epi beni]. D er. uncertain

.

Bani,

v .,to act violently

,to

oppress,as ru ban i kiena they

violen tly destroy or take awaya man ’s property (at his houseor plantation) , a s in time ofwar

,or as a punishment for

crime ; ba n iba n u s ia followhim , acting oppressively, persecu te him . H . ya n ah to actviolently

,to oppress : bani has

the preformative as in batoko,

ba lu,dl e.

Banako,V. t . ,

dd. binako, bunak ,to steal . banakosa

,a nd banak

i a,d . bunako n ’

,steal it. [Ma .

w ha n ako, when ako,Fi . bu ta ko,Ero . prok , M l . fen ake

,My .

chol ong,Ja. fiolong, Mg.

ha l a tra c . pref . m a nga l a tra ,id. ] A . saraka, n . a. sark ’

,

Mahri heriq, hel iq , a nd desoq,to steal . E f. , P i . , a nd E r .

,

&c .

,have the pref.

Banaga, s.,mats, d . banu ; so

called because they are plaited,

see bau . [Fi . ibi , Epi yembi . ]Banei

,v. i . , to come here (to the

speaker) ; same meaning asba n im a i

,or ba n G-mai. [ML

P. vine id.]Bane1 s d. bane , volcano : seebani a

,V . t. [P a banei id.]

Bani a,or ban ia, V . t . , to burn

to roast,to cook by roasting

on the fire ; ben or fen cookedor roasted. The n is n ot

radical : dd. beni a,banu sa

,

whence banus. See banei ;and dd. ubu

,upu

,of (ov ) , um ,

na (uwa), oven (cooking) , fireplace . [S a . fa afa n a

,to warm

up food,m a fa n afa n a

,to be

warm,

To. mafana, heat,warmth

,Ma l m ahana, warm ,

33 [BA N OMA I

Ta. mahana,warm ,

the su n ,a

day,P i . vavi-a to bake

, My .

bu to roast, grill, broil , Ja .

pan as hot,w arm

, pa n a ska n

to heat,M g

. fana,

voafa n a,

warm (applied to food cookedand warmed the second time) ,mafana

,m afa na fa na

,

‘warm,

hafanana,s.,heat

,manafana

a nd m aha fan afan a,v. t .

,to

heat,m ihafa n a

,v. i .

,to be hot

,

grow hot ; and Mg. m em y ,S a . umu

,oven ] H . a fah

,to

cook, to bake, specially breador cake in a n oven (Ch . S .

id ),A . wafa’,whence mi fa an

oven , Mod. S . ya fya n a , a, baker.Ban im a i

,v. i . , to come here (to

the speaker) , o pp. to ban otugo there (away from thespeaker) : see ba nom a i . [Epim bin im e.]

Bano lia,d . balo sia

,v. t . ,

d . forbalo nia.

Bano,v. i . , to go, go off

,or

away . [Malo vano, Epi mbano,mbene

,Meli fano

,Fut. fano

,

Ta . uven , An . apam, ] Theverb ban or bano is composedof ba to go , and an adverbialsuffix or directive

,for which

see under ba n otu .

Ba nom a i , ban am a i,or ban im a i

,

V . i . , to come here or hither,dd . ba be, umai, mai , be : banomai

,or without the suffix no

,

n i,ba

,be with ba corrupted

to u,umai and, without bano

(or ba ) , m a i,d. , or be , d.

,as

a verb in the sense of the fullexpression

,bano-mai

,or ba—be.

See ba,bano

,su pra ; a nd

under the following word .

[Meli fano tu ai .]

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

35

as to which see n i , i nf ra ,

and a dem ., tha t, yon (place) ,there

, yonder , and signifyingto that or you (place) , thither.3. The no

,or ’no

,in ban o ,

is the same as the n o in notu,

but without the tu,i .e. it is the

prep. n’, and o, dem . The difference between notu and no

,

or rather between ba notu and

bano,is slight, ba notu being

simply a strengthened bano .

The difference betw een banoor bani in banoma i , or banimai, and bano in ba notu seemsto be that in the former ban i

“

)

or bani or bane the dem . afterthe prep . n

’ is wanting, thusban im a i go to here, henotu goto there. T. nyo to there

,

thither,Matt. ii. 22, nye , id.

,

Matt. xvii. 20, xxiv . 28, xxvi.36. A mh. with the prep .

wada, to, instead of néoriginally E. la , A. li

,to,

cf. balotu) , w ada z iya , a nd

(z elided ) wadiya to there ,thither. The tu in banotu isdem .

,as in My . itu, that, situ,

there, TaS a . natu and a tu

,

that,E. netu, that, H. z ektu ,

that.Banu, s.,

d . banaga, q .v .

Banu sa , a nd banus . See bani ato roast.

Bao, v. i . , d. for m a, m an , ba, ban ,bon . See an i , v. i .

Baofa , s.,d. ,menstruation, i

su baofa meam ea (said of aWoman menstruating whilestil l suckl ing a chi ld) bafa.

Bara, v. i ., to be burned (as foodin cooking ) see buria , d .

bouria,or bauria, tabara. [Ma.

BA RE

wera burnt,hot

,s.,heat

, pa

wera hot, S a . vevela to behot, ps. v ela sia , vela, done,well cooked , My . parik

,marak

,

to kindle, set on fire.] H .

ba ‘ar (Ch. be‘ar to burn,Pael

to kindle ) , to burn up, tokindle

,to be burned .

Bara, V. i . , or a .,to be barren

,

d. oro . E.

‘abara to bebarren

,

‘ebur barren.

Barab,V. i

,or a .

,long

,high (as

a bi l l ) .L

[Ma lo bara u o, Fi .balavu, M l . U. periv ,

long,

also wide ] E f. dd. baraf,baram , barau , birerife (seelaba, leba ) , prop. extended

,

cf. M] . U .

Baraf,d. barab.

Baragai, d., transposed for baga

ra i .

Bara tia , V . t to beat. [Fi .waro-ca

,My . palu, Ja. pala ,

Mg. vely.] A. wahala tobeat.

Bara tia, V. t .

,to bind together.

My. barot to gird, to bindround ] H . hibar to connect,j oin together. See fareti , i a

f ra .

Baram,d. barab.

Bara-tuna, s., d. for bura.

Barau, d. barab.

Barau, V. i .,to reproach

,speak

lou dly reproaching. See rau.

Bare, v. i .,to be moved

,move

about,bare ki , V. t to move,

agitate,ba refare ki

,id. A.

farefara to move , agitate.Bare, or barea, v. i . , or a .

,d .

uorea, or orea, to be blind (aman) , to have a whi te speck

(of an eye whose sight is lost) ,to be dirty looking, like a

BA R ETA U ] 36

sightless eye (of half-raw food) .

[ML A . bar,U . oror, Epi

mbili ] H .

‘avar,E .

‘awir,to

be blind .

Bareta u,a . ,black and white

Spotted (as a pig) , also a yamthat has been peeled

,or a tree

that has been barked,i bi

ba reta u tau white,a n d bare ,

for which see the followingword .

Barea,or borea

,d.

,v . i .

,or a . ,

black,dirty coloured . [My .

biru blue,Ta S a . berika black ]

A .

’a ‘fara dust- coloured .

Baro , V . i . , or a .

,to be heed

less,taliga baro deaf

,(1 . na

baro one deaf, ba roba ro to beheedless , indifferent, tabaroto be heedless

,refra c torv

lawless,barua free from , as

i tumana bisa barua ki n ia

he declares himself free fromit (as a crime) , marua tocease

,leave off

,10 barua kin ia

see the nakedness of someone ,literally

,or as to his pover ty

or being devoid of food,&0.

See baror,bura . H . para ‘ to

loose,let go , make naked ,

paru ‘a lawless,unbridled , A .

fara “ a to empty,leave off

,be

free from (as free from caresor labour

,careless , idle) , 5

,

ta fa rra “a to be idle.

Baro,0. art . n a ba ro,

s.

,on e deaf.

Baro sia, or baru sia , v . t. Thisverb was used thus in the olddays : to fell a big tree theyburned round the base of i t,then ru baru si , or baru l nn am a l ifera

,that is

,smashed

,

broke,shaved

,chipped

,cu t

,or

scraped off the charred w ood

then burned the new exposedsurface again

,smashed or cu t

off (with the karau tare ) thecharred parts again, a nd so ontill the tree fell. O n E . Ma i

ba ru si nanin E f. koi nanin

(see koi) . Tea fa rofa ro thatwhich cuts

,shaves

,rasps ofl

'

,

ba robaroa ( a . ending - a ) fit forrasping off (as sandpaper or agrindstone ) . [Fi . varo -ta tofile

,saw

,or rasp

,S a . valu

scrape out nuts ( z E f. koi ) , toscrape ( as taro ) , ps. valna

,M a .

waru to scrape,shave

,cut (the

hair ) , Ha . walu to scratch,

rub , rasp, polish , Tah . varu toshave

,to bark a tree

,to scrape

,

My . paras to shave,topare close

to the surface, Mg. fara scrape

,

scratch , make sm ooth ] H.

bara to cut out,carve out

,&c .

,

A . bara’ to cu t out,to cut or

pare down,to plane a n d polish.

(A s to the notion of breaking,

cutting, separating, which isinherent in the radical syllableH . par, see under H . parad(G es. D iet . ) The same isfound inthe somew hat softenedsyllable bar

,A . a nd H . )

Ba roaki, d . See boroaki .

Ba roba roa, a . See under baro

31 a .

Baror, s. , one careless, heedless,lawless, wicked , foolish . Seebaro .

Ba roba ro, v. i .

,or a. See under

baro .

Barua , v . i ., or a .

,made n aked

,

devoid of, clear or free from .

See baro .

Barua, or narua, V . i .,or a .

,fat

,

big,large . [Mg. bariba ry ,

BA RU BA RUTA ]

bary,large

,full

,well made

,

Fi . vora to grow fat or stout ]H . bara’

,to grow fat

,bari’

fat, A . wara’ to be fat .Ba ru ba ru ta

,a . , fat ending -ta

barua.

Baru baru ten a , a .,fat ; ending

-tena : barua.Ba - si a

,v .,go upon

,tread upon

,

basi n am atu n a tread uponsomething : ba to go, a nd

t. ending si. [Fi . v a-ca .]Basa

,to speak . See bisa.

Base a, v . t . ,to break off (as a

branch from a tree ) , to breakoff with a snap or jerk , basu ,id .

,m afasu d . moas (mowas)

broken off, base-raki , takes adifferent object, as base naranakasu break off the branch ofa tree

,base-raki n a -usu break

off from a reed (the hu sk orcovering

,so as to make it

bare) , basebase raki nia, id.,

basu li a , t. ending i i , to

deta ch,break off, tabasu l i de

tached, broken off, separated .

[Fi . basu-ka , or - raka,to

break,also to Open one ’s eyes

or mouth,basi-a , nearly syn .

c. basu-ka . S a . fati to breakoff, ps. fatia.] A . fas

’

s’a to

break off, fassa detach, shiveroff, H . pasah , q.v . , to distend ,open (the lips) , A. fasa’ toseparate

,detach (as fiesh from

a bone) .Basea, V. t . ,

c . verb. suf. , scold,vituperate

,rail at

,d . syn . suer

ia : bakabasea , id. A. nabazato reproach . blame, rail at.

Basi n , s.

,a bone piercer. See siu .

Baso ia, v. t. , to pierce. See su i .

[P i . veso-ka and sua—ka .]

37

Bastak, v . ,d . for bataka : basi

,

taka .

Bastu fi, v . t .

,d. ,to follow

,to be

like : basi , and tufi. A . tabi ‘ato follow .

Basu li . See base a.

Bataka na,V. t .,

to he like ,equal to

,sufficient for (bastu fi

and m au taka nearly ha

to go, and taka like,similar

to.Batako n a

,or batoko n a

,s.,the

body, d . mole na . [Ta. buti,My . batang, Mg. va tana.] A .

badano the body.

Bate,v .

,d . for batu.

Bate,num .

,four. [Mg. efat ra

,

My . ampat, S a . fa ] A. arba ‘at’

,four.

Bati n a , 3 the teeth, a tooth,also a shoot banana ortaro) , a seed . bati ] Seenabati n a .

Bati -gat , and d . bati -gaut, s.,a

thorny plant,with crooked,

grasping thorns , l ike hooks :for gaut , see under gau, tagau.

Bati—rik,s. ,mosquito bati

,a nd

rik, q .v .

Ba t ia, or bati a, V. t .,to do

,

make , work at. [My . bu at,or bu w a t , to do. ] S .

‘bad,to

do, to work, work at, make .Bati k, d . u arik, V. i ., or a . ,

few,

to be few. See tik or rik.

Ba t ira,s.,precipice

,rugged de

cl iv ityBa t ibatira , a .,

rugged and precipitou s : bati teeth , and ending ra z n abatira , that which isrugged (as a precipice ), syn.

na t iroa .

Batok V. i . , d.,to remain : toko.

Batu,v. i .

,d.

,to remain : tu .

Batu,

s. ,na ba tu, a n adult,

young man. A . fa tiy’ adult,

fata’ young man .

Batu,v .,d . bate, to close up the

roof at the ridge-pole withreeds n a fatu the ridge-pole .

[Epi bofugo, v . , id.] See fatu,s.

,and ban . A.

“ama

’ to covera house

,that is

,its upper roof

,

as with reeds.Batua na

, s.,the knee : prob.

bau (q. v. ) the head , and tualeg. [M] . A. l u a leg, m bu l u aknee

,M l . P. and Malo bau

knee ]Batua ki

,v. t .

,to go from (any

thing or person ) : ba to go ,and tua h i to p lace

,lay down

lit. go laying down or leaving.

Bau na, s.

,d. for bamu na

, q .v .

Ba a, s.

,one slain . (Ha . po,

slain, lost, hidden] . See 3. bog.

Ba u n a, s., the head a head or

chief,specially

,d. , maternal

uncle, tha t is, head of the

family. [Malo batu , San Cristova l bau, head ; Tah . fau a

kind of head dress, a god , asbeing head or above

,a king

or principal chief,as bein g

above others ] A. ham a tu thehead : the head and chief ofa tribe or family. See egg.

under ban sia and mau.

Bau lulu, s.,a proud person

,lit

.

high head l n .

Baua, or uaua (wana) , s.,a pillow :

preceding word a nd ending -a

also, v .,to pillow one ’s head .

Bau -maso na , s. , portion of theproperty of one deceased inheri ted by a member of thefamily : ba n , a nd maso

, q.v .

For bau see s. bau sia.

38

Ban ,V. t. , to be above, cover,

surpass,i bau gor ia. See

tabau :

Ba u sia, or fau sia, v. t., tofasten together ; to plait (am a t ) ; bau rarua fasten together (the parts of) a canoe ;bau nago fasten a pig to thecarry ing pole ora naui i ba uthe yarn vine fastens on orround the stake ; redup. ban

fau ; bau-maso (maso a portion)theportion collected or fastenedor gathered together, bau- teragia fasten—to dry it (as wetcloth ) , i .e.

,fasten it on some

thing in the sun or before afire . [S a . fau (Ma . hou ) tietogether, fasten by tying, ps.

fa usia, To. fau fillet round the

head , turban, Fut. fau sia tofasten, tie, Fi . v a n - ca to bindtogether, S a . fau -la ‘i to beheaped up , to abound, My.ubung to join

,connect

,&C .]

See mau . H .

‘amam to gathertogether, to collect, to join together, A .

‘amma to put onthe head a fillet, to be a chief,to be an uncle

,

“ amma tocover, to fa sten (a cam el ) , H.

‘amam to cover,hide

,fig. to

surpass, A .

“amma, 4 , to dip ,

dz c.

Bau gor ia, V. t.,to cover over

tabau sa to be above (ascovering a thing) , to be over,surpass him (in dignity orrank ) . See under precedin gword for bau .

Ban or fau , bao or fao, V . i . , ora .

, n ew . [Malo baro, Ml.mermer, Motu matamata

,My

.

baharu, S a . fou , Fi . vovou , vou,

B A ULI A ]

Mg. vao (ha vaoz an a ) n ew ]A . m ahdu th, part. of hada thato be n ew

,new . H . l l adas

'

,

S . l lda th , id.

,E. hadas, to

renew.

Bauli a,V. c . ,

to buy by excha ngi ng ;

Baulu,or fau l u

,s.

,the thin g

given in exchange wherewithto purchase something

,barter

(wherewith to buy by exchanging) . See aul ia, u l ia.

Bau -ragia,or bau-teragia . See

bau sia.Baus ia

,and ba u su s ia, V. t .

,to

ask him (or her) , ba u sus ia sa,

ask him it (or about it )Ban su k i

,to inquire about (a

thing) , ba usu baki to inquirea t (a person) , to ask, to quest ion (a person) . See us ia .

Bauria,d . for buria , q .v . See

bara.Bea (kbe, or bwe) , 8 . See n abea .

Be,d . mai, ad.

,here, hither ; d .

to come here,like mai

, q .v . ;also 01. for ba

,bai

,to com e or

go from,as i be sab mai ? he

comes from where hither ?Be emia

,V. t .

,to have it

,i be

nalo he has a thing, d . ibienia he has it : biei1 ia , bi enia.

Be, or bea , dd. bei , mia (tiam ia ) ,V. i . , or a . ,

to precede,go

before,he first , first . [S a .

mua,a nd mua ‘i first

,muamua

to go before,first

,Lakon mo,

V olow mag, Arag moana first,Fi . mada

o

to precede ] A .

fuha t mouth, entrance (as ofa river) , hence the first orforemost part of anything,A m b . pat, or fat, fore-part,and c . a . ending fatanga fi r .st

39 l

Be, d.,a particle used after

interrogatives, then, now ,thus

u a be ? sa be (sab) ? whe rethen ? takan i aga bat ia be ?how shall I do it then (orn ow ) . I n other dialects it isnot used . H .

’epo

’ then,now

,

as ayeh ’epo’ where then ? cg.

epoh (poh here ) where ? how ?Be, fé, conj . ,

if,shou ld ; k u fé

bano 1 fe uia should you go i twere well

,i be fano i be uia

should (or if) he go i t werewell . [Ta . ip ,

Fut. pe, if ]A mh. ba

,be

,if

,should ( re

pea ted in each clause as i nE f .

,I sen berg

’

s G r .,pp . 1 5 8

Be a,or fe a , redu p.

‘ befe,V , t

to read, also to count. E .

nabab to speak,recite

,read

,

cg. H . naba’ to prophesy (A .

naba’ to declare ) , from naba‘

,

Hi. hibi ‘a to tell.Be

,or bea

,redup. bebea, V. i .

,

or a .

,to be great

,wide ex

tended . [Mg be great , large ,Mota poa

, G a o bio . ] E .

‘abya,or ‘abia to be great

,wide

,ex

tended,

‘abiy great,large.

Bega,d. baga , q .v . , a hi ll .

Bei ki , or bai ki , 01 . bi ki , v . t .

,to

show : d. syn . bisai ki . A .

baha to appear, be shown,manifest

,show

,divulge

,in

dicate henceBeifei ki

,make manifest

,in

dica te.

Bei , v . ,bei ki to watch for (as

for an animal to take or killit) ; d . bu to see , look at . A .

ba“a (ba“ai) to watch, observe,

look at,look out for, rush

upon (the prey ) from an am

bush,seek

,dz c.

Bei,or ba i , a thing hidden, con

cea led,i bi bei it is hidden .

[Mg. afin a,My . buni , To .

fufu,Ma

,Ha. huna

,Fut.

funa,Epi m bin , Fi . vuni

,

hidden] S ee‘

a fa : cg. to theword there given are A .

“a bai,

H . l l a ba’

,A . l l

'

aba’

,to hide .

Bei , d . for be,or bea

,v . i .

,or a .

,

to precede,first.

Bei or bai,d. ba

,prep . (in this

form as a prep .

,but see bai

,

used mostly after verbs ,connecting them w ith theirobject : 10 to look , 10 bei a

look upon it,see it

,d . lekba

( the final a is made l ong bythe absorption of the pron . ofthe third person ) taruba tofall

,taruba bei a fall upon it

,

d . ro to fal l , ro bei a to fallupon it ; a n to be

,to lie

,an

bei a lie upon it ; toko sit,toko bei a sit upon it ; ba togo

,ba bei a go or tread upon

it (for instan ce , upon filth inthe path

,ba bai intai ) le ba i

look upon it,see it

, (1 . libi siaor lebi sia le bi sia lookupon i t ) : the final i in bei orbai bel ongs to the pronoun ofthe third person . [Fi . Vei to,d . v a ] E. ba

,A . fi

,bi

,H .

b’ .Bei

,s.,na bei saki n i aliati the

ascending cloud of dawn,the

dim cloudy or misty appearance preceding daylight atdawn : d . in tei saki the risingcloud . See tai u i lagi. A .

“ amma (S .

‘am ) to be

b

coveredwith clouds

,as the sky

,

“amm a i dust

,darkness “

am

m a t’ cloudy.

40

Befe , or fefe, s.

,oven cover

(made of leaves ) a coveringtrap (for catching low ls) . [S a .

veve oven cover of leaves ]See (bofia ) to

E sigo, or baigo, s.

, a trumpet

(shell ) ; d . a kind of fiu te

(cocoanut shell) . [S a . fagufagu a flute

,To . fagofago a flu te

blown by the nose ] A. bakato blow a trumpet, ba

’

ku, orba’ko , a trumpet .

Bela ki,V. t .

,to gird (oneself) ,

bela ki 1i a tali put on one ’sgirdle or belt to tie or fastenanything or carry anythingbetween one ’s girdle and thelower part of the belly : hence

,

to take with one,to have with

one or attached to one . Seebala I I I . The S . is n a fel a ki , d .

n a bii la i,or balai , what is

fastened or girded round theloins , girdle .

Bel aki , v. i .,to be pregnant :

bala I I I .Beleki

,s. ,

0. art. n abel a ki,d .

syn . in tam a te, great heathenfeast or series of feasts periodically held at every village

,at

which there was a bu nda nce offood, singing,

and dancing :prob. so called because of thea bu n da n ceof f ood, and friendlyfeeling bala 1 1 1 .

Bela,or fela

,if perhaps

,if i 1i

deed, conj . be,and ad . la .

Bela,v . i .

,to be smooth

,level ;

bala I .Bela

,d . for bala I I .

, q .v .

Bela-tagot. See bala 1 1 .Bela—galu . See bala 1 1 .

Bele , s. , the dead body of a pigsaid to be so called because its

BELE]

belly swells. b’a la 1 1 1 . [Ha .

pele to swell out, have a largebelly.]

Bele i i a , s.,the belly (or bala

na) the womb ; a mother (dd .

syn. eri na,raits na , susu n a )

a source, as bele n i torogo thesource or m aster of the torogo

(a species of divination) , a lsobele n a i (naui) kan oa the beginni ng or feast of the firstripe yams : bala I I I.

Belbel, d. for bi le,bilebi le, q .v .

Beles, s. , 0. art. n ebeles,a dance

in which the two parties keepm eeting each other. See lasi ,ti lasi .

Ben , or fen , a .,cooked

,broiled

,

roasted bani a .

Beni a, d . for bani a.Ben , d. for hi m. See a n i to be

,

abide .Belii ki (kwelu k i) , v . t . , tofold , to double, tabel ii (takwelti ) folded , doubled

Bé lu to be doubled up, as it werefolded together

,hence to be

hidden,to hide onesel f

,belu

ki to be hidden from ,also

uel u

Belu u é lu , V. i , or a .,folded

,

hence limp,doubled up

,and

bel u u el uki , a .,doubled up,

uneven,limp

,limber

,weak,

flexible. [Ha pelu to doubleover

,bend

,or flex, as a joint,

to fold , doubled, folded over ,pelupel u to double over andover

,doubled over

,S a . m apel u ,

m apelupel u to bend, stoop,Fi . belu-ka to bend

,curve ,

kabelu bent,Mg . valona

folded,doubled ] H . kapal to

fold together,to doubl e, part.

4 1

ps. doubled, Ch. hapcl todouble

,roll up, S. E thpe.

’

ethkfel , or etkfel , to bedoubled

,folded together.

Bera, or fera, v. i ., to crumble ,fall to pieces

,berafé ra , a nd

tabera féra to crumble , fall topieces

,be scattered about in

fragments ;Bera k i

,V. t . ,

to scatter about,tabéra ki f to scatter about,make to fall to pieces, andbera feraki

,v. t. , and ta ferafera

ki,v . t .

,na feroa

,s. , a crumb,

sabera ki,v. t .

,to scatter,

saberak,d. saberik

,V. i ., to

fall to pieces . [Fi. vuru-takato crumble

,vuruvuru

,v . i .

,to

crumble,and S .

,a crumb

,

Mg. m iveraberaka,v. i ., to

crumble,m ahavera , V. t . ,

My.ambor scattered, tabur to bescattered ; Ja. sabar to scatter

,

to strew,My. sibar to strew,

scatter] E. farfu r a crumb,Talmud parpor from H. purto break

, P i lpel pirper to breakin pieces : this is the originalpower

'

of the biliteral par,

”

G es. ,s. v . parad, then appl ied

to scatteri ng,&c .

Bera gia , V . t .,d. birig1a , q .v .

Bet a kati a , d . bera tia,bera tiki

n ia, v. used as ad. ,

fully,

thoroughly,accurately ; also

a .

,as tea beraka ti na a thing

fully his, a thing his ow n .

Probably connected with bura,d . biri

,to be full

,full.

Beru,v. d. ,

syn . uma , to clearfor a plantation

,to cut down

trees,cut or clear the jungle .

[Mg. fira la (fira cut, a l a wood;forest) , m ifera la cut down

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

has not laughing (lit. he isn ot to laughing) : the form eris the order of words i n expressing the notion “ to haveor “ to have not ” in H .

,A . ,

and s. ,

“ is to him,

” or “ isnot to him .

”

Bi k i, V. t . ,

d . for bei k i,q v .

,to

show .

Bi , s. ,only in meta n i-bi small

openings in the ends of a housethrough which light comes

,

and w hich are le ft uncoveredin thatching. Of same stemas preceding word

,whence is

A . buhu a name of the sun,a nd bu h

’ the uncovered partof a house or tent.

Bi a,or fi a

,d . bi sa, 01 fi sa [Malo,

Santo , &C . ,Visa] , V. i . , or a . ,

how many ? as ru bia ? theyare how many ? n a tam ole bia ?how many men ? And

,not

interrogatively , ru‘ bia, they

are so m any,few

,n a tam ole bia

so many men , i a ,a few men .

[S a . fia , ad. , how many ? Fi .

Vica,

ad. ,how many ? Ta .

ku va,ad. ,

how many ? My.

barapa (apa ) how much,or

how many , much, many, some,Mg ,

ad.

,firy how many ? mi

firy , v . i .,into how many parts

does i t divide The finalpart of bia or bisa

,namely a

or se,is the interrogative pro

noun,as is apa in barapa . In

sa the s is a dem . prefixed tothe interrogative pronoun , andprobably the r i n Mg. ry islikewise a dem . The prefixedbi or fl is the reflexive verbpreformative

,E f. hi or fi , S a .

fe,My . hai r, or ba (ber, be) ,

43

Mg. mi (fi) , as the My . ba

rapa seems to indicate (andthe r of barapa must in theabsence of anything to thecontrary be regarded as a

dem ; like the r in ry and thes in sa ) . On this reflexiveverb preformative bi

,My . ba

( be ) , S a . fe,Mg. mi (fi ) , see

next word following. In support of this view let it beobserved that bia or bisa inE f. is never an adverb and is.a verb

,bein g usable as a n

adjective only as every verbin the language is . In bakafiaor baka fisa make howm any times ? (Fi . vakav ica )the causative verb preformative baka has the same effec tas in bakarna

,baka tolu

,&c .

I n A . , s. ,a nd H . ,

how many ?how much ? is expressed byka

,or ke, as, prefixed to the in

terrogative pronoun , the compound signifying literally aswhat ” ? H . kamah , S . kima’

,

A . kam ,and with a different ,

interrogative,kay , kain

’ quot

(how many ? so many ) . Gom

pare Tanna keva,d . kuva .

Bi,or ii

,reflexive verb preforma

tive (ba ,or baka

,fa

,or faka,

being the causative verb preformative ) , as ru atu gia , v. t .

,

they smite him,

ru fiatu,V. r .

,they smite each other

,

they fight,auli a

,v . t . ,

exchange,replace , substitute

for.

i t,bauli a

,or fa u l i a,

V . c . ,nearly the same

,make

to take the place of, barterfor it

, r u bia u l i , V. r . ,they a re

bartering w ith each other, or

J

they are replacing each otheror taking each other’s places

(as men at the oar) . [S a . fe

the reciprocal particle prefixed to verbs

,Fi. vei, My.

bar (i a ,her) and be, prefixed

particle sign of the neuter orintransitive verb

,Mg. mi

reflexive verb preformative

(G riffith’s Mg. G r. , p .

a n d with ha (the ka. in baka) ,miha : the r in My . bar orher (see under preceding word)is held to be a dem . or pronominal particle like the ha.in miha and maha (ka. in

baka ) ,- and n (or na) in Mg.

man,mana

, My . mang (theba or ma in these being thecau sative verb preformative) .See ba and baka, ] H .

mith mi (as in m iddabber) ,for the A. it i see W r . ,

G r . I . ,“1 1 1 , participle, A n c .

m uta Mod. mut Ch. mit S .

m et or meth the m belongsto the participle, a nd withoutit the prefix is in H . hit orhith

,O h. it, S. et or eth , A . it

( for ta.) and when the t ofthis prefix was assimilated tothe initial radical of the verb

,as

it often was,it became simply

i followed by a doubled con.sonant

,as in H. hiddabber

,

A. issa ka ta . Of this only theprefixed i could remain, and itha s become the preva ilingform in such languages as S a .

,

My . ,Mg ,

or E f. I t may beremarked that in Mg. in allverbs of this reflexive formthis prefix occurs without thein

,in the future and past

44 [B I BI S I N U

tenses,as simply i . A s to

signification of verbs with thisprefix in A . ,

H . ,and S .

, theyare primarily reflexive , thenreciprocal or passive (in tran sitive) or transitive , govern inga n accusative. I n E f. verbsof this form are reflexive , orrecip. ,

and intran sitive, rarelytransitive.

Bia,bibia

,d . biau or beau , s.

, achild

,youth

,bia kiki little

children,bia tu ria i young

m en a nd in names of children as bia-naru

,&c. [Tasa.

pipi infant,M l . U. bibi in

fant,M l . A . pepe infant, an d

Fut. foi , in foim a ta,eye (but

l i t. Pupil of the eye ) , Ja. bayiinfant

,child ] A . bu’bu’ a

little boy (from baba to saypapa ) , the pupil of the eye, (atDamascus ) bubu a little child .

~

Biau,or beau

,s. ,wave

,waves

[S a . peau , id. ,My . ombak, id.]

E. ababi, A .

’ubab’,i .q .

‘ ubab’

flood,waves

,from ‘abba to have

broken waves ( the sea ) . HenceBiafia u ( for biau fiau ) , V . t .

,to be

raised in waves rou gh (as thesea) . [S a . pean a rough (as thesea) , l i t. wavy, full of wavespeau and the a. endin g a ]

Bian li , V. r .,d . biol i , barter or

exchange with each other 5take each other’s places

,as

men at the oar or other work,

spell each other.Bialo, v. r.,

to wave (beckoning)reflexive of a lo-fia

, q .v .

Bi b s.,d. for baba

,a board .

Bibi sinu , V. i . , to ring,sing (of

the ears) : sinu ; bibi is thepreformative bi doubled .

Bibe, V. i . , or a . ,for bebea,

Bibila, v. i .,or a . ,

big, great

redu p. of bila.Bi fera ki , V. t. , to show by afera (or omen) fera.

Bigo. See bu igo.

Bikutu ki,V. t . ,

speak to eachother (against someone in

his absence) ; decide about( someone ) . See kutu ki .

Bila,V. i . , shine, lighten, gleam ,

flash,appear bi lafi la

,redu p. ,

to do so repeatedly : lo bilaki glance at ; fi la lightning ;bule-meta. eyeball (gleamingpart of the eye) . [S a . pula

, pu

pula,pulapula to shine, may be

same ] A . barak , orbara’

,shine

,

gleam,flash

,glitter

,appear ;

lighten (lightning) , 2,open

the eyes , glance at, bark’

lightning,pl . buruk , H . barak ,

S. barka : hence bila, or fila ,bile

,or file

,s. , lightning : c.

art. n afil a .

Bila ia,or bilai a

,V. t .

,pick up

,

gather up (anything, as fallenleaves

,fruits

,fish lying on

the ground,&c. ) 3

Bila guru k i,bili lua

,bili sai ,

610. See guru, lua, sai. Bi laihas the pref. b ’. [Fi . Vili-kapick up

,as fallen leaves or

fruits ] E .

’araya gather (asfruits

,herbs) , glean (as after

reapers) : c. preformative.Bila, also (dd. mbula, bur)Bibila, redu p. (intensive) , andBilana, bibi len a , v . i . , or a. -n a

,

a. ending) , big, large , great,[Mg. bolobolo, m ibolobolo, a .

,

thick,close, dense ] A.

‘abula,‘abila to be thick

,big,

‘abanbal’ strong, great, large .

4 5

Bile,or bila

,v. i . , to be quick ;

hence sudden,confused , in

accurate,to err

,make a

mistake : redup. bi lebi le (d .

belbel) quick, sudden, bi l iel isudden, quick, hence confused

,erroneous : tabi le to be

hasty , commit an error. .Oftenused adverbially, as ba bilebile go quickly

,si bile shoot

m issing (lit. hastily, erron e

ou sl y , not hitting the mark ) ,810. H . bahal , bahel , pr0p . to

tremble , be in trepidation, Pielto hasten, to hasten (as if totremble) to do anything, Hi.id. , O h . (behal ) I thpea l inf.hitbeha l ah , s. ,

haste,speed

,

with prefixed be, ad.,quickly

Bile , d . bi le, V. i . , to dispute,wrangle. [My . babil towrangle

,squabble ] E. behi l

(2) contradict, t a baha la dis

pute,wrangle

,bahl dispute

,

altercation , wrangle.Bili , v . t .

,bili m eta shut the eyes

,

redu p. bi l iu i l i,id . (of many) ;

henceBi li, s. , a blind person (withclosed eyes ) and

Bilil,s.,a tree (whose leaves a t

a certain stage of their gr'

ow thcleave together) : d. bilbilowink

,close the eyes. [C f.

Ma . kimo wink,kikimo keep

the eyes firm ly closed ] A .

“ amas’a blink

,wink

,close the

eyes.Bili a , v. t ., d. for belu ki , q .v .

Bi laki , v. i ., to be terrified,tremble (as it were) with fear.H. ba lAh to be terrified, to

fear,Piel bil leah to terrify,

and suffix ki .

Bil e na, 8 . See bele 11 a mother.Bile-meta na, s. ,

nephew or niece,

child of a man’s gore n a,that is,

his full or uterine sister. Lit.mother, "La ,

source, of thetribe or family

,such n ephew

being a man ’s heir (a nd nothis

,ow n son ) .

Bilaga, V . t . ,bilaga sa

,seek

,

search for it. See laga,laga

sa, id.

Bilele,v. i . , r . ,

to turn hither a ndthither

,to go backwards and

forwards, round and round :lele.

Bi lele,V. i . , r . ,

d. for hitoli, q .v .

Bi li asa,ad. ,

the morn ing ( lit.awaking ) of the day afterto-morrow : bulo

,asa bi li as

in bi li -bog,bi li -m itam a i .

Bi l ibog, ad . d. bu lbog morning :bulo

,bog.

Bi l iel i,v ., see bile, bi l ibi le, to be

quick, &c .

Bil ikit ia, V . t . , to peel as abanana) . [C f Fi. loqa -ta topeel .] E. lahasa to peel.

Bi l im itam a i, ad.,the morn ing

(lit . awaking ) of the morrowbi l im itama i ki n ia the morrowfollowing it

,sera bi l im itam a i

every recurring morrow bulo,

m itam a i .

Bilis ia, d. bolis ia, nolis ia, V. t . ,

to spread out anything on theground as a mat hence tomake a bed hence n a uol

,s. ,

that spread out,a bed

,d . na

m a uol and from this latter ism auol i ki make a bed with

(something) , spread i t out fora bed. [Mg. vela tra , m ivela tra

to spread,expand itself (be

S pread out ) , m am i la tra , v. t . ,

46 [BI LU LU

to spread ] A . faras’a tospread out anything, as a maton the ground, spread (a bedfor anyone) , hence fars

” a bed.

Bi l it i , s.,the fat in the belly of

a pig : connected with bele na,the belly. A. badana to growfat.

Bi l isa i , v .

,used as ad.

,together

,

as i ti l i bi l isa i ki nia he told

(two or more things ) togetherit is really a v. t . , a nd tilibi l isa i ki

,lit. he told gathering

together it : bila ia,or bi l a ia

,

and sai (see sa isa i) .Bilo

,v. i .

,d bulo

, q .v . ,to awaken

,

to Open the eyes bulo nia,d .

bulobulo i , v . t . ,to awaken

(from sleep ) . to cause to openthe eyes. [S a . ala to awake

,

Ma . ara,V. i .

,wake up

,whakar

ara, V . t . , rouse, P i . yadra , openthe eyes, awake, yadrava ,watch for

,vakayadra

—ta,to

awaken ] H .

‘u r to awake

,

be awake, cause to awake,Hi . to arouse

,awake (from

sleep) ; to watch, follow ed bythe prep .

‘a l

, to watch overanyone. E f. bilo has the pref.b’ .

Bilo sia, v. t . , d. for balo n ia ,wash.

Bilora , for bu l Gra , q .v .

Bilu , or bi l iu , V. r . ,to go back

wards and forwards betweentwo places or parties : lilin ,liu.

Bilu, nilu , uulu (wulu) , q .v . ,to

dance (a. wom a n or women ;m en dancing are said to sali ) .

Bi l u l u, v. r. , vie with each other,

contend with each other forsuperiority. A.

‘ala’

BILU BA K I]

3, vie , compete , contend forsuperiority see lulu

,or In .

Bi lu baki,v . r . ,

to land cargofrom a sh ip

,or to land pas

sengers (land each other)luba-ki .

Bimeta na,v. and s. ,

to be hisguide

,l it . his eye : bi to be,

and meta eye.

Binako,V . t . , d. banako

, q .v . ,

to steal hi,or ba , pref.

Bin aka,s.,mats , cloth : see banu .

B inata , and dd . bunets,and

Bin au ta,V. i .

,to be numb

,

devoid of feeling,as one’s

limb from stoppage of circulation of the blood in it : bi tobe

,nata a person (as if the

limb belonged to some otherperson) . See ata.

Bimen , v . 1 d . syn . c. banot u ,

q .v . ,and baina

, q .v . thedifference between hinen andba n otu is that the former hasthe final 11 there

,the latter

tu there ; the differencebetween binen and baina isthat the latter has elided then of the prep. and has in a to . For n or na there

(that , so. place) , see mi n oruana that, you .

Binets , d . for banotu .

Bin oin oi , V. r. ,be confusedly

together (as different kinds ofthings

,people of di fferent

districts or languages) , tumaran01n01 ra

Binofinoi , a .,confused, perplexed,

d. bun ofu n oi : noi, nea.Binoté , d . for ba notu .

Binu na , s.

,head or. first part,

as binu n a fa n ua head of thecountry (the chief and n a ta

47 [131 ax-orA

mole tabu are said to be binubinu naui head of a yam

,

syn. bau naui,binu n am i t first

part of a mat,from which the

weaving or plaiting begins ;hence

Binu,v . ,as binu n am it make a

beginning of a mat, make thepart from which the plaitingbegins : connected with bauhead

,bau sia to weave or

plait,bau hamit plait a mat.

See bau .

Binu,V. i . , to whistl e, dd. bin ,

bogé . [Epi bobo, A m . m ofin,

M I. P. and U . , pu inpu in ,

w inw in , S e., mapu . To. mabo.]A. fahl l a , and fa l l fa l l a ,sibi la vit .

Binu nu,v . ,complete

,ba bin u n u

ki,to go throughout

,complete

(a piece of a fence ) nu , num .

Bio-so,V. i . , to call or cry out,

shout,calling bio , and so,

q .v . The verb bio, or fio (seerafioso) , means to cry out,shout. [Se. piapio an outcry,a shouting

,Mg. feo voice,

sound,report ] H. pa

‘ah

,to

call,to cry out.

Bira gia, d. ,

Biri gia, d . firi gia, V . t . , to carryon the back , take , bring, lead.

[Epi mbario, carry on theback ] A. hamala, to carryon the back, bring, send , impel to do something, S . hm a l

,

collect , carry.

Biri-nala,s.,the plaited or braided

(rope) handle of a carryingbasket : see al a , and bir ia toplait.

Biri-ofa,s. ,the cloth in which a

child is slung a nd carried on

BI RA G O RO ] 48 BI R IG ITE

the back of its mother : biri

(gia) , a nd ofa (ia) , d. afa ia ,

both of which verbs signifyto carry on the back.

Biragoro, v .

,d. boragoro, q.v . , to

make,break into a noise near

someone see bora ia, a n d

goro.Biraka , V. r . ,

to give presents toguests at a n a l eou an (feastafter a death) , lit. to givepresents (or rewards) to eachother : raka tia .

Birakan a , s. ,the giving of such

presents.Biri-raki

,v. t . , to give presents

to guests at a n a leou an biria (biri nabo ra , 12a , make theirhearts void of evi l thoughts

,

i .e.

,pleased or good) , and raki.

Bira u si,V . r. to follow each

other : raus1 .Bir ia

,or biri a

,V . t . , to make

void,bring to nought

,as

counsel,bisa biri nalo na the

radica l notion is break top ieces,biri na m a ietoa break to piecesor put an end to (one

’s ) anger ,appease

,biri nabo na bring to

an end the evil feelings ofone ’s heart, appease. Thisverb is much used after otherv erbs

,as m i troa

,bisa, &c.

,

think void. t e. ,despise, &c. ,

a nd ba biri n a fanu a means togo all through the land : taleround , tale-firi all round ; reduplicated it is

Birifiri , nearly the same meaningas biri ia. H . parar to break inpieces

,Hi . hefer to break , as a

covenant,make void, be void,

bring to nought cg. para‘ ,and following word.

Biris ia,V. t . , to break down,

destroy, birisi nakoro break

down a wa l l : the no tion of

breaking in pieces , asunder,is implied in this word

,which

is cognate with the preceding.H. paras to break , breakdown . 610.

Biri,V. i . , to warble, whistle

(birds) . [E pi faru, forfa ru .]See bora ia, biragoro.

Biri,d . for bi i ra to be full, q .v .

Bir ia,V. t to plait a string or

rope. [S a . fil i to plait to beentangled

,involved fi l iga to

persevere,Ma. w hiri twist

,

plait,Ha. hili braid

,plait

,

twist. fasten , Tah. firi to

plait ] A. marra,4,to firmly

twist (a rope) to wrestle, tobe locked together in wrestling l , to fasten

,l,4,to be

bitter (lit. a nd fig ) , 10,to

persevere , m a ri ra t’ a rope

firmly twisted together,or a

long rope,

m u m a rr’ firmly

twisted together (a rope ) .Bir ia, v. t .

,d.

,to stick

,stab

,

pierce, as biri naui to stick aknife or fork into a yam whilebeing boiled to know whetherit is cooked. See bur ia .

Birife, v . r. , to seize, pull hither

a nd thither (to take away a

man ’s property as a punishment) . See rau.

Birigirigi , v. r. , to be moanin g,bemoaning onesel f. See rigi.

Brigi, d. , v. t . ,bri bi ri ),

prob. for meri,to do

,make

therefore it is bri-gi (biri-gi ) .See meri.

Birigite na, s., d . for bura na

,

q.v.

Biriki,s. ,a part

,side. A . farik ’

a part,from faraka to divide,

separate,d c. Hence

Biriki, s. ,

a “ falling” star,a

meteor : u sed also as a nam e ofmen .

Biri- sai,V. t .

,to pierce open

,

birisa i na bago aso pierce openthe tu nnel (or end of it ) ofthe robber-crab

,fig. to lay

open some hidden wickedness :biri to pierce

,and sai, q .v .

Biroa , and biroaroa , V. r. ,to turn

each other (in some work,

causing it to be done in someother way) , as, when one isdoing some piece of work , tomake him do it some otherw ay is to biroa : see roa totu rn

,to change.

Bisa,fisa , or basa , v. i . , to Speak,

n a fisan,d. n afsan

,the act of

speaking, speech, a word ;tebisa to speak earnestly (ta,q .v .,

and bisa) , tafisafisa , d .

ta fisfis, to Speak earnestly topray (so used now in Christiansense ) ; to utter inarticulatesounds (as those made by a.cocoanu t on the gravel whicha ra t i s turning about tryingto get at its kernel) . [My .

bacha to read,recite, chant,

Tag. basa, P i . vosa to speak,talk .] A. n abasa and n abasa

to speak to peep or chirp (a,bird) n absa t

’ a word.

Bisafisa , V. i . , redup. of foregoing,to speak rapidly (as one indelirium ) .

Bi sa,or fisa, d . bia , q .v . , to be

how many ? so many, a few ;bisa.-mau, d. bisi-ba to be onlya few , few . See mau.

49 [13131 N A

Bisab, d. for bisif, V. i . , or a .

,

surpassing, excelling, as fonnhisab a n excelling ( big) turtle ,i uia bisif it is good

,surpassing

or excelling. See safe.Bisai ki , v. t . ,

to show,d. bisa

ki . See sai .Bisaka u i , d . for bisaku tia

, q.v .

Bisaki (d . biski ) , d. transposedfor bakasa

, q.v .

Bisaki a,or busaki a, V. c. ,

toraise up

,to place above

,fig. to

appoint or make one a chief.See saki.

Bisaku tia,v. t . ,

d. bakasau , q.v .

See siku tia.Bisa lot (for bosa—lot) , V. i . , to

clap the hands,lit. bring (the

hands) together, sound , orcrack bosa ia, and lot.

Bisa u, V. i . , dd. futum , bu su f, or

bu sofu , bisobu , to sprout forth,spring up. See fu tum .

Bisa u i , d . for bisaku tia,bisa

kauiBiseka

,v. i . , d. , to sit (as talking

wi th a neighbour ) seka.Bisela

,V. r . ,

to bear,bring forth

,

give birth to sela tiaBisera, biserasera , V . i . , to be notof one size

,to be different :

sera ia.Biseré a, V. r.

,to be near : sere

a.

Bis ia ( kwis ia) , or uis ia, v. t . ,

to take with the hand , grasp,take hold of

,accept

,r'

eceive .H . kabas, Pi , to take withthe hand

,hold

,receive, A.

kabas’a take with the hand

,

lay hold of,seize

,S. nbes to

compress.Bisi na

,or

,bii si n a , s. , the posteriors

,the backside

,the

5

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

B ITA N A K I N I A ]

sa’ala to question , 5 , beg, 6,question, ask each other.

Bitan aki nia,V. t . ,

r . ,to aecom

pany one. bita—naki : bita (seeta) , and naki , t. prep.

0

Bita u sa,v. t . ,

to invite,and

Bitau tau (of many) : tau , tautau.

Bita u ria,V. t .

,to marry her :

tau ria.

Bite, V. t . , to cut bi tesu,d.

bite’

iu,to cut reeds (see usu ) .

[My . potong to c u t . ] A.

batta (a nd hatta) to cut ;hence

Bi te, s. ,a n instrument for cut

ting,knife.

Bitelu a i . See butelua i .Bi tefa

,V . r . ,

to arrange themselves opposite to each otherfor battle tefa.

Bitei a, v. t . ,to paint, to smear

with in tei ; tei turmeric, a reddish powder (made from aplant) much used for smearingthe body

,or wounds, or the

nafona (native cloth) . A.

’a’da ‘u crocus,sanguis dra

conis,a red gu m used for

healing wounds,a plant w ith

which cloth is coloured or

tinged, yadda

‘a to tinge or

colour or thi ng with the thingcalled

Bitelo,d . butol , bitol , v . i ., to be

hungry . [Fi . vitolo to behungry ] A. talal l a to havean empty belly, toliba id .

Biteriki , s.,

a n old woman , amatron

,opp. to mariki a n old

m an , a senior ; m a-

’riki,bite

’riki,see fiteriki ; bite means

“ woman.

” The cm nmon wordfor “ woman ”

in one dialectis m atu [Ja. wedo] , q .v .

5 1

Bitia,or fit ia

,V. i .

,to put forth

bati n a (of bananas and taro,

t e. , to put forth shoots )formed from bati by the a .

ending a . See bati na,nabati

na. Dialect syn . sulia,from

suli na.

Bi to, s. ,one lame

,H . pasah, to

be lame , pisseah, lame .Bitol i , V . r .

,to pass (or go before)

each other toli a .

Bitb sia, V . t . ,to extend

,spread

out (as cloth, H. matah ,

S . mtan (or m a thah ,m thah ) ,

spread out,extend .

Bitu a sa,v . r . ,

give it,place it

hence bitu an a,s. ,a giving

,

gift : tua i .Bitu a k i

,v . t .

,place

,lay down :

tua ki .Bitu betu ba

,V. r . ,

lit. to be touching each other (of things in aseries

,then , to be continual,

uninterruptedly, con stantly ;not redu p. it is

Bitub ,to be touching or reaching

to each other,as in talebitub

,

it is all round (the two endsof that w hich goes round ) ,meeting or touching eachother : tuba ia. [My . tubitubi

,successively

,u n in terrup

tedly .]Bituma ki , v . r .

,to point to with

the finger tuma ia.

Bo,conj . , particle connecting

verbs thus,i t u l en a bo lotu he

arose and worshipped i tili abo ban he said it and wentaway : the be can sometimesbe and sometimes is omittedas i tu len a lotu : d . syn . kai .A. fa, W r . ,

A . G r.

,II .

, §l 4o.

“ One finite verb may be put .

5 2 BO A

in opposition to another. Inthis case a ) the first is thepreparative act

,introductory

to the second,

” as in the aboveE f. examples : the older andmore elegant form is to insertthe conjunction fa

,

” its omission being a later construction .

As to the o in bo it seems thesame as the o in the followingword

, q . v . ,but here denoting

the subject, t o. bo and he

or and she,d . syn . kai .

B6,d. ,other dd . te, mo, 11 6 , e, a

particle used after anotherparticle to form the futuretense

,thus i ga bo ban, dd. i

ga no ban, i g’

o ban , k’e fo

ban,i ba mo ba n (or i mba

mo ban ) he will go away :

without the bo ( 110, 0, mo, fo)as i ga fan, &c. ,

the meaningis imperative

,or permissive .

let him go,he must go,

shouldgo

,may go

,lit . that he go

,the

particles ga (or ka ) and ba

being final conjunctions demoting u t

,that

,to (as in , I told

him to go) : see supra ba,

conj . , and inf ra, ka (ga ) , conj .In M l . P . ,

Motu,&c .

,this ba

alone forms the future tense,and in Florida and V aturangathis k ’ (ka , ga ) alone forms thefuture , thus k

’

e fan,

ke

fan that he go,E f. , is in these

two languages not only equ ivalent to this

,but also equ iv a

lent to ke fo ban he will go .

It is therefore manifest tha tthe particle bo does not by i tself express the future idea,but

,in E f. , is a mere adverbial

enclitic to a final conjunction

l

which does. It may perhapsin this construction be bestrendered by ‘ then ,

’iga bo

ban he will go, lit. that hethen go

,k

’

e fo ban he wi ll go ,lit . that he then go . See thefollowing

Bo,an adverbial particle used toform the present progressiveten se

,as i bo ba n he is goin g :

i ban denotes either he goesor he went. This is the sameparticle used in the futuretense denoting then . A s

used in the present progressivetense

,it may be best rendered

literally by " now : i bo ba nhe now goes

,he is n ow going.

H .

’ep6 , ad.

,properly here

,

there,but always in reference

to time now,then : according

to G es. composed of ’

e demonstra t ive and po or poh (here ,there

,this latter being for

pahu or bahu in t his or that

(place) (the prep . b’ and pron .

3 pers . masculin e) .Bo na

,redu p. bobo na

,or bobo

na,s. ,the heart the

mind,the seat of the intellect

and affections) . The originalmeaning is seen in the phrasena kasu nabo n a the cartilaginou s substance on thefront of the throat

,lit. the

stick,or tree

,of the 60

(pectus) . [Mg. fo the heart,mind ] A . bahw’ the cavityof the chest (pectus) .

Boa , v . i . , to emit odour ; n abo,d . tamo, to emit odour, bon

odour . [Ha po, puia, id. ,My .

bau , Mg . fofona,odou r f] A.

faha, fal l'a (fa

‘

a ) to emit odou r.

BO B]

Bob’

, d.

,father (voc . )

babu, &c.

Bobo . See 60 n a .

Bobo. v ., as bobo ki a telag‘

i tohail the new moon by makinga n exclamation or a seriesof sounds like ho " ho " ho "

[Mg. babababa,cry

, the ] S.

yabeb clan xit , H . yabab,Pi . to

exclaim,cry out.

Boboi , s. a m ask,cover

,or

disguise , not only a mask forthe

b

face, but a cover of thewhole body

,made of kaka

n an iu, (he

,and painted so as

to appear terrific (to children)u sed at the n a leou an after thedeath of a chief when

_ then abea was set up. Perhaps socalled from cover ing oneselfwith the mask or disguise.See bo—fia , dz c.

Bobu, s.,redup.,

d. bu a , grandfather mother’s father .See bua

,tobu na.

Bo~fia,and reduplicate

Bobo—fia , v. ,t ., to cover, to be

upon a thing,or above it

,

covering itBo—gia, V. t . , or bu—gia, to cover,to excel, to be above, over athing

,covering

,n ot implying

so close proximity as bo-fia

Bo—gor ia , V . t .

,bo-gia

,and gor

ia, to be covering over—seegor ia

Bog-kor ia

,V. t . , to be above,

over,to overtop, overshadow ,

as a tree over a smaller plant,a higher chief over a lower :the g in bog is the g of bo—gia.

See kor iaBogi, or bog, s.

,darkness (from

its covering) , night, also day

See ab,

5 3 [BOKA TI A

in counting as “ third day,

bog tolu , or mog tolu, &c . ,te

n abog some day, some time,also n aubog, ti a. , na u bog

Bogien ,s. , darkness

Bog, s.,a dark powder, used in

paintingBog, s., symbol of chieftainship

(buried in the grave of a chief ) ,from bo—gia to excel

,be over.

[S e. po night, ps. pogia to bebenighted

,Ma. po n ight

,sea

son, Hades (from being dark) ,Ha. po night, darkness, V. tobe dark, become night, to beout of sight

,hence slain, lost,

to overshadow (as the foliageof trees) , assemble thickly together, a. dark, dark coloured,ignorant , obscure, popoi tocover

,poi

,id Ja. bungi night]

A .

“amma to cover, 4 , tosubmerge , H .

‘amam to shut,

close,to hide , conceal, fig. to

surpass, excel, also to be hidden

,A.

“amma to be hidden,

covered with clouds (of thesky) ,

“ amma’ darkness,dust

,

“am a to be cloudy (of the sky) ,2, night came as a cloud,‘amo day

,season or year

,

‘am iya

to be blind,hidden ,

“um iya

to faint, S a . matapo blind,

m atapogia to faint, E f. metabuta blind (see infi a

,buta

l

) .These words are all cgg. ;

E f. the egg. are numerous. Seebau (head) , dz c. cf. bau—goriawith bo—goria

,&c .

Bok,redup. bokau ok , v. i . , on

omat.,to blow

,to pant. [Ma .

puka to pant ] H . puah tobreathe

,to blow

,Hi. to pant.

Boka tia , V . t .

,to strike

,bisa

BOK A S ]

boka tia to reprehend . [My .

pu ku l , Mg. poka , strike ] A.

baka ‘a to strike with repeated

blows ; to cut up ; 2, reprehen d .

Boka s, s.

,d . for bakas, flesh ;

Hades.Bokau oka , redup. of boka tia .

Bokota, V. i . , or a . , dirty (aswater) : gota.

Bolaf ia, d. for ba laf ia : d .

bol bolaf ia.

Bola se,d . for bal

'

a sa .

Bolan ki , to steer (a canoe or

ship) : bou ola u .

Bole,d. buele, V. i . , to be lost,

absent buele .Bolo, V. i . , or a . ,

to be empty (asa cocoanut) balo.

Belo, s.,a small basket . [Ma.

paro a small basket,To. belu

a cup . ] H. kpor, or kepor , acup

,E . kapar a basket .

Bolo,v .

,to do

,redup. bolofol o

,to

do,to act, n a fol Gn , n a folo

‘

folOn,

deeds (doing, acting) , work,conduct ;

Bolo,d . ,to behave deceitfully

andBolo sia

,V. t .

,to do one

,to treat

him (as in quarrelling) , to treathim

,bolo se, bolo uia ki , to

behave ill,to behave well to.

[Fi . vala, v a l a va l a,v . i . , va la

ta, V. t .,to m ake or do

,vala

to fight,

v a l aval a . s. , work ,custom

,habit ] H . pa ‘al to

make,to do

,po ‘al or pou

’

ldeed

,act

,work

,A . ba ‘ala

move oneself, act, do work, do

(something to someone) , 8,

devise (deceit against someone) , fi

‘l’ action

,work

,fa ‘i la t

custom .

Boli s ia, d . for bilis ia.

5 4

Bolboloa , or bol oloa,d . for

ba leba l ia , large.Bolof ia, d. for balef ia.Bologa , v. i . , to turn itself about

(as something sinking in.water) , tafiloga , id . See buloki .

Bolu, V. i . , to be blunt (as anedged tool) . A. bohira to beblunt (as a sword) .

Bon,bono

,V. i . , to be shut ,

closed,stopped, bonb se shut

because of it, bon , bonbon tocrowd together, crowded together

Bono tia, or bonu tia (and m onotia

,bunu tia, munu tia) , v. t .

,

to shut,close

,plu g, stop,

block up,a nd

Ben,a . ,and s. , d . manubun u ti , bunti, 100.

These words denote , lit. , agathering, crowd. [S a . punipuni shut in, close in, coverover

, pu n i ta‘i to stop with

,

tapu n i to shu t, m om on o toplug, monoti to cork

,plu g,

puipui to shut,Ma . pani

,

papani block u p, kopani shutto, close up, close in, Mg.

kombone or hom bona shut,closed

,m ikombon a to shut,

close , coalesce, Ha. pani to

close, shut , stop , S a . mano a

myriad, a great number] H .

‘amam prop . to ga ther together,to collect, to j oin together,then to shut

,to cl ose

,A.

“ amma to cover,to obstruct

,

cover in front (as the mouthand nose of an animal) ,

‘amm ’

,

or ‘ammon,a great crowd of

men. See m onotia,m u n u t ia ,

m u nu a i.

U"BONO- G O R 1 A ] 5 [D ORA -K A I

Bono-gor ia, to crowd together Bora, s.

,the temples : bora I .

(gor ia) about him or it. Bora, s.

,cocoanut leaf

,or basket

Bonbon, d. ,a . , redup. of bon

,made of it

,or plaited for

crowded together, namer bon thatching houses : bora I .bon people crowded together . Borabora

,s.

,cocoanut leaf bas

Bool a u . S ee boii ola u . ket bora I .1 . Hora ia

,or borai a, v. t . ,

to 1 1 . spring up,sprout

,

rend,split open , split ; bora i

n abati na part the teeth,i .e.

,

open the mou th to speak,hence

borai to make a noise, borai

goro make a noise (as children)about or near (one) , borain ora-goro

,id. ,dd . bora-goro

,

bira-goro , id.

,borOra i , V. t ,

redu p.,rend , spli t open, elo

borera the sun (rising) rending or spli tting asunder orbursting through (the clouds) ,tab'are (tabarre ) , v . r. (passive) ,to be split open

,burst

,hence

to be open (as a door) , maora,or manora

,redup. m aor

'

aiora ,

v . i . , to be rent, hence nora aplace

,especially a landing

place for a canoe (perhapsfrom being an opening or splitin the reef) , and, therefore,often in n ames of places

,a side

(of an island ) as nora n tan ,nora n lig

,lower

,upper side

(of Efate) , bora a basketwoven out of the frond of acocoanut palm whose stalk issp l i t a su n der

,and the frond

itself, bore the sides of thehead or face

,the temples

(which women used to cutand tear open with a sharpshell (kai) in mourning forthe dead ) . A. fara’ to Split ,rend

,slit, 5 , tafa rra

’ to becomeslit

,rent

,burst, i .e. ,

open,

fa rya t tumult, clamour.

grow (of plants) , be born (ofm en ) baka u ora ki

,v. c . ,

maketo bora (men a nd plan ts ) ,n a u ora 1i a

,n a u orau ora na off

shoot, ofi'

spring (of plants andmen) , era naui the vine of theyam ; fara a cocoanut (frui t )that begins to shoot . [Motuvara to grow. to be born ,

Obabiri to grow] H . pa ra l l (A .

fa ril l'

a , 2 ) to break out, burstforth (of the young as issuingfrom the womb) , to sprout, toflourish (a plant) , Hi . to cau seto do so

,sprout

,shoot

,H .

perah sprout, shoot, A. farl i "

offspring,shoot or sprout.

Bora-bau,v . a nd s.

,over-head

,

noon , only in the phrase elo ibora-bau the su n is overhead

,

lit . splits-head : bora I .,and

ba n .

Bore-goro,or borai-goro

,or borai

u ora goro, to make a tumu l t,noise near (one) bora 1 .

Borai s . 0. art.,the sugar cane

Bora ira i,s.,a reed like sugar

can e growing in streams . A .

bara’ , 4 , to find sugar cane .[fora-kai, V. a nd s. , to tear orrend the kai (a shellfish, or itsshell ) : borai I . Men who wereworth less and died poor, a ndhad n o pigs killed at theirdeath a nd burial , borakai inHades

,their jaws being torn

and bleeding in doing so.

BORA -KES E N A ]

Bora -kese n a,s.,gills of fish

bora 1 .,a ndkesa (dark coloured) ;

dd . morese na,ku rum ase na .

Borau,V. i

,to ride or be carried

(on a canoe'

or ship,horse,

vehicle,or other thing) , to

voyage . [P i . vodo embark ,go on board

,ride

,S e. felau a

voyage, the crew and vessel,To. felau to navigate

,make a

voyage,a canoe, a fleet of

canoes, a voyage, My . prahu,

prau a canoe,boat

,ship

,general

name fora ny kind of vessel, barprau to travel by boat or ship]A . markab’, E . markab a ship

,

vessel, A . rakib’ navigating,

voyaging, rakiba to be carried,to ride (A . markab ’ denotes avehicle

,carrying-beast

,chariot

,

as well as a ship) , H . rakab tobe carried (on a horse, chariot,the clouds

,61 0. so

'

E f.

borau) .NOTE .

—A . markab’ is a n

infinitive, and therefore isnaturally in E f . a ndF1. a.verb

,

My. and S a . a substantive,

and To. bo th a verb a nd a substant ive.

Borea, s.,0. art. n aborea , a

dream,or vision (in sleep)

Borea ki n aborea , V .,to dream a

dream,or see a vision ( in

sleep) . [Ta ln i ia a Vision insleep] H . mar’eh a vision (insleep) , A. roya sleep, what i s

seen in sleep,from ra’a’ (H .

ra’ah) to see, then to have avision in sleep , E. id .

Bor ia , or bori a, v. t . ,to break

,

bori nakasu break a stick,

m au ori,

m auoriuori to bebroken

,a nd

5 6 [BOS A I A

s1a

Bosa ia, V . t . , to compress, manui tumana bosa ia a bird compresses itself (w ith its closedw ings) , i bosa i n an iu he compresses a cocoanut (so as tobreak the shell ) , press together,squeeze (as a sponge ) , hencebosa, or uosa, v. i . , to be compressed, i .e.

, narrow,and ta

bosa (se la uosa a narrow track ,n a tamole tabosa a man thinas if pressed together) , re

dup. u osa u osa ; bosa naru naclap the hands

, bosa—lot clapthe hands with a sound

,(1 .

bosa ki, i .q. bosa ia. A.

Bori sia,redup.

Boriuori sia, v. t.,break to

pieces. H. per in f. of pararto break

,break to pieces (pur

to break) , Hithpolel to bebroken.

Borroa,V. i . , to grow crooked,

for boraroa bore and roa.Boro-silaia. See buru masila.Boroaki , v . ,

c. t . ending, to be

qu ea th to, or order to do (bywill,when dying) ; to commission

(one to do something) , giveorders to. [My. pasan to commission

,en join

,S e . pol oa

‘i to

leave commands (as on going ajourney or dy ing) , to command,Mg. ha fa tra (hafa ra n a ) a willor testament, order

,be

qu ea thed, ordered] A . wasa’,2,to bequeath by will

,4,id. ,

and to give power to , or commission, by will to command,to enjoin . H . , P i , sivah tocharge

,command

,delegate

,

comm 1ss1on .

Borori sia,contraction of boriu ori

B O S A BO S A ] 5 7 BU A

ham a z a to press with thefingers or hand

,to compress

,

push,strike

,bite

,break .

Bosabosa, s. ,froth (coming from

the mouth, as of one in sickn ess) , sputum ,

d . fut . [Mg.

fota fota slaver,spittle

,foam

,

m ifota fota to slaver,to foam]

A . bozak ’

,bosak

’

,saliva

,spu

tum .

Bota, V . i . , and a .,to be

,or

become,different

,other

,alien

Bota ia,V . t .

,to divide

,part

,

make one remove from theother

,bota u ota (or botota) re

dup . ; i toko bota u ota he is inthe middle or midst

,exactly

between two things,‘ l it . he is

parting or dividing (the twothings) , m au ota , or maota, tobe div ided or parted

,hence na

maota the midst or middleS pace between two things

,i .a.

,

the space by which they are

parted, removed , or distan tfrom each other. [My . beda ,or bida

,distinct

,separate

,dif

feren t , beda-kan to separate,to distinguish

,to make a

difference ] E . b ‘ud other,a lien

,different

,A . ba ‘oda

,and

ba ‘ida to stand apart,be dis

tant,remote

,2,4,make to be

so,6,to be apart from each

other,also to recede or go

apar t from someone,3,make

t o be apart or distant,also to

go apart or be distant, bo‘d

’

distance cf. ba n abota diverse,different. Hence

Bot -a , s. ,c. art.

,a person u n

married (apart)Botau ota , a nd

Botota ia, V. t ., redup. of bota ia .

Botu,v. i ., to sw ell (of a girl

’sbreasts) . A. nabata, n . a.

n obot’

,begin to swell (a girl

’sbreasts) .

Boua (bowa), V . i .,to rain

,d . for

be.

Boii a ki (bowa k i ) , v .

,d . u a ki

,

to fruit, to produce fruit. Ch .

Pael ’abeb to produce fruit.Bou ol a u k i

,V . t .

,to steer (a

canoe or ship) , then, fig ,to

steer a country (bou ola u ki nafan u a ) , &c .

, that is, govern it,bouola u ki emerom in a governthe w orld (of G od) . [ML dd .

barau,baro

,walu

,foro, S a .

,

Ha uli,S e . ,also

,muli

,My .

mud ' i in mamud ' i-ka n,E f.

u ol au (wolan) in bou ol au -ki .]E . Il ada fa to steer (a vessel orship) , then, fig ,

to govern men,to s teer, i .e.

,govern the wo rld

(said of Jesus Christ) , m ahda f

rudder, helm . See nolau,infra .

NOTE — Bou olau ki is redupl ica te

,see boleu ki id.

,and

u ol a u ki , a nd note the pref . b’

(for m ) i n bola u .

Bu , d.,verbal pron .

,1 pl . , excl . ,

dual moa d . a u,dual ara .

Bu a,d . bobu maternal

grandfather : c . art. tobu i i a ,

q .v . [Fut. bua ]Bu (nalo) , V . t .

,to see (a thing) .

See bunu,bunu sia. [Santo

vi to see ] A. ba“a’ (final wor u) to look upon, observe .

Bu , s.,0. art . , a bundle . [Fi . a 1

vau] See bau si and afa.

Bu a , V .,divide

,as ta bua i cut ,

divide it (cut it open) , mafua ,and tabua

,to be rent open,

cracked,ti bua i press rend it

(press burst i t open, as n ew

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

BUBU - G I A ] 5 9 [BU K A I A

Bubu-gia, V . t .

,to sink down

,to

dip (any thing) , put it downinto the water ; uta bugirarua load a canoe deep

Bubu , V . i . , to be deep bua 1 1 .Buele, d . bole , v . i . , to be lost,missing. [My . ilang to lose

,

‘

be lost,m issing, Mg. very

lost, missed] A . S’

a‘a to be

lost,missing.

Buga fu ga , v. i. to be awake,to

awake,bugu nia

,v . t .

, to

awaken one . [S a . fagu fagu ,

fafagu to waken, rouse fromsleep

, ps. fagu a , Mg. foba,

fohafoha,imp.

,awake

, m ifoha ,V. i .

,to awake

,m am oha

,v .

t . , to awake, foha z in a beingawakened ] N m . fak

,V. i . , to l

awake,2,4,v . t .

,awaken .

Bugo nia,V . t .,

to awaken . Seepreceding word .

Bu i na,or bua n a

,s.

,0. art.

,

backbone,tail , rump . [P i . bui

tail,Fut . bua back

,To . mui

after,the hindermost end

,tip

,

or extremity of anything,S a .

muli the end,the rump

,Mg.

voho the back] See muri .Bu igo, or bigo, V. i . , to l ose theway

,be at a stand

,perplexed

,

not knowing the way . [Compare S a . pogia to be be

nighted ] See bog .

I . Buka,V . i . , to be fi lled

,swell

out,as the belly when filled

with food,or as a sail filled

with wind ; n am a rita 11 a ibuka his belly is puffed up orswollen

,or pants (with rage ) ,

m a fu kafuka to be swollen orpuffed up, n a fu kan a the beingswollen or puffed up . [Mg.

voky satiated, filled,m im oky,

V . i .,m am oky , V. t . ,

vokisa n a,

ha vokisan a,My . bakat stuffed

,

filled,Ma . puku to swell] A .

n afah’

a to inflate,8,to be in

flated,to swell , n aph

'

a t’ in

fla tion of the belly,m a nfuh

'

ven trosus obese .Buka

,s. ,a swell

,as a ground

swell. [My . bakat,id. ] See

buka.

Bu k,

s. ,as nabuk n a tam ole a

I I .

1 1 1

band of m en, [H . puu

,a

gathering or collection , sign of'

plural number,he puu kanaka

a gathering or band of men]See buka.Nora —This word is usedin E f. also for a gathering or“

collection of things,thus

nabuk anena i on i a n I am inhis debt

,but l i t . his collection;

of things (which he has gi venme ) remains on me Ihave not yet repaid it ) .Buka sia

,or buki sia, V .

to Open,as a roll of cloth ,

buka ua (uw a ) open the oven .

[My . buka to , open , u nclose,uncover

,Mg. voba Opened

,

m imoha , V. i .,m am oha , v. t . ,

to open] A . fakka, v . t .

,to .

open .

Buka,V . i . , to bark (a dog) ,

buka ia bark at it, hukaiku sue bark at a rat , (1. syn .

oro-maki also,buka to cough.

H . n aba l l , A. nahal l a to bark

(a dog) . Formed from the

sound . A . n aba l l a is followedby acc . with or without a prep.

IV. Buka ia, v . t . ,to hit upon,

meet,fall in with

,find , as i

ba hukai nago buele he hi tupon

,met

,fell in with, or

BUKA RU]

found a lost pig. H . paga ‘ id. ,

as in E X. xxiii. 4 .

Bukaru,or bakaru, d. fakaru ,

v . ,

to joke,jest

,bukaru ki , v . t .

,

mock,deride. [My. gurau to

joke,and kara

,id. , bargu ra u ,

m an gguran , joke, j est, manggurau—kan

,v . t .,

mock,deride]

A . kahara, laugh,joke.

Buko na,s.

,0. art . , protuberance

or knob,as n abuko naui pro

t u beran ce or knob of a yam .

[Ha puu] See buka I.Bu koro, s.

,enclosure round a

house at its base,name of a

tree an d its fruit (from itskernel being en closed) , a propername (of men) . [Ma . pukoro

sheath,case

,halo, net] See

koro .

Bu kota , V . i . , or a . ,to be dark

coloured,dirty

,blackish (as

water with dust or earth init ) gota.

Buku bu ku ra , a .,full of little

swellings (pimples) : ra a. ending. [Ha punpun, id. ; S a .

po ‘u pim ple, po‘upo

‘u a full of

pimples] See buka I .Bukutu

,s. ,a rise

,hill. [H a

puu,id. ,My. bukit a hill]

See buka I .Bu l -meta na, s.

,eyeball, gleam

ing,part of eye . See bila.

Bula,mbula

,d . for bila, q .v .

,

big,large .

Bale,a .

,adult

,n afera bul é a lot

O f grown up m en (adults) .A . bala“a to reach m ature orfull age

,bali“ adult and

71 . Bule, V. t .,complete, used

after other verbs adverbially,as 1 ba bule n afanu a he wentcompletely through the land

,

60

l e bule nagu su it (a canoe)completely rounded the point

,

n afisan i soka. bul e na fan u a

the word shot (lit. leaped )through the Whole land, fromend to end, noai i sera fule

(or fu lefu le) nalia the waterran compl etely throughout theplace. Bule is really a verb,in these instances, in apposition to the verb precedingit

,as he went completed

(finished) the land, &c. [My .

bulah the whole, To. fuli a l l ]A. bala“a , n . a. bulu“ to com

plete, go through to the end.

1 1 . Bule, v. t . ,to strip O ff leaves

,

O ra naui i bule nakasu theyam vine strips off leaves fromthe tree

,mafu le to be stripped

of leaves (a tree) . [M y . bulu sstripped of leaves ] A .

‘abalal,2,to strip off leaves

,fol i is

n u dav it a rborem .

Bule,s.

,a shell

,lit .

,gleaming

,

shining, glittering, See bila.Bu l ibog, d. for bil ibog, for bulobog : bulo.

Bu li , s., a corpulent person

Bulia, a. swollen andBu l ifu l ia

, a . , swollen here a nd

there (the body ) , a a . ending,

and mabulu and fu lu ara, q .v .

[S e. fula stout, fu la fu l a sw el

ling, fu l afu la , fu fu la to beswollen] H .

‘afal,prop . to

swell up,be tumid

,A .

‘afil a

to have a tumour or hernia.

See tel a tela .

Bulai, s., d. for bel aki

,a nd

Bulai, v. t . , d. for bel aki,to gird .

Bulo, V. i ., d . for bilo. Bulo is

also thus used : iga no bulo (bo)mai , he w il l come by -a nd-by,

BU LO N I A ]

lit. he will awake and come

(of a ship, man, or thing) ,hence bulo-bog morning

,lit.

awaking of day, or night,bulo asa , bulo m etam a i

,and d .

bu l bog, &c . , and bilebog (forbilo -bog)

Bulo nia,v. t .

,to aw aken bulo

nameta na open his eyesBulobulo i

,v. t .

,awaken him .

See bilo.Bulo ki

,v. t . ,

to turn , to twist,also bulo sia

,bulu sia

,buli

sia , tafolo to be turned ,twisted

,

ta fu lu s to be turn ed,bologa

,

to turn itself (as a thing insinking in water) , tafi loga , id .,

bu lora ,or filora (ending ra ) ,

twisted,confused (as a lot of

things turned or twisted about) .

[My . pulas,Ja . pulir to wring,

twist,to turn aside (out of the

way ) , to turn, turn round, S a .

milo to tw ist, m im i lo, milom ilo

, ps. m i losia , milosi, to betwisted , to be perverse, milom ilosi

,Fi . mulo-ca to tw ist a

single thread,Ma . miro to

spin,twist

,m im iro to move

swiftly,miro

,s. ,thread, a

whirling current of water .]A . malla, n . a . mal lo, to turn,to twist round ; to twist oneself about

,m a lm a l a

,2,to roll

oneself about,malla to hasten

,

move quickly .

Bu loki,v . i .

,or a .

,to be sticky,

d . bubulu . See bulu tia.

Bu lora,v . i ., or a . , to be twisted ;

a . ending ra . See bulo ki .Bulu sia

,or bulo sia, or bilo sia,

v. t .

,to wash . See balo nia.

Bulu sia, bulo sia , or buli s1a vt . ,to turn . See bulo ki .

6 1 [BU LU A K II

Bulu tia,v. t.

,to plaster

,over

spread with some sticky substance (as lime, paint, pitch ) ,to cover with a plaster or

poultice,as a wound

,n abu l u ,

s.,plaster

,&c .

,bubulu

,bulu

bulut,bu loki (and mabulu ,to be sticky, as plaster.

[Fi. bulu -ta to bury or coverwith earth , to apply an external remedy

,ai bulu a n

external application or thingthat covers or buries

,S a .

puluti to glue,to pitch,

pulu glue, gum ,resin

,pulu

pulu to cover the body witha cloth

,pupulu to interpose

,

to m editate, ps. pu l u t ia ,

P i .

bulu-ta to repair an inj u ry,

lit . to bury it,ai bulubulu a.

peace offering , or thing offeredas a reparation of an injury . ]H. kapa r, A .

“afara to cover,

cover over : A.

“ afara to cover,cover over ; to cover (whitehairs

,with some dye or

tincture, E f . bulu tia) ; topardon (sin ) , 2, to cover withdust, H . kapar to cover

,over

spread with anything, as withpitch

,to pi tch, G en . vi . 1 4

(H . koper pitch ) ; to coverpardon) sin , Pi . to make expiation for an offence .

Bu lu,bu l u fu lu , and fu l u fu l u :

bule I .

Bulu,v . i .

,to fall down (as fruit

from a tree,

mala bulufaint

,fall down (a man) , a nd

Bulu aki,v . t . ,

throw down (asfirewood

, (make to fal ldown) . H . napal to fall

,S .

npa l , Ch . nepal,id.

, Hi. hipi lto throw down (make to fall ) .

‘

BU LU A K I ]

Bulu aki,d. for bulo ki , to turn,

twist.Bulum

,or buluma

,d . bulim , V. i .

,

to be changed,lit. turned

luma .

Buma, v. i . , d . fuga,to flower or

blossom,n abum a na , s. , its

flower or blossom . [MLE pugto blossom

,pugan its flow er

or blossom , S a . fuga flowers,blossoms

,My . bunga flowers,

blossoms,Mg. v ony flower

,ma

mony to blossom . ] S . habeb

to produce flowers,hababa’

,or

habobo’

,flower.

Buna sum ia, v. t .

,to cork

,plug

,

henceBunaso

,or fu naso

,s.

,0. a rt .

,a

cork or plug : see bono tia,or bunu tia

,a n d sume lia.

Bu nats, d . for binata.

Bu nofu noi , d. binofin oi , v . r .

,to

be confused,perplexed. See

binoin oi noi,no i , no ia, nea .

Buma,s.

,an insect that makes a

shrill sound in the jungle i nthe evenin g

,hence buma i gai

(the buma makes its sound ) isoften u sed for “ it is gettingdark

,

” “ it is evening.

”

Bunu,d . for fanau

, q .v .

Bunu lia,v. t .

,d . for balo n ia

,

bulu nia,

Bunu sia (bu—nusi a) , v . t .,to see

(a thing) bu .

Bunu,s.

,death

,destruction

,as

r u sua bunu 3Bunu ea

,v . t .

,to kill or destroy

(fish, men, to extinguishor quench (a fire , or lamp) , rusua bunu they met destruction

(having fallen into the sea),m a fu n u fu n u and m afu nei

,d.

fanei, to be ended, to be anni

hi la ted. [My . bu n oh to kill,m am bu noh , m am u noh to kill,Mg. vono killed, mamono tokill ] Hence

Bu n u fu n u , redup . of precedingword . A . fana’ , disappear,pass away

,vanish

,4 , make

disappear,destroy

,a nnihilate

,

5,destroy a nd annihilate (w ipeout) each other (in war) , fanicadu cu s.

Bunu tia,v. t . ,

same as bone tia .

HenceBu n u ti a , s.

,hundred

,d . bunti

(cf. bon) a nd

Bu n u ta (and bunta) , v . i .,or a .

,

to be silent,lit. to be shut

(the mouth) , ba fu n u ta,be

silent,exactly equivalent to

the vulgar En glish shut up,

”

hence n afu n u ta , s. , a silentperson

,one that says little (a

term of praise) .Bu r

,d . for bi la

,bula

,to be big

,

large.Bura

,or fura

,V . i .

,or a .

,to be

empty, to be devoid of, as i bian hi m it is an empty shadow

,

a bura ki nalo I am empty ofthe thing

,devoid of it

,A .

fara“ a,l,2,to empty. See

baro . HenceBura

,s.,rubbish ; n abura nanin

the husk of the cocoanut,

nabura na the husk or worthless part of a thing hence thestalk of a fruit (as a worthlessthing thrown away as rubbish)is called in different dialectsbura- tena

,bura—gi ten a , bara

tuna, biri—gitema, and mirigiten a ,

ti e. the bura of it.Bura, d . b1 r 1

, v. i .,or a .

,to be

full , bakafu ra to fill. [Mg.

BURA FURA ]

feno full,m am eno to fi ll

,My .

panoh full, mfimanohi to fil l .]H. mala’ to fill, to be full, Pi .to fill

,with another verb

,to do

a ny thingf u l ly , c.e. , thoroughly,so E f. bera—tia , d. bera -katia

,as

10 b . , look fully or thoroughlya t it

,watch it, rogo b . ,

hear fully,t e.,obey

,i u i a b .

it is good fully,z .e. , thoroughly

good,a n d it can also be said

tea beraka ti na, i .a. , tea anenaberaka ti a thing fully orthoroughly his ; A. mala’, S .

mla’,same as H. Hence

Bu ra fu ra , fu ra fu ra , s.,the jungl e,

forest,vegetation : so called

because it fills the land. A

place covered w ith any kindof . w eeds, &c .

,is called nalia

bura a full place.Bura-gitema, andBura- tena, see bura, s.Bu rasa . See marasa.Burau, s a long or tall cloud ;the sky cg. barau.

Bur’e ia, fure ia, or bure a,burei ki

, furei ki, v. t . , towash

,rub

,as bure n aui wash

off the earth from a yam ,

furei ki n a tuo na cleanse hisfeet

,furei ki lu n asoga , bure

biakik wash , cleanse a child,bure n abau na ki n arora rub hishair with oil, oil his hair. H.

marak (rub) , polish, cleanseby washin g or anointing (cg g.

marah ,dz c )

Bure ia, or bura ia , v . t ., d. , toleave

,allow

,forsake, abandon.

A. bara’ , 3, to leave , abandon .

[My . bir, to permit, allow .]Burei a, d . marag ki , v .

,to spit

out,to spit

,to spit on . A , 4 ,

63

mara“a to emit saliva,bar ‘

,

m a r“ saliva.

B u r ia,but i

,v. t. , to pierce,

stick, buri nago stick a pigd. for biri .

Buria,v. i . , or a .

,to be sw ollen

(of the body) , to have thedropsy. [Ma . kopu ru a dropsica l

,My. buru elephantiasis

,

burut hernia ] The a in buriais the a. ending. A . nabara toraise up

,heap up

,8,to swell

,

n abra t a sw elling on the body.

Buri a (bauria, bouria) , v ., to

kindle or make a fire (in theoven) , ru buria na (uwa) , andru buria

,they make a fire in

the oven, or, simply, theymake a fire

,kindle up : this is

done every evening about anhour before sunset. See bara

(H. ba ‘ar) , and compare H.

bo’

erah kindled (a n oven) .Ba rog . v. i ., or a .

,offensive

,

mouldy, filthy (as food) . [Ma .

puru mouldy,and kopu ru ,

kopu rupu ru , id.] A. mara“ ato be contaminated.

Buru masila,v. i ., to moar ( of

thunder) , tifai i buru masila,d . boro silaia, the thunderroars, or thunders soundingfor masila a nd silaia see sila .

[TaS a . biri thunder,and to

thunder,M] . P. ombu ru mbu r

,

Ml. A. ambu rambur,to roar

(of thunder), Tasa. roro toroar (of thunder ) , M l . P.

berver thunder.] H . ra ‘amto roar (as thunder) , ra

‘am

thunder, S. r‘em to thunder

,

ramo’ thunder.B ii ru

,bu ru ffiru , v. i .

,or a . , to be

short : (1. m ito, q.v .

BURUMA KI]

Buruma ki , or bet uma (or birum a)ki

,v .

,to be in the relation

of son - in - law to pa ren t in - law,

or of parent-ih- l aw to son- in

law, syn . monaki (mo-naki ) ;Buruma, or hiruma, 0. art. n a

buruma, s.,one in that rela

tion, son

- in—l aw,m other- in - law

,

father- in—law see m o na. E.

( ll am w a ) taham w a to contractaffinity

,to be joined in affinity

(with someone) , to marry thedau ghter of someone

,tahma

afiin ity , special ly the relationbetween a father—in—law andson—in—law

,then (abstract for

concrete) son- ih—l aw .

Busa,v . i . , or a .

,redu p. bu sa fu sa

,

to be young,springing up (of

plants a nd animals) , hence tobe inexperienced , foolish , tobe spotted (the skin , as withcold

, [My . mud °a young,

immature , not deep in colour

(light ) , foolish ] A. w abis’

a

to be spotted (with white andblack spots

,as the nails or

skin) , 4 , to germinate, or putforth plants (the soil) .

Busa, s. , or a .

,dumb

,mute. A .

yabisa to be arid (see bés) , 4 ,to be sil ent , mute.

Busa,a .

,orphaned

,meta busa

orphan. A . yabisa to be arid,dry. A n orphan is calledmeta busa because deprived ofit’s mother’s milk . See bés,besu .

Busi , v. i ., to blow , spout (as a

whale) . [S a . pusa to send upa smoke (also applied to spray,dust

,and heat) , Tah . puha to

blow (as a whale) , pu hepu hito blow out of the mouth

,

64

blow,as with bel low s

,Ha.

puhi to blow or puff,brea i he

hard,blow a trumpet

,&c .

,

Mg. fofotra blow ing the bellows

,m ifofotra to blow the

bellows,My . ambus to blow ,

m ake a current of air,am

busan bellows,ambusi to blow

,

drive a current of air.] A .

n a fa tha,i .q . mafal l

'a,to blow

with the mouth,blow out

,

puff,eject venom from the

mouth (as a serpent) , ejectspittle (a man ) .

Busa,s.

,nahusa a mist. See

under preceding word.

Bu s ia,v. t .

,d.

,to lay dow n

,

leave,and his ia in tu rn his ia.

leave,abandon

,allow

Bu sfu s ki, d. , redu p.

,d . for

bure ia,or bu ra ia

, q .v .

Busi a,or fusi a

,v . t . ,

d. for

muri a, q .v . [Mg. fody re

turned,sent back ]

Busa ia, or fusa ia, v. t .,break

or smash to pieces,smash (as

a yam ) , m afu sa i ps. H . pus,or fu s to break in pieces.

Buta, d .

, in meta-buta blind, lit.eye dark . [P i . m a tabu to faint

,

buto darkness, S a . matapo

blind,m atapogia faint , My .

buta bl ind ] See bog, batu.

A .

‘am iy a to be blind ,

“um iya

’

to be faint .Buta, or futa , v . i .

,to spring up

or out, as water from asprin g to spring up or out

,as

smoke from a fire ; to springout, as a musket ball froma w ound—i si buta ia heshot him

,the bullet springing

out from or glancing off hisbody , w ounding but not fatal

BU TA FUTA ]

Bu tafu ta,d. futfu t

,redup. , to

spring up or out, as waterfrom a spring

Ba tu- raki,or buti -raki

, d. ,v . i . ,

to appear,come in sight. [Ma .

puta,v. i . , pass through, in or

out,come in sight, My. tarbit

to issue,come out

,emanate

,

spring,arise

,appear, escape ]

A . nabata to spring up or out,as water from a spring, 4, ps.

form , to appear, go or comeforth , come in sight .

Butaki, dd. m itaki,milai, q .v .

Bu t , d. for bota,unmarried.

Butia,or buti a

,or futi a, v . t .

,to

pluck,as a fowl

,pluck out or

up, as weeds, mafuta to beplucked. [Fi . vuti-a to pluckfeathers

,hairs off animals,

hence,to pull up grass or

weeds, S a . futi to pluck

feathers or hairs , fu fu t i , ps.

fu t ia,My. bantun to pluck,

pull ou t ] A. n amasa, 1 , 2,to pluck out

,as hairs.

Buti a (for ha -uti a ) , v . , d. for

ba kanti a,q.v. [Mg. vita com

pleted,finished

,mamita to

finish ]Bute ( lua i ) , v . t ., to praise. A.

madaha to praise.Buti na, biti na

,s. , a knob or

excrescence growing on a tree,

a joint (from its bulging out) .See botu .

Bu tili, bitil i, fiti l i, v. r. , to speakof each other, speak of one

behind his back tili a.Buto

,v. i ., to germinate, bud.

A . n abeta germinate. HenceButo na, s. , bud, d. m uto na.

Buto n a,s. ,navel, then middle ;

m a l ébu to (lit. the place of the

65

E, article, for a, sometimes i :a, né, na, in .

E, dem . , this, that, as mal e (form ala uai) that time, then : eis a contraction for uai ; raguai this time , now . See i

dem. This e, or i, isused also as a tense particlesee i .

[E

middle) , the m iddle (of thebody, a land , anything), (1. but,hence d. tu-but rainbow

, l it .

stand in the middle (of thesky) . [TaS a . buto navel

,taga

n abu te stomach, To. bito, S a .

pute,Tah. pito n avel

,Tah .

pitopito a button ] See preceding word and botu : thenavel is the knob

,as it were

the bud (bursting or swellingout) . (Compare n avel, fromn a ve

,prob. from n abh to

burst. )Butol

,v. i . , d. for bitelo, q.v .

Butua, v. t . ,d. for bitu a

,to

place,lay down, give ; ta

bitu atu a to speak (or pray )while giving (or laying down )an offering (to the n atema te) .Hence

Butut, s. , a place where offeringsto the n a tem ate are put n ow

used for altar.”

Nora—The verb butua orbitu a is the reflexive of tuaki ba butua ki go backwardsand forwards between two

things, to halt between twoopinions .

Bu tu raki . See under buta,sup ra .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

ERE N A ] 67

Ere na, or éri na, d., mother. Seeani u s, note.

Erai,dem. , d. , this arai.

Eri,dem .

,this. See ara i.

Erik, dem . ,this, here. See 8 .

arai and ka .

Eru,dem.,

same as eri,d. n ro, nra.

Eru, s. , 0. art . nieru, arms, w araru na.

Esan,ad.

,here, there, a nd

E san ien ,id.

,a nd

Esas,id. ; e prep., and the de

mon stra ti ve particles se, na,q .v . See ais (eis) . [My. sini,sika

,here

,sana

,sanan

,situ

,

t here,and with prep . disini

here,disan a , disi tu there, Mg.

ato,eto, aty, ety, here .]

E sega . See asaga.E sike, s. ,

a forked stick , thatwhich sike tia grasps

,seizes

sike tia,e art.

Esai,or esei s the open, Open

space,d. esai leba a road, lit.

big open space : sai.Eso

,or esa

,yes : ei supra,

and so or sa , dem .

Esu,d.,

ad.,outside, away, 0

prep. a nd su . [C f Fi. esau

(e sau) on the outside, sau sa uoutskirts , sau sau

‘ kei vu ravu raends or outsides of the earth]H . késu , or lisu only, pl.kaswe, kiswoth ends or ext rem it ies (of the earth) , A.

kasa’

,n. a. hasw

’

, kasa’ to

stand apart,be afar off.

Esuma,ad . ,

in the hou se, athome : e prep. , and suma.

E t , v. i ., or a ., d.,to he m an v.

O f. A.

’ada

’ to be many.

E taku , ad .,at the back, behind .

[S a . i tua, id.] E prep . , andtaku na.

[m m xs

Etan, ad.,on the ground

,down 0

e prep.,and tano the ground.

Etu, ad. ,at the foot (of the

island, i .a., the west, opp. to

ebau ) : e prep. , and tua nathe foot.Eij o (ewe), ad. , no, it is not : e,as in er, and no dem.

Euta, ad., on shore, ashore, onland

,opp . to elau : e prep.

,

a nd uta.

Fa (and fé or fi ) , inter. pron ., c.dem . sa or se, safa, sefa, what ?also where ? It is ma inmatuna, q.v . A. ma’

,H. mah

whatFaa na

,s. , d. mao n a

,the thigh

mao. See bua, fa i .Fa

,or ba

, q.v ., to go.Fafa-sia, v. t redup. of ba—sia, totread upon (of many) .

Fa,d. for m an , in mal fa n in

male mau na this verytime

,now .

Fafan, for bafano, to wa sh thehands

Fa faga , redup. of faga .

Fafa tu , v. r. ,to trust, confide,

fafatu isa to trust or confidein him , or in it. See underfatu.

Faf ine , s., d. , a woman w ifem an ) , and, a ., female. Fa -fine

(see Note 3, infra.) is fa (forwhich see mera, i nf ra , man ingeneral) , and fi ne a female,and denotes lit. female-man , asata mani denotes lit. male-man.

[S a . fafine, Fut. fine, Mg.

vavy , My. parampu an woman,

FA GA N I A 68 [FA K A RUKU

female,bini a wife ] H.

nkebah, f. , a wom an, a female

(a gen ita l ium figura dicta) ofpersons, and of beasts, S.

nekebta’

, pl . nekheta’.

NOTE l .—The n i in fafine,

fine,the same as the 111 in

ku ru n i and atamani and thefinal 11 of the My. parampu a n ,

is a sufiixed particle ; fafi- n i

is thus the same as vavy, andthe difference between fafi- n i

a nd fi-u i is that the former hasfa or v a prefixed. I n fy (fi ,

vy) , as also (as it occurs invarious dialects) in fu , ueo,bio

,bo, foya, bayi (Santo d .

n ekepa i ) , bai, bua, the ancientfeminine termination

,t,or th

,

as in the H . form of the word ,is not heard : it is heard, asin the Aramaic form of thew ord

,in matu (inf ra ) , bite

- riki) , or fite -riki) , Ja. wedo,other dialects but, fid.

NOTE 2.—I n Santo dd .

occur katsai,karai

,a woman

,

female : with katsai compares" sabel gase ; and with karaiEfate ku ru i

,or koro i , ku ru n i ,

n agu ru i , n agu ru n i , Wangourao these belong to anotherstem

,for which see 8 . v . lai .

NOTE 3.—The fa

,or va

,in

fafin i , v avy , is the same (byelision of the r) as the para inMy. parampu an ,

Ja. parawanor praw a n (Ta. dd . pi laven ,

bran, N ew G uinea d . merw ine) .Fagan ia

,v . c. ,

same as bagan ia,

q .v . HenceFaga faga , v .

,redup.

, andFagafaga , s. ,

a bait,and

Faga, s.,that which is given to

eat,food a present , a bribe.

Fai (vai) 0. art. n i fa i, dd . noai

(n’uai , z .e.

,n’wai) , nai s. ,

water. [A n . inw a i,Er. nu,

Ml . nue,Epi u e

,S e. , Fut. vai ,

Ma. wai,Bourn dd. wai , wa ili,

Ceram dd. wai , w ael i , a rr, My.

ayer,

ay (ai ) , a nd er.] H.

ma’ unu sed in sing ,pl. maim

construct, me’ water ; N m . mal

,

E . mai, water.Fai, v . t . , d.

,divide or cleave

,as

lao fa i plunge into, cleaving(with a spear ) bua to divide,cleave, and see also maga, -fai.Fai

,s. , a skate (fish) . [O f My.

pari, Tag. pagi,skate fish.

Der. unknown.

Fakal ia,same as bakal is 1 .

HenceFakal, a. ( in active sense) kano

l fakal a comforting person,

comforter (in passive sense) ,u ago fakal domestic or tameanimals, lit. pigs ca red for, ortaken care of.

Faka lo, or fakal , s.

,war . [My .

barka l ahi (kalahi) to fight. toquarrel , kalahi fight, quarrel ](Mahri

gorhorat war) , H . garah,

H ith., to m ake w a r (with any

one) .Fakam atu a

,s.,0. art.

,an ancient

story : 1n atu a,tu a i .

Fakam au 1 i , i .q bakam a u ri,q.

Fakarago, s . 0. art,the rough

prickly scab that forms on asore : rago.

Fakarogo, i . .q baka rogoFakaru

, i .q. bakawo

See bukaru.

Fakaru ku , s., the under part, as11 a fakaruku ki nakasu the

FA K A S A ] 69

under part of a tree shadeor shelter under its overheadfoliage) , ki na u ot (fig. ) theshelter or protection of a chief :rukua (and the ca ns. prefix) .

Fakasa,s. , a festival : bakasa .

Faka ta l iga , s. ,a n ear pendant :

caus. prefix,and taliga.

Faka tokoi,

or fakatokei,i .q.

bakatokoia .

Fakau,or fakau a

,s. ,d . fika u

,

fikau a , a messenger, ambassador, agent sent to dosomething for a chief or com

munity a nd

Fakau , or fakau a , s. , a messagesuch as the agent sent by achief or a comm unity carriesto deliver, i ofi n a fakau a hecarries the message (of state) .See ka u , gau, grasp, take holdof

,carry

,rt e. [S a . fe ‘en to

send for (v. a message,To. fekan to bid, command,order a message, order My.

a nd Ja. pangga wa a grandee,a noble : in Java it is thetitle of the five chief counoillet s of state, a nd the wordis derived from gawa to bearor carry

,convey

,bring, E f.

kau to carry, (as a club) , Fi .

kau-ta to carry, S e.

‘au to send,‘au mai to bring, ‘

au‘au n a a

servant,

‘au a troop, gang,

shoal,bunch (of bananas ) , E f.

makau a bunch or cluster (offruit ) , d. um ka u many, all

Faki,or fiki

,transitive particle,

connecting the verb with itsobject

,after or suffixed to

the v erb, consisting of the

preps. fa, or fl , and ki .

Fal ls, 8 . ( see under bala IL ) , aship’s yards.

Fa l afal a , s. , cross sticks fastenedon a tree for a la dder to climbit : bala 1 1 .Falea

, s.,a cave. [Tah. farefare,

a .,hollow

,fare a house

,Ma.

whare, S a . fale] See bala 1 1 1 .Fam ia

,or bal m ia

,v. t .

,to ea t.

[Tah. amu to ea t ] H. ha’am ,

A. fa’aw a, to have the mouthfull, to Swallow down.

Fanau sa,v . t .

,d . bunu to teach

,

to instruct : to preach (recentuse) . EFi . v u n a u -ca to ad

monish, harangue, preach to.]H. bi n, Hi. to teach, to instruct

,A . bana, 2, 4 , make

clear,explain

,lucidly expound

,

5 , render lucid.

Fa nauen , s.,0. art . , the teach

ing,i .e.

,either the act of

teaching or the thing taught,law (as

“ law ” of Moses,re

cent use) .Fanei

,v . i .

,d. ,to be extin

gu ished, out (of a fire ) bunuea

,bu nu e a.

Faun; s. ,darkness

,shade

,only

in ket-fan u,evening

,lit . time

of shade,d . rag melu. See

m é lu .

Fan u a , s. ,inhabited country,

land, My. banua, id. [Malovanua house, Santo d . vennahouse

,village ] H. banah, to

build,as a house

, ps. part.banu’ bu ilt, binyaha building 3A. bana’, S . hna

’

.

NO TE—The Santo word hasbest preserved the primarymeaning house, or buildi ng ;then a country, district, orland is called banua, or fan u a ,

FA RA K I N AME ’I 'A N A ]

because,like a house or village

(or building) , it is the dwellingplace of men.

Fara ki nameta n a,v . t .

,to fix

the eyes,stare with open a nd

motionless eyes . N m . fajar,

or fagar,2,fix (the eyes) ,

stare.Fara

, s.,0. art. , a cocoanut (fruit)

that begins to shoot. [C f Fi .vara, a cocoanut ready toshoot Bora 1 1 .

Fara, s.

,a chafed place on the

skin,especially on the thigh

(from being rubbed or chafedin walking) baro sia.Fara, or fera, s.

,a row ,

or rank,

or bandFarafara

,or ferafera

, s.,a row

,a

lot,a band (as of sores on a

limb) , lit. a number of rowsBifara ki , or bifera ki , v . c . , to

put or arrange in rows. [My .

baris a line,row

,rank

,file

,

troops,mamba ris, v . , a nd baris

kan,v .

,and barbaris

,v . ,bari

san parade,place where troops

are exercised ] H . m a‘araka h

(and m a‘aroth for m a

‘a rakoth)

disposing,ranging in order

,a

row or pile,battle set in array

,

army,or band from ‘arak to

arrange in order,or in a row .

Fara-bule, s.,

0. art.,a rank

,row

,

or band , of adu lts or fullgrown m en fara rank

,and

bule adult.Fara -kal

, 0. art. , a row or bandof men connected together byrelationship, as of brothersfara

,and kal

,su ba kal ia .

Fa rati , s., 0. art. , sticks fastened

above and upon the rafters ofa house a. pr. name (the

70

name of the chief of Sesake,the chief bin ding the peopletogether as the n afa rati (lit.that which binds together) doa hou se. ) [My . baroti rafters,P i . vorati upper cross beams ofa hou se ] From bara tia, q .v .

H. hibar (E . al l abara, v . c. ) tobind together

,connect or join

together.Fare, farefare.

fare,to move .

Farea,s.

,the public house of a

village,d . fare outside . [Meta

varea outside,Ml. P. vere

,Ur.

vari outside,Mg . ivel a ny out

side (i A. barriyy’

outer,external (Ct. barri) ,

N m . barrani outer,exterior

,

(and barra, out) .Farea, d. for bi reko to be poor :reko and hi to be.

Farofaro,a ., tea farofa ro, a thing

that rasps,(ire. baro sia.

Fasi, i .e., fa -si,v. t . ,

tread upon,

fasi koro bind together thereeds of the koro-fence (whichis done by treading uponthem ) basi a .

Fasu (na meta na) , s.

, d. ,eye

brows, ta fa si , v . r .,

to make asign with the eye. A .

“ amazato make a sign (with the eye,eyebrows ) , 6, make such signsto each other.Fasu, fasua n a

,s.,a part

,por

tion 5 member (of the body) .

(S a . fasi a piece

,a place

,

asifasi to split u p in pieces,H. basa‘

See bare, bare

fasi to split,beat ]

ou t in pieces,A. bas

'a‘acut, cleave, bas" at part, apiece , cg. H . hadad to divide

,

bad a part,pl . members of the

FA TA ] 7 1

body, A. badda separate, dis

join, budd’ portion

,part (of

anything) , badad’ part. See

8 . v. H. badad.

Fata, s. ,a bench

,shelf

,stand,

platform,dd. u enr

’

,uere

,

u eté,kofeta ko feta.) [S a .

fata raised house for storingyams in

,a shelf

,a bier, Tah .

fata altar, scaffold, piece ofwood to hang baskets of foodon

,the ,Mg. vatra (and vata)

box,shelf for keeping rice,

&c. ] H.

‘omed platform ,

place,

‘emdah a lodging (place) .

See fatu.Fatok

,same as batok and

matok : toko.Fatu

,same as batu and matu : tu .

Fatu (see matu ki ) , hence fa fa tu ,

v . ,to trust in, rely upon, con

fide in matu ki (n a koro ) toset up the posts or supports (ofa fence) , palo fu lsit , stabi l iv it ;na matu u s, the column of theback

,that is, the backbone

or vertebral column ; al so ,post or stake (of a fence) fatustones or rocks ; n a fatuna bones ; fata ( see a n te)uota (wota) a chief (columnor su pport or upholder of thepeople ) . [Mg. vato a stone,My. batu a stone, S a . fa tu astone

,core or stone of fruit,

faafatu fatu to persevere indefatigably, fatu -amoa) to havea swollen shoulder (fron bearing burdens) , Tah. fatu the

gristly part of an oyster, thecore of an abscess

,fatu lord,

master,owner.] A.

‘amadal,2,3, to sustain, prop up,

m ake firm or stable, with a

column, post, or stake, (matuki ) , 8, to rely upon, trust orconfide in (esau) ; also, 1 , tohave the hump or the backcontused with carrying (acam el ) , H.

‘amad to stan d (befirmly set) , confide in , endure,persist, persevere (of. se ) ,A .

‘ imad higher structures,

column,stake

,

‘amod’ prop,column

,stones put in the

ground for supports for thefoundation

,column

,prop of a

family,chief

,lord

,the back

,

‘amid’ column and chief orprince (of a people) , H.

‘amudcol umn, pillar, platform ,

sca f

fold. See fata (a n te) .Fatu

, s. , 0. art. nafa tu , the ridgeof a house

,ridge-pole : see batu.

[TaS a . papatu , id.,Malo u oba tu

,

id.,Ml. U . u obu t, Fut. tau

fufu,id., My. bubu ngan ,

babu ngan , a nd bumbung, Ja .

wuwung,id.,Mg. vovon an a ,

id.]Fatuma

,s.

,and ad.

,d. for m a

tuna, q.v .

Fau,same as bau

,a . , new .

Fa u lu,s.,barter

,i .q. bau lu .

Paum,d . fau

,new n a fa u mu en :

perhaps for faum a u,redup.

Faus ia, same as baus ia, ask,question henceFaus

,pr. n . (Questioner) , a spirit,

officer of S a rita u at the gatesof Hades.Fe a

,and fefe a

,same as be a,

befe a na feana , n a fefean a , s.,

the act of reading, or counting.

Fe,conj . , if, should, for be.

Fe,d.

,conj ., then , but . A . fa, id.

Fea , same as be, or bEa , to precede

,first.

Fefe, same as befe.Fei , or fé, d.

,inter. pron. ,

w ho ?

[S a . o ai,Tah . o vai, Ta. ba ,

Er. me, id.] H. m i , A. m an,

m en , mun, or m in , a lso oftenpron . 3 pers added m an hu

who ? (who-he l ) , contractedmanu, menu.

Fei fei ki , sam e as beli ei ki nafeifeien

,s. , the act of indica t

ing or showing,or the thin g

by which somethin g is mademanifest ; a sign, token.

Feko, s. , a cockroach, and similarinsects.

Fel ak,s.

,c. art., d. , a tribe , or

family clan, dd. syn . m eta ra u,

ka in aga bala I n .

Fcl aki, s. , c. art., girdle to whichthe nafon

, or loin cloth, wasattached it is about six incheswide : belahi.Fera

,0. art., a row . See fara.

Fera-bule , fera-kal . See farabule

,fara-kal .

Fera fera , rows. See farafara.

Fera, 0. art.,s. , an omen, also

fefera ; the n a tamole tabu having pon i ed out some n am a lu k

(kava) to the na tem ate drinksoff his own cup

,and then

looking into it sees some blood,

or a human hair,or some other

thing, which is called fera, anomen, or indication, good orbad

,as the case may be : or

he perceives the omen,good

or bad,by “ 10 namo

,

”which

is another species of divination.

Fefera ki,or fera k i

,and bifera

ki,v . , to show by a fera, as

the na tem ate are supposed todo (see under the preceding

72 [FI F I S I A

word) to give an omen. [Mg.

fambara a n omen,presage,

My . fal omen A. fa’l’

omen.

Fera,v . i . , fera ki , v. t . ,

fera fera,

v. i ., fera fera ki , v. t.Feroa

,c. art. , s.,

a crumb : bera,

bera ki .Fet

,s a bird ’s nest

,made like

a platform of woven twigs.

[S a . f a ta n iga a nest ] Seefata.Feta

,0. art.

,s.

,a tribe beta.

Fete,or fite

,c. art. n afete,

inter. pron.,What ? N m . made

w hatFetta

,s., soapstone, a soft stone

that can easily be cut : fatustone

,and ta to cut.

Fi,v . , to be bi .

P i,prep .

,after verbs

,or bi

,on

,

&c. A . bi , fi , id.

Fiare ki , v . ,to go into the

presence of someone,to be

unabashed ( opposite of m a l iare,or malicre) . See rairai.

Fia tu,v. r., to smite each other,

to fight,war : atu.

Fiere, v. r .,d.

,to speak

,con

verse. A. hara, 6, to converse,talk together.Fifi,

s.,anything binding round

,

as a fi llet or turban, &c.,

thena thing going round

,as a ship

round a cape or island,then

hostile talk (with which one’s

adversary as it were bindshim round) ,

Fifi ki, v. t . , to go round, as a

yam vine round a stake,a

ship round a n island . fifi isfor fifisi , redup. of fisi

, q.v .

Fifis ia, v. t ., to bind 1 ou nd

redup. of fisi .

73

P ikit, or fika t, v. r . ,to be

savage, given to biting, lit. tobite ea ch other : kat ia . [Fi .veika ta

,id.]

Fikoba , v. r .,lit. to chase, or

pursue,each other koba sia .

Fi li , or 1511533, 0. art. , same as bi la,lightning : bila, [S e. uila,My . kilat

,Mg. helatra , id.]

Fi lifi li , s.,a gleaming or flashing

shell worn as an ornamentbila .

Filora , same as bulot a, and,redup.

,

Fi lifilora . See bulo ki .F im eri

,v. r . , to be doing some

thing to each other, usually ina hostile sense

,to be fighting

meri.Fim u ri , v . r ., to be returningeach other

,dismissing with

presents , repaying muri.Fia nga, 0. art. , s. , food : kan ia

(in fin aga the k is elidedafter the prefixed fi . ) [My .

m akan an , Mg. fihin an a , id.]Fira n ia

,v. t . , supplicate,

or pray, him , and withoutobject

,fire to supplicate

,pray,

a lso bifira, bifira nia. [Tah .

pure to pray,pupure to pray

frequently.] H. falal,H ithp.

,

to supplicate,pray.

Firaka, v . i ., to delay. A.

’araka,

to delay.

Fisa,

v . ,fisan , 0. art.

,s.,to

speak, word bisa.Fis ia

,or fisi a, v . t .,

to bindround

,to bind abou t

,as a

fillet,turban, or vine round

the head ,a string round a

parcel,a bandage round a

wounded limb ; fisi n aman u k

to bind up a wound a yam Firi a,or fir ia

,v. t .

, sam e as bir

vine binds round a stake

(twines round it) , and fisi

n ame to tw ist a rope (bindround the one strand on theother—this is usually bulo ki )a whip or rod binds round thebody to which it is applied,hence tale fisi a to flog (seetale to go round ), lit . to goround binding about

,d . m afisi

a to whip, flog often the final8 is elided hence fi-gote fia toflog him to pieces (for fisi-gotefia ) , lit. to flog—break him,

a nd see fifi (supra ) , and tafifithe word of an adversary issaid to fisi the object of hisa nger

,that is

,bind him

round ; fisi nago bind roun da pig (in order to its beingcarried slung to a pole

,so

that it may not be hurt) .

[S a . fisi to entwine as avine

,To . fi to twist and fihi

entwine,twist

,Ma . whiwhi be

entangled,whakawhiw hi wind

round,fasten

,My. pusing to

turn rou nd,tw ist.] H . habas

'

to bind, bind on, bind about,as a head band

,turban, tiara,

the seaweed is bound about

(fisi n a bau gu ) my head,”

Jon . 1 1 . 6 ; to bind up a wound ,to bind fast

,shut up.

Fisi,a. used as s.,

i bi fisi (a boythat is circumcised

,ru tefe a i

bi fisi they circumcise him,he

is fisi ) . A.

’a fsa

‘u e praepu tio

apparen tem habens gla ndem

pu er , fasa‘a a glaude p rae

pu tium reduxit puer.Firi n a , 0. art. , s.

,d. fiti na,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

FUA G O RO ]

Fuagoro, 3 . See m u agoro.

Fu a ta, v . i . , or a ,

to have raisedstripes on the skin (as fromblows with a rod

,or as are

formed by the vein s on thearm ) . See bua and buatia : the radi cal notion isswel l in g ou t ending ta.

Fu a tia,i .q . bua tia.

Fuga, d . buma, q .v .

Fugaga , v . i . , to well up, spring,bubble up

,w elling over or

spreading asunder (as aspring) : fua, or bua andgaga

,for w hich see maga,

Fugafuga , v. i .,or a . ,

i .q . bu gafuga. [S a . fagu fagu .]

Fuga fuga na, s.

,as fuga fuga

nahian,the whitened or

breaking crest of a wave, lit.its blossom : fuga.Fule

,and fu lefu le, or bu lefu le.

See bule 1 .Fulu

,and fu l u fu l u :

ceding word.Fu lu ara, v. i . , or a . ,

to haveswellings bu l ifu l ia , q.v.

, syn.

Fulus,v .

,to turn bulu sia.

Fum afum a na,s.,d. syn . fuga

fuga na, q .v .

i .q. pre

Funaso,

0. art., s. , stopperbunaso.Fura

,sam e as bura, to be full .

Furei,s . See fu tei .

Furei ki,v . t. See burei a : rub,

cleanse furei ki natua na,cleanse his feet, as by rubbingor scraping them on a scraper,dz c.

Furei a,same as burei a, or bura

ia,to leave .

Fu rian a , c . art. , s., the beingswollen

,or having the drOpsy :

buria.

7 5

Fus ia , same as bus ia, d . m u r

1 a .

Fusa ia, same as busa ia.

Fu sfus ki , same as bu sfu s ki .Fut, c. art. , s. , d. for bosabosa .

Fu tei,dd. furei, fu trei , m itoi or

mitei, s. ,

the white a n t . See

rei, tei. [S a . loi,Tah. ro

,ant

,

gen. n ame ]Fu tfu t, d. for bu tafu ta .

Fu tum ,v. i . , dd. bisa u , bu su f,

bu sofu , bisobu , to sprout forth,spring up

,grow . [Fila, Meli,

Aniwa,Fut somo

,To. tubu

,

S a . tupu, My. tumbuh, Ja.tu wu h, Mg. tombo, id. I n E f.

(but not in all dialects) sobudenotes also the first springing

,

forth or beginning of a nything, as i sobu it sprangforth

, t e.,began ; ru sobu meri

a they began did it, t e.

,they

were the first who did it,were

the first beginners of the doingit .] H. S am a l l , K a i and Piel

,

to sprout forth, to grow (as .plants, trees, the hair) , andfig. used of the first beginnin gsof things which occur in theworld

, as Is. xliii. 1 9, “ Be

hold I make a new thing 5 .n ow it shall spr ing f orth,

” Him ake to sprout forth or grow ,

and fig. make something springup or exist

,H. semah off

spring, E f. atuma, id .

G (pronounced ng) .G a (nga) , d. ,

pers . pron ., 3 sing ,

he,she , it (nom . suf. n, or

na) . [Ma . nga pl . art . , S a . na

l

he, she , this, that, these, thoseHa. n a , pl. a rt. , and sign of pl.number, My. ifia (inya) he,she, it, they] Mod. S. a n i ,’n i

, they, also sometimes heor she, and pl. a r t. (S t , p. 22

,

and fol.)G a

, conj . , usually go, q .v .,and :

ka,in kai

,conj .

G a,final conj .

,that

, u t, d . ka , ork ’

, q .v .

G a, dem.

,this

,here

,there

,

always (in this form) su ffixedas in n ag, naga, q .v. ,

alaga

(alia ga ) this place, or placehere

, t e., here (d . li ke, seeke) but alaga may be a contraction for alia naga ka .

G abuer, a .,and s.

,grey-haired

,

aged , a grey-haired,

agedperson kahn er.

G afa, s.,a fathom (six feet) .

[S a . gafa a fathom] A.

kamat (Nm. kama) a fathom

(six feet) .G afika fi

, s.

, a small basket andG a fi kafi

,v .

,to feel for or take

hold of a thing i n a basketwith the fingers. A. koffa t abasket

, kafi'

a to take stealthilybetween the fingers.

‘G aga, v. i . , to well out, or bubbleup, as water from a spring, infugaga . See maga.

G a i, or gei , redup. ga iga i , v . i ., tocry, sing, dz c. kai or kei

G a i (ga , final conj . , and i, tenseand mood particle of the fut. )See i.

G a iga i , v . i ., to pant, be out ofbreath . [S a . ga

‘ega

‘e to be

out of breath,Ha . nae, n aen a e

to be out of breath,to pant ]

S . kah to pant.

76 GA LU

G a i-tagoto, v. i . , to scream (as inpain) gai

,and tagoto, for

which see koto to break.

G aka lau ia (gkalan ia) , redup. ofgalau ia.

G aka rafi (gka rafi) . See ka rafl .

G akasi (gk asi) . See kasi.G akatak (gka tak ) . See kati.G akau sa

,v . t ., to grasp (as an

oar,in pulling

, or a branch ofa tree) usually pronounced

gkau . See gau, kau.

G a ku a , inter. ad.,used with

verbal pron.

,as i gaku a how

’

.l

lit., let it be as what ? indefin itely , let it be as somew hat,let it be so

,thu s

,yes (assent)

ga , final conj . , and kua, q .v .

G ala, v. i . , or a .

, sm a l l : kal a.G a l aka l a , v . i . , to laugh. [My.

galak to la ugh loud continuou sly .] A . karkara to laughloud and long , karkara tolaugh, cf. kalla, 7 , to laugh .

G alau ia , v. t .

,to cross over

,d.

(transposed) lakau ia, q. v . E.

l l a lafa to cross over, a l l l a fa

make to cross over.G ale-baga

,s.

,d. ,bowstring

kale-baga.

G a l ia (a l ia, kal ia) , v. t .,to stir

round (as water or any liquid) .

[Ma. ngaru a wave, ngarueshake, move to and fro

,Ha.

ale well up,a lea le make into

waves,stir up , as water, a le a

wave, S a . galu a wave,gagalu

to be rippled,galu to be

rough, break heavily on thereef

,&c .

, My . alun, Mg.alona, a wave] H . galal toroll, hence gal fountain, well,pl. waves, S . galo’ a wave.

G alu,c. art s husks

,peel

, &c .

GA L U TI A ]

(for pig’s food) , better part of

a thing pudenda ; -d. theinner bark of trees : see kalutia. Cf. Ch. gilla

’

,S. gelo’ ,

A. gi l lu , gullu chaff, &c. ,a

covering,better part of a

thing.

G alu tia,v. t ., galu ti nasu to

put the bowst’

ring on a bow ,

n abel a galu coveri ng board onend of a canoe ; and

G alu, 0. art. , s.,bowstring.

See kalu tia.G a l uga l u a , v. i ., or a .

,d. sagalu

galu,to be aged , experienced

(of persons) , to be mature ,a lso to be worn out as withage (of anything) , as if to befull of agedness

,and mere

husk or skin : it has the a.

ending a ; nagalu matua anaged, full-grown, or fullbearded person

,or one not

immature. A. ga l ls, 2, to become aged and expert or ex

perienced.

G an ia, gan ikan i a, v. t . ,to eat

kan ia.G ara

,v. i . , to be dry kara.

G aragara, v. i . , to be strong,vehement

,and garakara i :

kara,karakara i .

G ara sa , v . , to meet (any personor thing) , to come upon , hit,as ru ba gara nata they went,met a person, i ba gara sa it‘

( as a calamity) came uponhim

,i si gara sa he shot (hit)

it or him , i bisa gara sa hespoke‘ met (or hit) it, i .e. , heS poke to the point. H. karahand kara

’ to meet.G ara ki, v. S ee kara ki .G ara, d.

,pers . pron .,

3 pl . , they

7 7 [cans N A.

ga and’ra .

them .

G ar l a,v .,and

, redup.

G a rikari a. See kar 1 a .

G aro i , v. t . See kar ia.

G aru tia, and redu p.,

G arukaru . See karu tia.

G arei ki. See karei ki .G araf ia, v. t. See karaf ia.

G ari,a ., d . for kasi.

G asa , inter. ad . See kasa.G a s ia, v. See kas ia.G asua

,and gasukasu a, a. S ee

kasua.G at . See gaut.G a t ia, v . See katia.G a t

,v . See kat.

G a tika ti . See katia.G ati, d. for kasi .G ato na, d . karo na .

G au ,v. t .,

to grasp : kau .

G aua, a .,barbed (of a spear)

kau,v. t. , tagau. It has the

a. ending a.G aut

,d. gab, in bati-gaut a plant

with kook-like thorns,lit.

grasping teeth kau,v. t .

,

’tagau.G el ia

,v. t., to clasp (in order to

lift or carry) , carry awayG ele tia, v . t.

,id. a nd

G el akel a,v .

,used of many ca rry

ing away. See kele tia and

kalu tia.G el ia

,for gal ia.

G ema , d. , verb suf. , 1 pl . , excl .gami

,nami .

G emi, d. gami,‘

nami,nom . suf .

1 pl . , excl.G eraf ia, for garaf ia .

G ere na, s.

,in mele-gere na the

holl ow in the tail of a fish.

[ML P. kare, tail My. ekor,

ikur,tail .] H .

’al lor, A.

[Ma. ngara they,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

G O BA 79

n akoa u with a knife. [Mg.

kafa cut, m ikapa , v. t. , to cut]

H. gub,A. gaba, to cut.

G oba sia,v. t. See koba sia.

G obera,or gobara

, s.,or kobara,

side,as kobara kerua the other

side ko dem a nd bora 1 .G ofu sa

,v. t. See kofu sa .

G ofkofu a , a. See kofkofua .

G kofita (for gokofita ) , a . , sticky,gluey. [Mg. fita , fitaka , clayadhering

,wet, sticking to]

A.

‘amada,2, 5 ) to be wet so

as to stick (earth or clay) .N ote the prefixed ko (or go) ,as in P i . ka , Ja. ka , thesense of the compound beingpassive.

G ogo, v. i . , to wade, to wade halfswimming

G ogo, s.,an aqu atic bird. [A n .

agag to swim,S e.

‘a‘a n to

sw im,Fila kaukau to bathe,

Ma. kau swim ,wade

,Ha. a u ,

auau,sw im ,

bathe,hasten, cf.

Ja . ku mbah to wash.] A .

l l amma , hasten, 4, bathe, orwash oneself in cold water,10, bathe in hot water ; and,general term , wash the body.

G oi a, or go ia, v. t . , or ko ia, asgoi n anin to rub

, scrape , or

grind out by rubbing or scraping the kernel of the cocoanut ,suru-go ia (cover—drain out ) tocover with one

’s mouth thethe aperture of a drinkingvessel and drain out the contents

,koi a mark or boundary,

also koike n a fan u a redup.,

G oko ia, v . t . , to scrape (nafona)to mark paint, or smear

(nafona, t e., native cloth) ,kokothe paint used for this, gokoi

(or goka i or gokei ) nafona.

[S a .

‘o ‘ai to mark or paintnative cloth] H. hahab, i .q.

hakak cut into , ha ck, engrave,carve, draw ,

paint, delineate,110k a defined limit, a bound ,A. hakka, grind by rubbing

,

hack,cut, pierce, drain

out (as milk ), l iakka scrape,rub ; hence also

G ko, or goko, v . , to cut into, cut,hack, always followed byanother verb, as gko bora ia,gko gote fia (used of cuttingup the nakoau or native pudding) , na kokoen , s., the cuttin g

up.

Gokol au , see gakal au (gkalan ia) .G ele

, s.

,a cripple , one lame .

A . gaya l a to be lame.G kol a (gokola ) . See kola, kokola

,to be dry.

G kol a . See kola shout.G kol a u . See kolau.

G oli na,0. art.

,s. , bird

’s beak,

lips,mouth . [S a . gutu mouth

(of animals, wells,bottles) ,

Ma. ngu tu lip, rim,whaka

ngu tu ngu tu grumble at, scold,Fi . gusu mouth, Fut . ragu tubeak] A. nakara to peckwith its beak (a bird) toscold

, n akrat foram en (gu lw) ,mankar bird

’s beak .

G oloba, v. i . , to be filthy, dirty.

Kara fa . 3, to be defiled, 4 , tobe infected , contaminated,N m .,

4, to disgust.G olu tia, v. t . See kalu tia.G on

,v. i ., to be firm,

fast kon.

G kon (kokon) , redup. of preceding.

G kon (gokon ) , v. i ., to be bitterkon

,kokon.

G onai a,v . t. See konai a .

G or ia, or kor ia, v. t . ,to enclose

or surround with a fence

(nakoro) ; then to enclose as

with a fence a sick person

(shu tting out and prohibitin gevil spirits or evil influencesfrom him )—this is done bythe “ Sacred Ma n

”

(n a tamole

tabu )—hence gorokoro todivine

,and nekoro divination ,

or incantation,w ith its a ccom

panyin g rites redu p. , gorokor

ia (native Christian prayer,Atua0,

ba gorokoro gamia ugatoko loga n am ol ien anagoO G od, enclose us that we m ayabide in the loga (enclosure )of Thy salvation) gorb sa toconceal it ( as a crime withwhich one is charged) gor, iato prohibit

,as tuba gor ia

prohibit,impede, obstruct

,

bisa gor ia Speak impede,or

obstruct him tu gor ia standobstruct ; gkoro (gokoro) ,v . ,and n akokoro

,s., a pro

hibition ,also an obstruction

or thing put to close up orobstruct the entrance to ahouse

,a door. This verb is

much used after other verbsas ba gor ia to go obstructing,as. to m eet , d. bakor to meet,or rather to come or go before,t e.

,appear before (anyone) ,

then to arise,come into sight

(as a man , ship, andtake place (as an event) merigor ia

,bati gor ia

,like gor ia,

simply mean to enclose orsurround with a fence

,sera

gor ia to enclose or encircle

(the head) with a fillet, hence

80

seragoro-bau a ha t gore n a a

brother’s sister, or sister’

s

brother brother a nd sisterbeing children of the samemother

,or of the same na

ka in aga . A. l l agara impede,prohibit

,interdict, 2, to have

a halo surrounding it (them oon) , (see koro ) 4 , to

conceal ; h igr’

, hogr a fence,a wall

,what is prohibited

,

genitals of a m an or a

woman,kindredship

,relation

ship, hagir

’ a fence ; H . hagarto gird

, hagor a girdle, clad.

Nm .,2,to fence round

,confine

,

forbid E . hagar town,v illage

(Fi . koro, id . )G ore n a

,s.

,brother’s sister

,

sister’s brother. See underprecedin g word .

G oro, v. i .,or koro

,to snore .

[Ma . ngon goro My.

n gorok,Mg. erot ra , id.] H.

n a l l a r , A . (h'arra

, h'

arh'

a ra )n a l l

’

a ra,S . nhar snort

,breathe

hard through the n ose,E.

nehéra snoreG ore na

,0. art.

,s.,the nostrils

,

nose,dd. u su

,gusu . [Fi . ucu,

S a . isu, Ma . ihu,My . id 'ung

,

Ja. irun g, Mg. orona

,nose]

H . nhira im , du .,the n ostrils

,

S . nhi ro’ the nose

,A . n oh

’

ral

aperture of the nose .G orot ia , v . t .

, to cu t rou nd , asto cut round a stick in orderto break it hence

G oro gote fia,v . t .

,cut round

,

break it (as a stick ) . N m .

l l'

a ra t to shave off in turning,

H . harat S. hra t cut in ,

engrave . See karati .G ota, redup. gogota

,v . i . , or a .,

G OTA P A N U]

bla ck,dirty

,bukota dirty (as

water with dust or earth in1010 kokotu

,kitkudu

,

A . katama to bedusty

,9,black , katim

’dirty

,

black, katam

’ black,blackish

,

&c .

G ota famu , s. , or ad.,even ing

,d.

kot ’ fan,(1. syn . rag m elu, lit.

tim e of dusk,or sunset gota

,

or kot’,a time (see kota) . A .

wakata, l , 2, to fix a time,

w akt’ a tim e

,a point or part

of tim e : fariu . [Santo punuto set (the su n ) , puni dusk]H . pu n (perhaps i .q . A .

’afana‘afal a, cf. H .

’apal,see

melu) to set (as the sun) , tobe darkened .

G ot, v .

,cu t . See koto fi .

G ote fi, v. t . See koto fi .

G otokoto, v . i .,to begin (break

or cut,as it were

,into the

doin g of somethin g, “ breakgrou n d ” in the m atter) ,i gotokoto bat ia he begandid it koto fi .

G fi,d. m u , nom . suf. , your, 2

pl. (ku verb. pron .

,2

separate pron . ,2 pl ., kumu .

G 1'

1,dd. mu

,kama

,verb. suf. ,

you. See preceding word .

G u,d . k (foi ku ) , nom . suf. , Isi ng ,

m y , as marngu my hand .

G u a , inte 1 . ad.

,how ? l it. as

what ? It is used with theverbal proms .

,as i kua it is

how ? I ndefin i tely i kua it isso (assent) , lit . it is as somew hat kua and gu a are equallyused

,d. kasa as what ? how ?

The sole difference betweenkua an d kasa is that in thelatter the dem . s’ is prefixed

81 [G U RA I A

to the inter. pron . See ka as,

and sa what ? Ch . kemah how ?

(as what 1 A . kama’ as,so .

G u a , v . i . See kua.

G fiku ,v. i . , to shrink, shrivel , be

incurved,m aguku to be i n

curved, guku rumu ki mo na

to shrink or incurve the b osomto her son-in -l aw (of a motherin—l aw shrinking together andcovering her bosom and faceso a s n ot to be seen by herson- in -law ) , d . kuku rum a .

[Mg. ka inkan a aged, ka inkon abent, curved, shrivelled] E.

gu i l lku a (gw i l lkwa) to be incurved

,bent, specially from

old age,hence gu huk

’ one aged,

bent,and shrunk together.

G uku-taki,v . t .

,to make guku .

See guku .

G ulu tia, v. t. See kalu tia .

G ulu, v. i . See kulu .

G um ia,v . t .

,or kum ia

,to

absorb in the mouth (as alolly) . H. gama’ to absorb,to drink up, to swallow ,

i .q .

Ch .

G um ia, v. t . ,dd . um ia, gu ia

(gw ia ) , m ia (mw ia) , to seize ,grasp

,catch

,hold

,with or in

the hand . [S a .

‘n

‘u to take

hold of,to grasp , ps.

‘umia,

Fi . qumi-a , qu qu , id.

,My .

gangam ,Ja . gegam to clutch .

to clench,the fist, the clenched

hand] A .kam kam a to collect,to seize or catch with thehand

,to take.

G u n u t ia, v. t. See kin i t ia.

G ura ia,'

v . t . ,to scrape off , gura

u a to scrape or rake off theheated stones from an oven

,

magir ia,v. t. , scrape, m agura,

7

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

let him have gone,the notion

expressed being that the action

(as going) was done or is to bedone before the doing of som ething else. Dialect syn. ko,ba i bano ba ko bano thatthou have gone, lit. that thoun ow (before something else tofollow) go . [C f e after verbsin Ha . and Tah] Probably thedem . e this or that ( contraetion of uai this

,now

,that

,

then ) , thus 1 kai (or ka e ) banohe went then (that time) , ba ibano go now (this tim e) , d. kuiban , you now go (as biddingfarewell) .

I, in é l , it, or that, not that, no :syn. é iio.

I,

no, compare e in ei . [Thisneg. ad . is seen in S e. i (in i

‘ain o) , To. i (in ikai no) for thekai

,see tika]

I a,verb. suf. , 3 sing ,

dd . 1 ehim

,her

,it.

I,prep. (also e ) , contracted from

1 n i (li ) , often t. prep . [Ma. i,id.

Horn—The verb . suf. , 3

sing ,is often combined with

this prep. ia, d . i,for iia

,ii .

I a, s. ,d . for bia, child.

I ak,s.,d.,mother (vocative) . Seeaka and i art. [Mg. kakyand ikaky, my father

I be iebé iboi " interj . , exclamation of wonder

,surprise

,

and pleasure, d. bai. See baii as in io, iore.

I gam (i, dd . agam,n igam i,

k igam i , kinami.Igin

, d., ad. ,here ; i prep.,

and

gin (or kin ), q.v . [S a . i ‘inei ,Fut. iku nei , id.]

83

I gira , d. for igita .

Igiri,s.

,and

Igura, 8 . Same as egu ra .

I gi ta , dd. agita,ni gita , kigita ,

n in in ta : i, art., and gita, fornita .

Ika, s., 0. art. na ika, fish. [S e.

ia, My. ikan,Santo d. ika]

Cf. H . dag, pl. const. degeand dagah , const. déga th, fish.

It is possible that ika is thesame by the elision of the d.

Iki, a ., small, little ; in kariki

(kar" iki) little children. See

kiki . [To. iki small, little]Ikin , or kin , s.

, 0. art. nikin, abird’s nest. [Mg. akany] H.

li en, A . waku’,

w uku n a t,

id.

I l ibagoen , s. , a basket withclosed bottom

,a purse

,or

wallet : ala (basket) , bago,uon.

Ili-fiki, v . , also lele or lili—fiki, d .

syn. kelu- faki,as rarua i il i

fik i na ga su the canoe roundsthe point, or cape. See lele ,lili ; fik i or faki is a compound of the two preps. fi (orfa ) a nd ki .

I l isela,ad. ,

throughout,for lili

sela,lit. all round (throughout )

the way : lele (or lili) sela .

Im ru m, d . im ra u

,ad. ,inside the

house : i prep .,m orn hollow

,

um house. See katema,

I n , s.,0. art. n i n

,the wind

,the

air : lagi. [My . angin, Mg.

anina,the Wind]

In,dem. , this, (1. na. [C f S e.

nei this n ow,Mg. iny that,

this,My . ini this] S. hana

this,Ch.

’ahen,Assy. annu,

this.

l n ia,inea

,or enea

,d .

,pers. pron .

,

3 sing ,he

,she, it .

Inin,here i prep.

,a nd n in this .

Inini, d.

,s. , 0. art. n a in in i , spirit,

soul. See an u .

I n ira,inera

,or enera , d.

, pers .pron .

,3 pl . , they .

I n i ra , or nira , or nera, d verb .

suf.,3 pl . , them .

Inuma,s.

,d . for isuma.

Io,ad.

,yes. [S a . io

,Fi . io or

ia yes, Ja . iya , ] H .

’

ihu’

, E .

’ewa, yes .I oré

,ad.

,d . ore, yes. [P i . ia ra i

yes] From i o,

a nd ri dem .

See eri .Iru

,or em ,

or ru,verb . pron .

,3

0 pl ., they, d. in , or u .

Ira,or era

,or ra

,verb . pron .

,3

dual,they two .

Ira (d. ir) , or ra , verb . suf.,3 pl . ,

them .

Isi,

s.,c. art. n a l si n a

, basis ,foundation naisi matua na itsgreat foundation

,naisi matua

n afisa n the great foundation ofthe discourse or speech , its text,naisi namal the foundation ofthe affair

"

andIsuma

,d. inuma (s to n ) , s.

,a

clearing for a plantation, lit .the foundation of the clearin gfor cultivation . See uma. A .

’iss’,&c . , a foundation .

Is,ad. ,

or interj , , no , not so .

[Mg . isy , id.] I, n eg. ad.,and

s ’ dem . See se,

Ita,s.,0. art . naita, d . for n ata

,

a human being,m an . See a ta .

Ita,interj . of exhortation

,come "

now then " come now " [Ta.

ita,id.] A . hi ’ta adesdum

,

adeste .I taki

,s.,dd. otaki, nataki , a

84

split stick for grasping and

l ifting hot oven stones, the

native ton gs i art. , and taki .I n

,or eu ,

verb pron . ,3 pl ., d. for

Viru

,or eru

,they .

I n ,s.

,0. art. n a iu or naiyu

,d.

for nansu. See usu .

K,d.

,verb. suf. , 2 sing , thee,

(1. ko. A . ka thee.K a

,ki

,or ké

,ad.

,as tera ki

mala move (lit . fly ) like ahawk (of the dancing of

women who move with botharms stretched out like thewings of a hawk ) ; usuallyprefixed to another particle

,as

ki te as,kasa as what ? d . ku a

(kuwa) as what ? A . ka,H.

ké as.K, d. gu (ku ) , nom . suf. , I sing ,

my,as naruk my hand . [My.

ku,Mg. ho]

K a, k

’

,tense particle

,past ln

definite , as a ka bano , I w ent,i ka bano he went

,d . ki ba n

he went (ki is k’ tense particle

,

and i he,the verbal pron .

being after the tense part ,whereas in i ka it is before it) .I n one dialect the particle te isadded, as a kate ba n ,

ku kateban , i kate ban

,&c . I n

another dialect the particl e teis added thus

,kate ban (k

’

tense part,a verb . pron . I,

a nd te tense part. ) I went,kute ban (n represents theverb. pron . you ) you went,kite ban (i verb . pron. he or

she ) he went, tu kute ban (l

85

pl ., agam kute ban ( lpl ., excl ) , we went, kute banyou (pl . ) went , ru kute banthey went : used sometimesfor pluperfect . See te. Asto ki ban he went, it may alsodenote the present

,he goes

,

”

or w hat practically is not distingu ishable from it. [P i . kaa sign of the past tense

,some

times of the present ] Seethe word follow ing the next.

K’

,d. ga , d. ka , final conj ., that,in order that prefixed to theverbal pron. it loses its vowel :in the d. in which this particleis pronounced ga , the verb.

pron. is put before i t -i ga hethat

, La ,that he

,d . ke (k

’

t hat, e he) that he, ka (k’ that

,

a I ) that I, d. a ga the orderseen in ka that I, ke (or ki )that he

,is the older and more

correct examples,ka fan that

I go,ke fan that he go

,let

him go, and so with everyverb in the language . This isnot a tense but a mood, thoughthe idea of futuri ty is impli edto make the future tense fo

( see bo, mo, no) is added, thuska fo ban I shall go, I will go,ke fo ba n he will go (he shallgo is rather ke ban ,

i a.

,he

m ust go,but also let him go,

a nd he may go, and to go ort hat he go) . As final conj ._A . ka

’

,H. ki , that, in order that

(with the future ), Latin u t

(w ith the subjunctive) . It isn ot surprising that k ’ insome dialects denotes thefu ture. Thus in Florida itdenotes the future , as ke bosa

(k particle of tense, e'

he) hewill speak, compare Tigre Ma t.

xvi. 27 (when the Son of Man)sha l l come (kim atse) , for thesimple future in E thiopic : thisTigre ki is k’ the particlein question (A. ka

’

) and i, verb.

pron . or preformative, 3 sin g.

[E f. d . ga , 01. k’, final con

junction, " sabel ge, gi , Baratonga ka

,usually kia

,Ma. kia

(the a is a dem . added) , To.ke, Mg. hf : R ara tonga ka

,

future, in some pla ces past,Florida k’, future, Mg. h

’

,

fu tu re ]K a , d.

,dem . ki, or ke, this,

there (near) , as nauot ka thischief ; ke, and ga in naga. Seeword after next below. [Myiki

,ika

,iku, this, that, Tasa

aki,or ake

,this.] E. ka dem .

,

seen in zeku,A mb . yeh, or ihé ,

for ike this,A rm . dek, dak,

deka’, dake’

, A. daka. Withthe Semitic demonstrative ka ,D i l lm ann , G r. Eth .

,62

, 65 ,seen in these words (whenceE . kia

,prefixed to personal

pronouns) compares probablyAssy. aga this (Sayce, Assy.

G r. )Nor a—This Semitic dem .

ka is seen al so in E.

’clku ,

’el ketu , Ch.

’i l lek, A.

’ol aka ,

&c .

,these

,those.

K a,prep. , usually ki , rarely ka ,as d. i ba ka tafa (commonlyi ba ki tafa) he went to thehill : ki, or gi (ngi) is to, belonging to

,of

,for

,from , and

transitive prep. after verbs ;prefixed to the nom . suf. itforms poss. pron s.

,as kagu,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

87

A . kabira to be advenced in age

,kabi r advanced

i n age and fully grown, E .

’eber old woman (I: elided) .K a f

, v. i ., to be bent (as withhunger) . See also kai . [Ma .

kapu curly,kapu the hollow

of the hand ] H. ka faf to bebent

,kaf hollow of the hand.

K a fika,s. , the rose apple. [Fut.

kafika,Fi . kavika, Ml . P .

ha v ih,Ma le av ica ,

i

Tas

H

a

kabika

tapu ah a n apple (so calle fromits scent

,from n afah) , A

tofiah’ an apple, not only the

common one,but also the

lemon,citron

, &c.

NOTE.- The ka in kafika

is not for ta but the Oceanicprefix ka

d

that (that wh ich) .K afin i

,s.

,d. ,kabe q.v.

K afikafi , v ., gafikafi , q.v .

Kafu tia,or gafu tia

,v . t ., to

wrap up (a thing, as a stone,with cloth

,so as to cover it

all round) , same as kofu sa,

which is used of thus wrapping up food to be cooked ;hence

K a fuka fu n a, s.

,pellicle

,as of an

egg or fruit (its wrapper orcovering) , d . kamu .

Kai,v. i ., to be bent, for kaf,

q.v.K a i , conj ., d . syn . bo, conj ., q .v . :

ka (see ga , conj .) a nd i, he, she,it .Kai

,or kae

,tense particle (com

pounded of ka , q .v .,sign of

past tense,and i or e) of the

pluperfect. S ee i .

Kai (or kei) , gai , v to cry,sing (men, birds) , si ng out,

KA LA

sound, dre. [ML P . keke tosing ] E . nakawa to sound ,give forth a sound (of thehuman voice

,songs of birds

,

A . naka ‘e to cry out,

sing ou t.Kai, s., a sharp shel l used forscraping : goi a .

Kaimi sia,v. t . ,

to make to exist,

as (the heathen used to say ofthe sea

,i tumana kaimi

sia it made itself to exist a nd

K a im is'

, s.,0. art. naka im is one

that does anything hiddenlyand wonderfully

,as destroy

ing an enemy by cha ngingon e’

s

form magically and dccciving, Arc. I-l . kum arise, exist,go forth

,grow up

,stand (be

fixed) , Hi. cause to arise, exist,A . kama

,2,rightly appoint

and dispose ( a thing) , 4 , prepare (evil against a person) , "Sac.

K a inaga , s. , 0. art. , a tribe orfamily clan. [S a .

‘aiga afamily

,relations

,To. ka inaga

a meal,victuals] See kan ia.Kakana (kakagu , kakama, kakagita

,poss . pron.

,syn .

agana, &c ., q.v . : kaka (2 aga )is ka. dem . or rel.

,and ka

prep . [Epi gka , gka na his,&c. ]Kakei , s.

, 0. art. n aka kei,a story

(traditional) . A. l l aka’ to

narrate, Nm . hu ceya , narrative

,tale.

Kaka,s., kaka n an iu . See under

aka .

Kakat,s a bite. See kati a or

kat ia.Kala

,v. i ., or a little, small.

See under bakal ia 1 1 . [Mg.

kely,id.]

ss

K al,s.,a child. See under

bakal ia 1 .Kalai

,d.

,s.,a spider’s web, and

d. nilau, andKalau

,d.

,id.

,lit. that w hich is

woven . [My . labalaba andl aw a law a a spider.] H.

’arabto weave . See kolau .

Kalau,gkalan . See galau ia.

Kale-baga,s.

,d. ka lem aga , bow

string (made out of the bagaor maga tree) kalu .

Kali , s.,n ative spade, digging

stick kil ia.

K a l ia, or gal ia, q .v . , and redup. ,

Kal ikal ia,Kalu

,and galu

,s., bowstring,

kalu nasu kale in kale baga.

See kalu tia .

Kalu,s.,d . kul

,cloth

,clothing,

lit. a covering and

Kalu tia (same as galu tia) , d .

kulu tia,v. t . ,

to cover,as

with a mat or rug, i kalu kin aka l u he covers (himself)with cloth or clothing, i kalu,d . i kulu or i gulu ,

‘ middlesense

,he covers (himself) , as

with bedclothes,t e. , mats or

such like,also to put the bow

string on a bow (or galu tia) ,a nd to clasp round with thearms ( a violent man, to re

strain him,

or a pig,&c . ,

stooping to lift i t in order tocarry i t ) the vowels of thisword are changed in kalu

,

kulu,kel e (galu , gulu, gele ) ,

golu. See similar changes ofvowels in the My. word underkela

,i nfra . A. galla, 2, to

cover,5,to be covered, clothed ,

gullu coverings,clothes

,&c . ,

as rugs : the idea of covering

K A MK A M

arises from that of wrappinground or rolling up

—see thecg. H. galal to rol l, and itsrelated words in G es. Dict. ,and see below , under kela,kelu .

K a l um i , s.,the spider, lit. that

which lum i. See lum i toswell.Kama

,d. for kabu, in a n ekama

,

. v .

Kalma

,d. ,verb. suf. , 2 pl . , you,

01. mu .

Kamam,d . for kinami, q .v .

Kami,d.

,pers. pron.

,2 pl . , you

Kami a,v. t .,

to seize,grip , take

with the fingers,or with

nippers,compress or squeeze

between two things (l ike alatia ) same as kamut ia, q .v .

Kamu na, s. ,

pellicle,d. for

ka fukafu 1 1a , q .v .

Kamut ia,or gam ut ia

,v. t . , to

take,grasp with the fingers

,

nip,then ( like alat ia) to nip

or cut with scissors, to cu t thehair henceKam , s., 0. a rt. nikam

,native

tongs (a spli t stick for graspinghot oven stones

,a nd lifting

them ) , lit. that w hich (kamior kamut ) nips, seizes, gra sps,d. kau , q.v . ,

or gau (agau) , andKamkam, s., scissors . [My . cubit,or chu bit, Ja . ju w it , to nip,pinch

,My. angkub agau

,

tongs , nippers, Ha. u m iki topinch with the fingers

,Fi .

qamu-ta to take hold of,or

hold as with pincers,to shut

(the mouth) , ai qamu, anythingto qam u ta with (My . an g kub)as pincers, bullet mould , vi ce ]H. kamas to squeeze together,

hence to take with the hand,

kamat to hold fast with thehands, to sieze firmly

, kafascontract, shut (as the mouth) ,kabas to take, grasp with thehand, A. kabasa to take withthe tips of the fingers

, kabas’a

take, grasp with the hand.

K 3I l 3r, pref. to nom. suf., formin g

poss. pron., kanagu , kanama,kanana, &c. kanana

,d. kinin

,

is syn. c . kakana, q.v . [Epi

kana kona as kan aku,

my, &c .] Kana is ka , dem . ,

and n a,prep. See u i.

K an a, v. also kin,and ki

,d.

kan o, to shrink from,to be

unable ; i kana bat ia he isunable to do it (shrinks from ,

or is afraid) , i sua bo kin, orbo ki

,he takes (acquires) a

mind shrinking from,afraid

,

unable (to do somethin g) . H.

ka’ah to . be fearful, faint

hearted , A. ka‘a to abstain ordecline from fear.Kan ia, v . t .,

to eat,redup. kani

kani : tea ka n ien that whichis for eating

,n aka n ien act of

eating, the eating ,food

,fin aga ,

q .v .,food

,bagan ia to feed

,

m ake to eat,or fagan ia

, q .v . ,

and faga,fagafaga , nekabu

faga devouring (eating) fire,

n a lagi kan ika n i a strong wind,kana a squall ; ka in aga atribe, family clan (from eatingtogether) . [Fi . kana to eat,kani -a , to eat, vaka n i-a feed,cause to eat, used also of thehea t of the su n , and violence

of the wind,S a . ai

,My. makan,

Mg . (m transposed) homan a ,hanina, to eat.] A.

’akala to

89

Kana,s. ,a squall.

[KA NO A

eat, 3, eat together, 4 , to feed,

cause to eat,’aki l ’ one who

lives with one,messmate

,

familiar friend (cf. ka in aga ,a nd A. H .

’akal to eat A.

’akala,to scratch ( the head) ,

’akila to be itchy, E f. m akin ikini to be itchy.

See un derpreceding word.

Kanau,or kanao

,s.

,d . kanoa

,

kano,child nasuma n i kanoa

,

or kano,the womb, lit . house

of the child (or foetus) . I n E.

Mai this is called kiri fanauthe cover (kiri kuli skinor covering) , or skin of thechild . This word is familiarlyu sed by men to each other asa vocative

,as kanao

,or kano,

mate " (child pl . kanomaga,you people

,d. n aka n oa , kano

n i Efate man of Efate, pl.nakan Efate people of Efate

,

lit. children of Efate, d. natin i Efate (see a n i

,ati

,child)

hence kano is sometimes equiva len t to “ person

,

” as kanosa

,kano uia

,a bad

,a good

personKan

, 0, art. n aka u , children (ofa place)Kano

,or kanoa

,s.—see kanao

Kanoa,s.,0. art. n akan oa

, seekanao. [My. kanak child,related to anak , id. , as E f.kanao to ani

, q.v .,child : that

is,kanak and kanao have the

prefix ka , and kanao thatborn

,that which is born, so

Mg. zanaka (anaka) , with adifferent prefix or article, andS a . fanau has the prefix fa orf’,the anau being identical

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

KA RA TI]

grind or gnash the teeth,make

a grating noise. karu t toscratch

,karok to rub

,curry

(3. horse) , kikir to rasp, file,a

rasp , file,avaricious

,Mg.

ha ra tra shaved,m an aratra to

shave, kory gnaw, scrape , Fi .kari

,or karikari

,v . i . , kari—a ,

karitaka,v . t ., to scrape , ,

karokaro prickly heat

,itch

, S a .

‘ili a rasp,

file,saw] A.

garra to drag, snatch, sweep,seize

,H . garar to scrape,

sweep,saw (primary meaning) ,

to drag or snatch away,to

saw (m égerah a saw ) , to gargle ,produce rough sounds in thethroat (see E f. karo, throat,i nf r a ) , cognates S. gra ‘ toshave

,H . gara ‘ scratch , scrape

(see E f. gur ia, magir ia) , 810.

Karati,and redup. ,

K a raka ra ti,a .

,see kar ia.

Karaf ia,v. t .

,to scratch , scrape

(the earth or groun d) henceK a rafi ,

v. i . , to creep O n theground (as it were scratchingor scraping on the ground) :see kar ia. K arafi a is kara fi a,fi, q .v .

,prep.

Karaka,v. i . , to move tremul

ou sly (creep ) , as crabs andsuch like animals do karakaki n abu ruma (a mother- in -law)creeps or shrinks away fromher son-in -law (trembling andafraid) kara-ka , compare preceding word .

Kare sia,or kares ia, d. karas ia,

v. t .,to scratch

,scrape, a nd

from the idea of scraping together

,beinggathered together,

K aresi , or karisi, s.

, a clu ster

(as of cocoanuts ) , and

9] [KA S A

K a resibum , pr. n .,of a. person

mentioned in a myth, one of

the tw o sons of a woman whocame down from heaven

,lit.

blossoming-cluster. See kar1a .

Karei sa , d. karei ki nia,v. t . ,

todislike

,be averse from , hate. .

[My . iri to hate,Mg. hala .

hated,detested

,abhorred]

A . kariha to dislike , abhor.Karei

,or garei turi a, to dislike

( the thing he is bidden or sentto do) abiding with him (som eone) . See turi a, and of. kita .

roa sa .

Kari,s.,a plane. S ee kar ia.

Kari,v. i . , to hasten, takari , id

[C f. Ma . kari rush alongviolently.] A. kara

,l,8,to

hasten.

Kari-iki (kariki ) , s., little child,little children

,a nd

Kari-kiki (ka rikiki ) , s.,id. (kiki

little) , andKari-riki (kaririki ) , s.

,d.

,H.

‘eker a shoot, a nd riki little.Karo

,karoi

, ga roi , v. i .,to swim

(sweeping with the arms) ka r

1 a .

Karokaro,and

K a roka roa , scabby , itchy : kar ia.

Karo na,s. , 0. art.

,dd. gato n a .

(garo na) , kanro na, the throat,gullet. H. garon the throatfrom garar (see kar ia) , E .

guere the throat.Karo

,v. i .

,d.

,to be uncovered,

have the clothes off, naked .

H. galah to be naked. S ee

girigiri.

Karu tia,or karu t ia. See kar

l a .

Kasa, and kasafa , also kasana,

K A S A NA ] 92 K A T I A

inter. a d.,as what ? how

‘

4

w hy ? d . kua ka,ad.

,as, and

sa,or safa

, q .v .,what ?

Kasana,inter. ad.

,as what ?

kasa,with the dem . na su ffixed.

K asau , s 0. art. , small branch,fruit stalk

,n akasa u n a its

small branch,d . (transposed )

sakau,id . ,

a nd also a reef.See sakau. [My . gusong a.reef of rocks ] A. kas

’ib’

long and slender branch , H .

ik isbe’

,pl . const.

,

“ the ends,fi .e.

,the roots of the m ou n ta i n s

(in the depth of theJon . ii . 7 perhaps the branchesof the m ou n ta in s (running outinto the sea) .

K as ia,or kasi a

,gas ia

,v . t . , to

rub,wipe . [My . gosek, gosot ,

gosoki , gisik , kisil, to rub,Mg. kasoka rubbed

,m ika soka

to ru b ] A . kas’s’a

,to rub

,

kas’a’ to rub

,wipe .

Kas-toru,

s.,handkerchief

,lit.

sweat-wiper : kas ia a nd

toru, q .v .

K asi,v . i .

,or a .

,to be sweet

,

redu p. gkasi (gakasi ) , dd . gari,ga tr , kati . [C f Mg. ha n i tra

fragrance,m a n itra sweet smell

ing,My . manis sweet, luscious,

mild,gentle ] A . n a l i usa to

be sweet,n a lfis

’ sweet,frag

rant with sweet odour.NOTE .

—The k elided and

initial 11 retained in My. andMg ,

a nd the final has alsobeen elided in Tab . monasweet

,and E f. mina sweet

,

pleasant.Kasu

,s.,a n old man

,a kind of

priest or sacred m an . [Fi .qase an old m a n .] S . kas

' is 'o

a n old man,a priest, from

kas’ to grow old (Freytag) ,A . kas s a Christian Presbyter.Kasu

,or kas

,d . kau , s. , 0. art.

nakasu,tree , wood . [E pi dd .

iesi,lakai

, M l . dd . nice,nai

,

Tasa. tagai (taghai) , Futrakau

, S a . laau, My . kayu,Mg. hazo

,tree , wood, Mg.

hazo hard ] H.

‘6 8 tree ,

wood,Ch .

’

a‘

,from H .

‘asah ,A .

‘asa

’ to be hard,firm .

NOTE. Kasu has the art. k .

Kasua,or gasua

,d . kasu

,v. i .

,

or a . ,hard

,strong

,redup.

ka ska su a,id. , n akasu ana

,s.

,

the being hard or strong,

strength . [Ja kakas hard,

firm,rigid

,stiff, cf. k uw asa

strong ] H . kas’ah

,A . kasa’

to be hard , stiff, H . kas’eh

hard,firm

,fast

,s trong

,power

ful .Nora —I n E f. nabona igasua his heart is hard

,meri

gasua k i nia treat him hardly,

or with vi olence .

Kat, or kati , v. i . , to thunder,ti fal 1 kat

,or i gat

,the thunder

thunders . See following word .

Kat ia,or gat ia

,v . t .

,to make

fast,as nakasu i gati natua 11 a

the log makes fas t his foot,t .e.

,

jambs it a nd holds i t firmlyfixed against something ; tocompress betw een two things .hence to bite

,redu p. katikati

,

na kakat,s. ,a bite

,fikit to

bite each other,savage

,to be

pressed together, hence to beinspissated, clotted , curdled,katak, redu p. gka tak, ga ka tak ,with the su fi‘ixed k as in kanokor kanoka ; n a lagi i katikati

the wind becom es fixed (in acertain direction) ; i tua gatia sa he gave him by compactor computation for it

,i mate

gat ia he died by c ompact orcomputation for it, t.e. ,

he diedfor it as for sin ; i ka ti , or gati,to thunder

,is said to be the

same word,tifai i gat

,and

when a thunderbolt ” rendsa tree it is said tifai i gatibora ia the thunder bites

,rend

ing it (bora I . ) The Efatese saythat the thunder has teeth

,

and the idea in tifai i gat isthat the tifai is biting t.e.

,

grinding its teeth together, orrending w ith its teeth . [Ma .

kati block up , closed, kakati abundle

,sheaf

,a nd

, v. t .,tie

up in bundles,katikati

,v . i .

,

champ,move the jaw as in

eating,Fi . kata (vei kata

fikit ) to bite, a . , close together,as boards on a floor, My . gi git

to bite, gigita n a bite, Mg.

hehitra,s.,hold

,grasp

,seizure

,

clutch,bite , ka ikitra a bite,

bitten,m a n a iki tra

,v . t .

,to

bite,kekerin a being bitten]

A .

‘akada to bind, fasten , tomake a compact

,to compute

,

to coagulate,become clotted,

inspissated.

Katau,s.,a kind of crab . [O f

My . katam a crab ; to nip,snip O ff ] O f. A . katama tobite

,cut off. See koto a kind

of crab,infra .

Kati,d. for kasi, sweet, redup.

kakati.Kate

,tense part ,

d.,past

,a

kate ku kate, i kate, an kate,&c ka ,

and te.

93

Kate, 01 . Same as a kate,but

with the a verb. pron . afterthe k’, or between the k

’

an d

te . See ka .

Kate, s.

,0. art. n a kate

,a ny

thing, a thing,lit . the that

that,d . nete (ne te, the that ) .

See ka , and te. [Fi . ka athing ]Kate , s.

,kate n i rarua the stick

on the outside of the canoesuperstruction on the side opp .

to the sama.

Katema,

ad.

,outside of the

house . H . hu s outside, a nd

ema house.‘

See im rum,sum a.

In eka tem a,q. v.

Katoro, s. , a basket. A. ka

’

ta ra t

a basket.Kau

,or gau

,redup. kaukau (0.

art . agau,d. n i kam

,tongs

,

forceps,nippers

,for grasping) ,

v. t . ,to grasp with the hand

,i

kau nabe he grasps a club

(carried on his sho u lder) , thento carry anything on the

Shoulder,i kau nanos he grasps.

the oar (in rowing ) , i kaukaunara nakasu (the flying fox)grasps the branch of a tree

(moving along it as it werehand over hand

,till it finds a.

resting place) , hence ba kaukau

(of men) go seeking a restingplace. See kam

,kamut ia

[My . gawa , P i . kau ta, tocarry.]Kau

,d . au

,a lizard

,perhaps.

from grasping or clinging.Kau

,v. i . , to bend ( as with

hunger) , also kai, and kaf, q . v .

Kau,s.

,d . for kasu, tree, wood.

Kau,v. i .

,or a ., d . for kasua,

hard,strong.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

95

a bird in flight) , H. gilgal awheel

, dz c.

K en , for kana, v. i .Kerikeri

,v. i .

,to be deep , as a

pit, the sea. A. ka ‘ara to bedeep.

K esa, kesakesa , gesa, gesakesa .

See kisa.Ki, ad.

,see ka

, ad.,as : also in

kite.Ki

,d that (because) he : k

’

,

that,a nd i, verb. pron . , 3 sing :

ka , k’

.

K i , d., dem .,this

,or ké , id. ka ,

dem .

K i,v. i. See ken, kana, d. kano.

Ki,prep . (the usual form ) , 0.

art. aki the, that which to, orof

,also gi , agi. See ka , prep.

Ki,sam e as ka , art.

Ki,redup. kik1 v. i. See gi ,

gki (giki) , v. 1 .

Ki, d. ,

verb. pron.,2 pl . , you ,

dual kia : ku .

K ia or kie pref. to the nom .

suf. forming possessive pronouns kiagu , kiama, kiana,kiagita , kiagam i, kiamu, kiaraor kiata : kiana his (coun try,plantation, house , vicinity) ;kia ( or kie) is ki , dem. , the,t hat (same as the first ka inkakana) , that which , a nd a ore, q.v . ,

prep. The u se ofkakana is different, his orits (as a weapon to kill him ,

a door for a house, ca r fora boat, &c. ) [Epi kiaku,kiamo

,kiano

,kia ndro, kie

mem i, kiem iu , kialo, same asE f. kiagu , kiama, et a ]

Kia,d.

,verb. pron. 2 dual, you

two,d. ko ro. [Epi ko, A n .

ekau,id. ]

Kiag, d. for kiama, thy (v101n ity ) :kia a nd g suf. pron . , 2 sing.

Kiat, s.,0. a rt. nakia t

,the sticks

which cross from the canoe tothe ou trigger (sama) joini ngthem together. [S e. Tah .

iato,Ta . n iciatu

,Fut. akiato

,

Ha. iako, id.,Ma. kiato

thwart of a canoe ] A. geiz’

pl. gaw a i z’

,

‘agw iz a t, gizan

’

,

A m.,beam which crosses from

one wall to ano ther joiningthem together

,from gaz e. to

cross ever, go across.Kie , s. , 0. art. nakie

,the plant

whose leaf is baked,dried

, a nd

split into thin threads to bewoven into mats

,"kc. [S a .

‘ie a fine mat,cloth.] S ee

under neko.K igam i , d. kinam i.K igita , d . syn . n igita .

Ki ki , v i . or a . ,and ik i i n kariki

,

small. [Te iki id. ] See underneko.Kikita, or ghita, redup. of kita.K ilakil a ,

a . , know ing sagaciou s,shy, i meta. ki laki la (of a n

animal) . [Pi . kila wild, spicious, on the lookout, as ananimal] A.

‘akala, l , 2, tobe intelligent, prudent, sagacions

,

‘akil’, a .,id.

Kil ia,or kili a

,v. t . ,

to dig,

hence kali, s. ,a digging stick

,

and n aki li , s. , a current (as inthe sand

,lit. that which digs) .

[S a .

‘eli to dig

,Ma.

‘eli to bedug, My. gali to dig

,Mg. hady

ditch, trench, "be ,dug, m iha dy

to dig ] E. karaya , A. kara’,H. karah, Ch. kera

’

,to dig.

Ki li, s.,c. a rt. naki l i

,d. ,a cu r

rent : kili a.

K I L IK I L I]

K i likil i , v .,redup. of kili a, used

of many digging : ru kiliki l i

they (as the people of a district and whose yams are ripe)dig

K i l iti, s. ,a sow, a mother-pig.

[Ah . kari te, or kerite, ananimal that has had you ng ]K i l iti

,lit. that brings forth

(young ) , or the bringer forth ,i .e. ,

mother. See ki or ka.,art. , and for liti , see an i , note.

K in , s. See ikin , nest.K in , d.,

dem .,this ki dem .

,a nd

in dem . [Assy. aga n n u this,aga dem . , and annu dem . ]Kinam, d. kinami.Kinami

,pers. pron . , 1 pl . , excl .,

we,they.

K inau, pers. pron ., 1 sing , I,shortened kinu

,dd. keino

,anu

,

enu : ki , art. , or dem . prefix,

and n au (for naku, hence nom .

suf. gu , d. k ) . [A h . a inyak,Epi . n agku , Tasa. enau , S a .

0 a‘u (for ko aku ) , My . aku,

Mg. i z aho, aho, I .] H.

’an oki,

shortened ’an i

,Assy. anaku ,

Aram .

’an a

’

,

’en0

’

,E.

’a n a

,I .

K in it ia,also gini t ia and gu n u t

ia,v . t . ,

nip with the fingers,

n akini na the fin gers (nippers) ,kini gote fia nip

,breaking it

(reeds for thatchin g) , hencenakini-got reeds for thatching.

[Fi . kini-ta nip, pinch betw eenfinger and thumb, S a .

‘in i totake hold of w ith the nails

,

pinch, ps.

‘initia, Ma. kini,Ha. in iki, My. gantas (cf. E f.d . gint ia, for gin it ia) tobreak off, nip ofi

'

, snap off ]A . karasa, to nip (w ith thefingers) , pinch, grasp w ith the

96 [m m N A

points of the fingers or hand,snip ofl

'

.

Kini n a,s. ,

0. art. , the fingers,

or toes, lit. the n ippers, or

graspers also claws, talons .Kin i gote fia , v. t andK in igot , s. , 0. a rt . ,

see kin it ia.Kintu

,dem .,

tha t (near) : kin .

dem . ,and tu .

Kinu,I,see kinau.

Kiri,d. , s. , 0. art. nakiri, d. syn.

ori,rubbing stick for produc

ing fire. [S e.

‘ili rasp,file

,

saw] See kar ia,magiri

Ki rikiri,s. , gravel , pebble. [S a .

‘ ili ‘ili , Ma. kirikiri, My. kri

kil, karikil, karikil, gravel ,pebble ] H . gerger, A. girgir’

a berry, from H. garar, see

kar ia , cg. A. garal’ gravel.K irikiri

,a . , small, like pebbles,

in bia kirikiri little children.

See precedin g word.

K is,s.,a shell

,used for cutting.

A . gi z‘a t a shell

,from gaza ‘a

to cut .Kis , d. , dem . ,

this,here : ki

,

dem .

,and se

,dem .

Kisa, a . , in mita kisa blind (theeyes sunk into the head) . A .

has’

, id. A nd

Kisa, or gisa, v. i . , or a .

,redup.,

K isakisa,v. i .

,or a . ,

to beputting forth leaves

,hence to

be green henceKisa , s. , 0. art. , nakisa, d. takis,a green stone or chalk (usedonly for painting himself by aa chief ) , a chief

’s grave (in thebush, sacred) . A. h

’

aw iSa to

have the eyes sinking into thehead, 4 , to put forth leaves (aplant) , to germinate.

Kihi n a , d . kui na, q .v . kihi na,

i .e., kisi na (h being for s intha t d.)

Kis ia , or kisi a, v. t a l so gis ia,

redup. giskis, to feel , touch,10giskis to look, exploring (asat a person’s body partly u ncovered) . A . gassa to feel ,tou ch

,to explore or grope

with the hand or w ith theeyes

,H. gas

'as' , Pi , E. ga sasato feel

,touch, S. gas

'

to feel,touch, to explore.

Ki sau , v. t .,d . kisur, to remove,

get out,stand apart i kisau

ki nabua he removes from,or

stands out,or gets ou t of the

road, ba kisau get out (of theway) , remove sta nd away . A .

kaSa’

, kasww ku suww’

, kasa’

,

to stand apart, to be remote.K istu , dem .

,this here : kis

dem .,and tu.

Kisur (ksur) , d . for kisau . See

(d.) esu .

Kita, a ., little, small , li kitasmall place ( name of smallboat entrance of HavannahHarbour) Opp. to li leba bigplace (name of l arge entranceto Havannah Harbour) . [S a .

Tah. iti, it1 1 ti, small, li ttle ,My. kate

,kite

,diminutive ]

E. hasaSa, hasa to be small,m inute.Kita (rare) , or kite, ad.,

as,takes

the verb. pron . , as i kite fatuit is as (or like) a stone , kiteor kite uan as, as if,

"

i bisa ikite i m a ieto he speaks as if hewere an gry, i m arafi kite nifilait is quick as lightning. A.

kada like, as this, as that.See ki

,as, and te

,kite, or

97

kita , lit., as that, or likethat.Kita, or kite, conj ., or, d. korarua kite boat a canoe orboat ; inter. particle at theend of sentences, (1. ko, as iban o kite ? has he gone ?fully this is, i bano kite i tika ?has he gone or not ? Forkite, disj . conj ., see ko, conj . ,

Kita, v . , to divine, redup. kikita,gki ta , lit. to perceive or feelwith the eye or the mind (cf.rogo, rorogo) , bati kita ia, or

gita ia to try (of. bati rog ia) ,lit. make or do feeling or perceiving or knowing or findin gout. [Ma. kite to see, know ,

perceive, find out,discover

,

m atakite to divine,s. one who

foresees an event ] A. wagada to find w ith the eye or themind (a thing sou ght), to perceive by the feeling of thebody (a thing) , or by themind, 4, make to find or toperceive.Kita ia, and gita ia, v. t .

,to hate

,

redup. kitakita ia,to be en

vions of, to hate ; andKita rob. se

,or kita roa i

,to hate

turning after him (someone) ,as a boy sent a. message meeting another boy and (hatingto do the message) turns afterhim to play. See roa. H .

hu t, followed by prep. be,to

loathe,also ha s and nakat .

Kita, in ' bakita and bakitakita .

See makitakita , id .

Kite. See kita, ad .

K O , verb. suf., 2 sing , you (pl.for sing ) , dd . k, ke, ma.

8

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Kofa, s.

,and redup. ,

K ofakofa, s. ,

a n alcove,tem

pora ry house or shed, tent.H . kubah a tent, chamber (soca lled from i ts arched form ,

from kabab to make gibbousand hollow

,to arch

,to vault) .

A. kubbat tent, vault, chamber

,hence the word a lcove.

K ofaka l , s. , a herd of pigs caredfor

,lit. the or that cared for :

ko dem and fakal.Kofe na

,s. , n akofen a

, his skull,the skull. A. kihf

’ theskull.

K ofeta , d., s. , fata, q .v ., withdem . ko prefixed, a ben ch,platform.

Kofu sa , v. t . , to enclose (asfish in a net) , wrap up or euclose (as a pudding in leaves,to be put in the oven) . Seekabu

, cl . koan, the native pudding ; and

K ofu kofu a , a .,redup.

,and with

a. ending a, bent up at theedges

,as a shovel , or any

thing,as it were rol led up or

turned over. The pudding,koan , is laid on a mass ofleaves

,very wide and long,

which are rolled up or over ita l l round, completely enclosing it, and then tied up . [P i .kovu ta

,kokofu blistered (small

balls or pimples) , kovu bananalea f in which native puddingsare done up

,d. , a coat, kovu n a

to do up in a kovu, S a .

‘ofu agarment

,

‘o ‘ofu put on a garment

,

‘ofu ‘

ofu to envelope inlea ves (for cooking) ,

‘ofu lu a

twenty lea f dishes of nativefood ; Ma. kohu, kokohu , a .

,

99

somewhat concave,bent or

warped so as to become concave (cf. E f. kofu kofu a ) , kohuto cook in a native oven anyarticle contain ed in a hollowvessel, To. kofu to enclose or

wrap up, to clothe, Ha. ohuto roll up (as the sea thatdoes not break ) a roller, aswell

,ohua a crowd of people

,

ohu i to twist round,obuohu

heavy , burdensome, a wreathworn round the neck

,to dress

in uniform , Tah. ohu a bankor ridge of earth thrown up

,a

bundle of native food tied upa nd baked in the native oven

,

to bend downwards as thebranch of 3. tree, to stoop, to

twirl round as a wheel.] A.

kabba to roll up into a ball,to

make into balls (food) forcooking, to invert, to s toop, tobe heavy

,A. kobba t

’

,kabab’

(see under kabu, d. koau,

supra ) : kobba t also denotesa mob of horses

,crowd or

mass of men,herd of camels

,

a ball of threads rolled up together

,a heavy ponderous

thing, a hill, kabkaba , 2 ,to

be wrapped up,enveloped

,to

wrap up or envelope oneself

(in one’s garment) .

K oi , d.,dem .

, this, d. kei : kodem . ,

and i dem .

Koia (ko—ia, ko—ya ) , same aspreceding.

Koi,s., and

K oika , s.,a boundary

,from

Koi a,or ko ia

,v. t . See goi a.

Koko, s.,0. art. n ekoko, reddish

j uice or paint for na fona madefrom a plant (also called ne

K O KO RO ] 100

koko) : goko ia. [To. koka,S a .

‘o‘a , id.]

Kokoro,8 . See under gor ia.

Kokoti, s.,a net for catchin g

fish : koto.Kola

, d., a nd redup.

,

Kokola,v . i ., to be bent, kola ki

n a buruma (a mother- in - law)bends or stoops to the son - in

law. See kele tia (golu tia)dz c.

Kola,v. i ., and redup.

,

Kokola,v. i .

, or gkola , to bearid, dry henceKola

,s. , a dry stick or log. A.

kahala, kohol’

, to be arid, dry.

Kola,v. i ., a nd gola, and redup.

gkola (kokola) , to call out,cry out

,to S peak loud ; hence

Kola oli, s., echo, lit. calling out

like . See oli a . [Fi . kaila toshout

,Mg. akora, s.

,shouting ]

H . kara’ to cry out

,call out.

Kolau,redup. gkol a u . See galau

1 a .

Kola u,s. See kalau

,spider’s

web, dd. kalai, nilau lau)namora kolau w eb of fat onthe inwards of a pig. [A n .

nilva kolau,n i lvan i lva

namara-kolau].Kolau (see preceding word ) , pr. n . ,

prob. originally given to a

warrior full of stratagems .See also the verb under kalau

,

to weave, to lie in wait, watchin ambush (as in war) . A .

’aruba to be wily or cunning.

Kolobu na, s. , its joint (of abamboo or reed) , applied al soto the knobs or rivets on atank . A. karibu joint of abamboo or reed .

K olofa , v. c. ,to be bent, as

with hunger or famine,

redup. gkolofa . See lofa ia,16fa . The prefixed ko is thedem. [Pi . kalove bent, fromlove-ca to bend ]Komam , dd. kinami, kimam .

Kon,v. i . , or a . (w ith ending n) ,

and redup. ,

Kokon, gkon , to be bitter (ofanything) , kona ki to be bittertowards (someone) , nama rita nai gkon his belly is bitter (heis angry ) . [S a .

‘ona,‘o ‘ona,

bitter, soun ] A. ko‘ and

ko‘a ‘ very bitter.Konai na, s. , 0. art. makouai na

,

his gall or bile kon bitter.Kona

,v. i . , gona, to stand firm

,

to be fixed, firm , then, to havethe mind fixed upon , to beoccupied with , kona ki . H.

kun prop. to stand upright,

Hi. to set up, found, then toapply one ’s mind to

,Ni. to

stand firm, fixed, steady, firm,

constant.Kona gor ia, v . , to stand firmprotecting him (as in war ) .See gor iaKona ia, or konai a, v. t .,

andgonai a, to pierce (as a boardwith an instrument like an

awl ) . E. kanawa to pierce.Konai sai a, v .

,to pierce through.

See sai a.Kore na, s.

, see gore na, brother’s

sister, sister’s brother

,children

of the same mother (actually),or, if not, members of the samen aka inaga .

Kor ia. Sc

ee gor ia .

Koro sa, v.

2a

t . conceal it (asmisconduct of which one is accused ) : gor ia.

K oro, s., 0. art. nakoro,a fence

,

a wall, d. ara , c. art. nara :gor ia.

Karo, s., a fish fence,enclosure

for catching fish ; a ring (orhaIO ) round the moon gor1 a .

Koro, s.

, 0. art. nekoro, incantatation or rites of divinationandKoro, v .,

to divine gor ia.K oroata lagi, d.

,or n akoroatelagi ,

the sky, dd. koroin lagi, rikitelagi , lit. the fence, or thatwhich surrounds or enclosesthe ata lagi , q .v .

K oroin lagi, s. , d. ,the sky, lit.

the fence,or that which eu

closes heaven. See lagi, el agi .K oroki , v .

,to insist (as in argu

ment), provoke, irritate. S .

gareg (Pael ) to provoke.Kori, or koria, also kuri, orkuria, s. ,

a dog : cognate oro,to bark. [S a . uli

,id.

,Ma.

kuri a dog. any quadruped,

To. kuli a dog, Fut. kuli, Ta .

kuri, Epi kuli, kuliu, Tasa.

vu riu , Malo vu ria. Ml. kuri,Mg. a l ikia

,id.] A. gorw

’ ayoun g dog.Kori

,interj .

,also in akori

,kori

l a " this now indeed " here,or there indeed " ko dem. ,

ridem.

Koro,v. i to snore. See goro .

K oroi,d . ku rii i a woman and

Koruni,ku ru n i , q .v . See fafine,

Note 2, a nd lai.Kos ia

,kus ia

,v. t., to cut or

shear ofi'

(as the end of theouter covering of a youngcocoanut fit for drinking) ;a nd

101 [now BO LO

Kosu mia,v . t . , to husk a cocoa

n u t, also kusu mia, gusu m ia ;i gusu

,v. i ., said of a ripe

cocoanut w hich separates itself and falls from the tree

,

kusu mia or gusu mia, v. t .,to

gather cocoanuts from thetree, kusu, or gusu, v. i . , to beripe

,soft, m akusukusu to be

ripe, soft, ku sue na, s. ,the

soft place on the top of achild ’s head

,the last to close

up,makus

, q.v .,s. ,cutter or

knife. A. gazza to cut off,

shea r ; to cut (gra ss, &c. ) inorder to gather provender

,to

cut off the clusters of datesfrom the tree ; to begin toripen (dates ) , 4

,to have

(sheep) ready for shearing, orripe grain, to be ready to begathered from the tree (dates ) ,to be ripe or ready for gathering (fruit of the palm t i ee) ,for reap ing (grain ) for shearing

(sheep ) ; m iga z z a cuttinginstrument.Kosu, s . , a cutting instrum entmade of bone : preceding word.

K osoafa,s.,c. art. nakosoafa , dd.

n asoafa , soafa , a plant used i nceremonial or ritual pu rifications : i t is swept down thelimbs to carry away the u n

cleanness l i t. the tree thatcarries (away) : kosu ( seekasu) , and afa ia.Kota

,s. , a time , in i ta kota k i

(a person) he appoints a timeto or for (someone ) and inKotian, d. for gota fanu , gotaianu, q.v .

,evening.

Koto bolo, s.,a basket (see bolo) .

[M ] . cat, Malo cete, To. kato,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

K U FA G U FA ] 103

Ku fagu fa , d. ,v. i ., to fly, to flap

the wings,flutter. [To. kapa

kapa to flap the wings, My .

kapak to fly,

flapping thewings

,not gliding ] A . l l

’

a

faka 1 , 4 , to fly, to fl ap withthe wings .Kui na

,d. , s. ,

0. art . n akui na,

d . kihi na (i s . kisi na, in thatd. h is for s ) , the back, rump,tail kui na is for bui na, andkihi na kisi na) for bisin a, by the change of b to k .

Kuku,v. i. See guku.

Kuli na (d. nili na) , s the skin,bark. [Ha., ili, Ma. kiri, skin,bark

,My. kulit skin , hid

pelt, leather, bark, rind, husk ,shell

,Mg. hoditra skin, bark .]

See mulu sia .

Kulu,v. i . , to wrap oneself up,

to cover oneself up (as inbed) .Kulu tia

,v. t .,

same as kalu tiaKulu

,s. , 0. art. nakulu , cloth,

covering,that which covers ;

Kulekule,or kulukulu

, d. ,1d

kalu.

Kuma na,s. , or guma na, 0. art.

i i a kumana , inner bark , pell icle or cover, as of an egg

,

orange,d c. d. for kamu n a .

Kum ia,v. t. (see gum ia) , to

absorb,redup. kukum i .

Kumu,d.

,pers . pron . ,

2 pl . , you,dd . akam and akam us

,kami,

nikam,nimu , nem or n éem ,

egu. [My . kamu, Tag. kamo,Ml. P. hamdi, Epi. kamiu, Ta.

ituma,id.]

K u nu ti na,s. , 0. art. n aku n u ti

11 a , the kernel of fruits, as thealmond ; also new yam s : kano,kanoa

,kanoka. [C f. To. kano

the inmost substance of anything, kernels of fruit

,also

flesh,kano he mata eye-ball

(Mg. anaka in anakandri amaso

pupil of theKura, s.,

0. art. nakura, a plant ;so called from its bitterness .Of a stingy m an who withholds food from a visitor it issaid nalo anena i bi nakura.See under gura ia.

K u raf,d. for karafi, q .v .

Kuri, or kuria s same as kori,koria

,dog.

Kuru, or kura, a .,shrivelled

,

dried,nali kuru shrivelled

dried leaves (as banana leaveswhen withered and dry a re) .See kara

,or gara.

Kuru ki,v . t. to gather together ;

and

Kuru maki, v. t . , to gather together andKuruk andK u ku ru k (gku ruk), v. i ., orm id ,

to gather itself, or tobe gathered together see

guru ki belonging to thisstem are also takara

,crowd

(of men ), and makara to begathered together

,d. (trans

posed ) maraka, or meraka.K u ru n i

,s. ,a woman. See fafin e,

Note 2, and la i .Kurn i, s., and

Kuruku na,s. ,kuruku natua na

,

the ankle : kuruk. The ankleis so called because the leg

ga thers i tse’ as it were, intothe knob of the joint.

K u rum ase na, s.,d. (transposed)

for borakese n a , q .v .

K u s, d.,

v. i . , to be hidden ; ( l .

gusu kusu q.v .,to stoop .

KU S I A ]

A s to connection of these twomeanings, see belu : a m a n

stoops to avoid being seen, orto be hidden.

Kus ia,or kusi a, v. t. , to go in

the track of,follow, usually

usia, q .v . (the k being elided) ,

rafe kus ia to go throughfollowing it (as a pig goingthrough a hole in the fence ofa garden following anotherpig) , hence the proverb, nagoiskai i bora bua n akoro, u agolaba i ra te kus ia one pigbursts open the fen'ce

,many

pigs go through the Openingfollowing (or after) it : in takusia, rukus ia (nruku s ia) the kalso is not elided . See usi a .

Ku su na d.,s. , dd. kui na

,kihi

na,bu i na, q .v .

Kusu, V. i. andK u su e n a

,s. See kosu mia.

K u su e, or kusu iie (pronouncedkusuwa) , d . kusu

,s. ,rat (or

mouse) . [Ta. yasuk, Ml. dd.

khasup, aka su , Pa. asua, Santodd. ka ri bi , kerin, Ma . kiore

,

S a . iore, My. tikus,Mysol

kelof, G ilolo luf, lupu, id.]

A. ku trub’ rat.

Kut ia,v. t ., to cut, a nd

Kukut ia (ghut ia) , redup. : i

gku ti ban he goes to make aninroad stealthily (as in timeof war) also si kut ia ( si toshoot) to shoot not killing

,

but only cu tting or wounding ;andKutu ki

,bikutu ki

,to decide

about (someone) . See koto

Kutu, s.,louse the ba ck of the

head. [S e.

‘utu louse,a n in

104

sect which eats the skin of the'

hands and feet,My. kutu louse.

To .

,Fut. , kutu, Ta. kiget, A n.

cet,Ml . P. ou t

,Malo u tu ,

louse ] A. kudda t, pl. kiddan ,

flea (and hidden flea. ananimal biting like a flea),ku dad

’ the back of the headbetween the ears, pl. fleas, E f.bala kutu na the hollow of theba ck of his head (balafrom kadda to cut.Nor a—There is no other

word for flea in E f. , but todistinguish a flea from a lousethe former is called kutu n

koria the kutu of the dog,so Fut. kutu kuli, My . kutuanjing (anjing dog) , Tasa. utuv u riu

,but Malo utu (simply) .

The Efatese say there were nofleas in the island beforeEuropeans brought them . In

S a . flea is ‘u tu fiti

,a nd in Pi .

kutu n i manumanu .

La, (1. le, ad. , indeed , certainly,surely, particle of emphasis,as uisi la yes indeed

,i la masi

kina he indeed is one,or one

only, i le se he is indeed bad,

i ga fano la let him go indeed.

[S a . la, My. lah, id.] A. lacertainly

,surely

,indeed.

La ia, or lai a, v . t.,to put out

,

or eject from,the mouth

,as

food, froth, the tongue (see l é ) :lua.

Laba, v. i . , to be much , many ;laba or leba, labalaba or lebaleba, to be or become big,

105

grow up, d. la fu lafu to be orbecome (grow) big, la l aba , orleleba big, great, leba elder ;tea laba or leba plenty

,enough

(no more) , it is enou gh , m ilahalast, n amel igu milaha i en l au a my last footprint is in thisplace , t e. , I wil l come n o morehere, tea milaha the last

(person or thing) , i libi m i labasa he - looked upon it for thelast time

,d. leb

,indeed

,very ;

barab (barau, &c . ) long. [S a .

lava to be enough,indeed

,

very,10a long ( and leva long,

of time ) , Mg. lava long,tall

,

continuing long E f. barab,

baraf) , My. l uw as,luas wide

extensive,large

,ample

, Fi .

levu great,or large ; in great

numbers,all

,as era sa lako

levu they are all,or m any

,

gone E f. ru laba bano) ,v aka levu -taka to increase ;cause to be great or many,balavu long ] H . rabab tobecome much or many

,to be

increased,to be much or

many,in f. rob a being much

or many . abundance, multitude poetically multitude isalmost used for “ all (so inP i . and . E f. levu , laba) , abeing great (of might) , abein g long (of a way ) , rabmuch

,many ; enough , (it is)

enough (no more, cease, leaveoff

,so big (great, large,

vast ) , applied to a w ide

space,to a long way , a nd to

things generally in the senseof great

,big ; elder. The

cognate and supplementaryverb is rabah

,to be multiplied

,

[LA GA I A

increased, often to be many ;to become great

,to grow up

,

to be great.Labalaba, or lebaleba, v . i ., and

a .,redup. of laba, or leba,

v. i . , and a . , to be great, big,as n a tase leba the great sea .

See laba.Labo, s. See leba : leba boa.

Laf ia, or l afi a, v. t . ,to take

,

take up,carry (a thing) , take

up (a song) . [Ha . lawe (ps.

lawea ) to take, carry.] A.

rafa ‘a, to take up, carry .

L afi na, s. , c . art. , the cover,sheath, or envelope of theflowers or buds of the cocoanut palm the hard substance

(of same shape) of the cuttlefish (d . namagi rofarofa

little canoe of the cuttle—flsh ) .A .

“ ilaf’ a cover,sheath

,or

envelope, H.

‘alaf to cover,

to wrap up, A .

“ alafa toenclose in a sheath or vessel.

L a fu is,dd . r ifal u ,

l ibu is, l ifaru ,

q .v .

L afu lafu ,d. , v. i .

,a nd a .

,to

grow u p, big laba.Laga, v. t .

,to seek, search for,

laga sa seek it,bilaga sa

,id. ,

and redup.

,

Lagalaga sa,v . t . ,

id . (frequentative) . A . rama to seek

,search

for,n . a. maram ’

.

Laga tia . v . t . ,to raise

,lift up

(as a thing from the ground ) ,and

Laga, s. , that which raises : lagalaga ti (the planks of a boat) .

L aga ia , or lagai a, v . t . ,to raise

,

lift up (as the w ind raises. thatch from a roof) ; then toraise (a thing, so as to make

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

LA GO

the wind , S a . matagi to blow ,

be windy, ps. m atagia , s.,

the wind,Ma. matangi the

wind, kotengitengi gentle

wind, kohengi or kohengihengiwind ] A . nasama to blowgently (the wind ) nasam

’ alight wind

,na’sam and nasim ’

a light wind,breeze, air.

Lago,

s.

, fly lago ffi buzzingfly , blow-fly. [S e. Iago, a fly ,My . langau a large fly

,a blue

bottle.] A. lakka ‘u a fly, from

laka ‘a prehendit extremo rostro

rem .

Lago,s., the wooden pins whose

sharpened ends are driven intothe sama (outrigger) , andwhose u pper ends (crossed)hold and bear up the n akia t

of a canoe . [S a . lago prepsof a canoe.] See precedingword .

Lagor,or l agora

,or lagoro, ad. ,

d. lakor, q .v .

Lai a. See la ia redup.

,

Lail ai, v. t . , frequentative or intensive.Lai

,or lei

,contracted to lo

,li, s.

,

woman,as le kiki little w oman

(in addressing a female child or

girl) , le or li meroan women,ladies (in addressing an assembly of women ) this wordis used before names of females

,as ma

, q.v ., is beforenames of males

,as lei, le, or li

mako madam,mistress, miss,

or lady,mako. [Fi. adi, con

tracted di,id.

,Mota iro

,ro, id.]

H. Ch .

’ita’

, S.

’atto’

,

A .

’n utha, woman, Ch. cmph .

’itta’,

’intta

’

, id.Now .

—For other forms of

10l LA KE

this word see koroi , kurni ,ku ru n i . See under fafine, Note2. K oroi , &c ., have the dem . or

art . k’ prefixed .

Lai, s., 0. art. nalai , or in l a i, ornilai

,sail (of a canoe or ship) .

[S a . la, Ma. t a , Mg. lai, My.,layar, id. ; My. layar, to sail ,to navigate

,also barlayar and

m a layar.] A. kil la ‘a t sail of aship, lta la

‘a , 4 , to make sail, to

sail, to n avigate.Lailai

,v. i . , to be delighted, re

j oice.‘

[Mg. laolao play, playthings, m i laol ao to play.] .A .

l aha’ , n . a. labw’

,to play ; to

be delighted.

Lai a, or lei a, or la ia , v. t .

,to

pluck,to gather (fruit) , lai

nua nakasu to pluck or gatherthe fruits of trees . See bilaia , or bilai a. [My . lali topluck

,to gather.] E.

’araya,

H .

’arah , to pluck, to gather

(as fruits) .Lai a, or lei a, v. t. , to tie up, aslei n am anuk to tie up a wou nd .

A.

’ara’ to tie up fa sten.

Lak, d. for lako, q.v .

Laka,s.

,laka leo

,foundation or

cause of a m atter or affair ;andLaka

,or lake

, 0. art. n al ake na,

its foundation,then, its cause ,

as malake n a tafa the fou ndation of the hill or mountain ,Atua i bi n a lakegita G od is ou rfoundation

, t e. ,our upholder

,

te uane i bi n a l ake n afaka l

that is the cause of the war,then n al akena because, lit. itscause ; andLake

,or laki

,v. i . , to man y (of

a wom an) lake ki nanoi marry

L A KA U]

a husband,lit. betake herself

to a husband and lake kienabetake herself to his house,a nd then generally of anyone,i lake he betakes himself (todwell somewhere) , i lake en

l u u a he has betaken himselfto dwell here ; laga ki , v. t .

,

to have,to possess, d. lakea ki ,

telakie na its possessor, ortelake na

,c. art. a tel akie na

or a telakea n a, or a tel ake na,

id.,Atua i bi atelakea gita G od

is our possessor,possesses us.

([Ma. taketake, a .,well founded,

take,s.,root

,stump

,post of a

pa,cause

, pu take, s. , base ,root

,reason

,cause ] A.

raka lj a to lean u pon (somet hing ) ; to betake oneself (tosomeone ) ; to place upon,found

,as to found (his house

upon a rock ) , 4 , to support

(prop up) , 5 , to abide (in someplace to use free power (in amatter) ; rukah

’ the firm sideof a mountain, by which it isupheld

,pl. ’

a rkal l’ a. fou nda

tion.

Nown - The expression tulake is composed of tu to give

( or tua) , and lake, and meansto give i n trust to (to giverelying upon or trusting in )— itu lake is he gave i n trust it

,i

t ulak in) . so. he gave in trustto them i t (as a present ormoney to be taken charge ofand conveyed by them to theperson for w hom it is in

tended) .Lakau

,v. t., d . (transposed ) for

galau ia, q .v .,

to cross over.

[S a . la ‘a to step, to pass

_108 [LA KO

over, ps. l a

‘asia , redup. la la ‘a ,

la ‘a l a ‘

a ; l a‘a i to pass over,

break over (as a wave over acanoe from one side over tothe other) , l a

‘aga , la

‘asaga astep

,a stepping oven ] Hence

Lakau, s. ,a crossing place in a

fence a stile.Lako

, s.,d . lak, a small enclosure

(like a hole, for putting orconfining a pig in) . S ee following word.

Lako,v . i . , dd . laku, loku, loko,

roko,u rok , to stoop, be cu rved,

then stoop or crouch, concea ling herself (as a mother-inl a w from her son-in-l aw ), to beconcealed (as one stoops inorder to be concealed, seebelu, kusu) , redup. lakolako, c.prep . ki lakolako ki to becrouching and stooping andconcealed from (someone), tokoloku to abide concealed or inconcealment

,luku, id.

,luku

taki nia,or loko taki nia, to

place him in concealment (as awounded warrior for surgicaltreatment) , ba lako-saki n ia tocreep upon it stealthily (as ahunter upon a bird) , hence balako to hunt (birds) , lit. to goconcealed, luku or Ink 3. holeor pit

,luku noai a well

,lako,

or lak (see preceding word) ,baluku ba luku ) a curvedba (concavity) . [Fi . roko abowing form or posture

,a .,

bent like a bow, ad.

,sa lako

roko goes stooping or bow ing,ai roko bowstring

,roko-ta

bend a bow , roko—va bow to,pay respect to

,rokoroko

,rev

erence , respect, baka roko bow

LA KOLA KO]

down with weakness,or go

stooping,S a . lolo ‘u to bend,

bend down,bend round ] A .

raka ‘a,n . a. roko ‘, or ruku

‘

,to

stoop , or be curved or bent,to bow or be bent down (as inprayer) , ru k

‘a t a hole

,pit.

Lakolako ki,redup. of preced

ing word a nd

Lako saki, the same , 0. compoundprep. saki.

Lakor, ad.

,t.e. ,

la-kor,indeed

now lakor is sometimes praotically syn . with la as i fi lamai matol

,or i fi lakor mai

matol he may indeed come tomorrow

,or the latter may be

rendered , he may indeed nowcome to-morrow . This is thelit. translation , but it mightbe expressed, he m ay perhaps ,or possibly , come to—morrow ,

hence i lakor sa ko maki it indeed n ow is bad

,or don ’t—know

,

and simply i lakor sa expressesthat the thing very probablyis bad in the speaker’s opinion ,w ho, however, does not state,as a positive

,ascertained fact

that i t is so : la ad. ,and the

dem . particles kc and r’ (ra ,ri , ro, ru ) .

Lakoré, s.,a kind of flute . A .

nakor’ cornu

,tuba

,N m .

n aqou r clarion, A. nakara,‘

3,

to make hollow,hollow out

(as wood ) .Lala

,s. ,an idiot

,one demented,

a fool . [Fi . l ia l ia , s.,an idiot,

a . ,foolish

,out of one ’s mind ,

Mg. adala, s.,an idiot, one

destitute of reason,a lunatic,

a fool, a . ,foolish

,infatuated ]

See alialia.

109 [LA S I A.

Lala gor ia, v. t .,to conceal

,

deny : gor ia , and lala forlaulau

,redup. of Ian .

Lalo na,or lalu n a

, s., 0. a rt.

in la lo na , the belly, then thefront (see ela lo) , a nd the

under side (as of cloth) : a lo

Lam ia, d.,v. t ., to eat, hence

Lamien, s. , 0. art. n a lam ien,act

of eating, food . H . la l l am to

eat .Lao. See lau .

Lasa, or las, s.,a bowl (as a kava

bowl) , a dish, a cup . [ML P .

ras,Malo lasa

,Santo las

,id.]

A. tas’ vasculum , Ct. tass , a

bow],Nm . saucer, flat cup.

Laso na,s.,0. art. in laso n a , the

testicles. [Pa . asi , A m . luho,

Ml . dd . lisi, erasi, Fu t . raso,

id. , S a . laso scrotum ] A .

l l'

1sy’

, and h'

usy’

,a nd h

'

usya l ,pl. h

'usa’

,the testicles.

Lasoa,v. i . , or a . ,

to have swollentesticles preceding word a nda . ending a.

Las,or lasi

,v. i . , or a . ,

big,large

,

great,sufficient and redu p.

,

L asi lasi , id . andLas ia

,or lasi a

,v . t .

,to meet

,

t e. ,to suffice

,be sufficient for

,

as n afinaga i lasigita the foodis suffi cient for (meets) us a ndyou

,ti lasi a

,id.

, also to meet,come upon, come across (aperson) i til asin am i nabua hemet u s—them on the way

,

baka tilasi a to suffice,redu p.

ti la til asi a, id. A.

‘aras’a to

meet,

‘arus’a to be wide , large ,5,ta ‘

arrasa , for which isO

u sed

also ta’arras’a to to

make wide,large.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

L E A K l ]

him , or rogi beraka ti na lon a,

or na leon a,d . n a l én without

the nom . suf. and with orwithout the art. it s ignifies athing, something, as nalo sikaione thing, nalo laba manythings nalo n agien a on

account of,for the sake of,

his name,l i t. the thing of

his name ; lo- soko tru e, lit.true thing, le-soko, lo baloempty

,worthless thing, 10 sa

bad thing, 10 uia good thing, d .

10 amau true,lit . true thing,

hence the expressions sera.loam au

,or sera- lésoko to

believe,sera-loba lo to deem

worthless,despise. [S a . leo

the voice,a sound

,leoleoa, a . ,

loud talking,To . lea speech,

voice,language ] A. la“a’ to

speak, n . a. la“w ’ sound , voice ,lo“at word

,language, dialect

(see m isleo, i nf ra ) .Lea ki (or le-aki) , v. t .

,to throw

away,throw down (anything) .

to throw down (as the windtrees) , and redup.,

L eleaki,v. t . , intensive . [To.

li to toss (anything light) ,l iagi (l iaki ) to throw away,lei and leilei to throw away,leina a throwing away.] E.

w a ra wa to throw away, throwdown

,

Leana,v . i . , or a .

,d. lena, d . leg,

to be straight (not crooked) ,then to be right

,u pright,

righteous,bisa lena S peak

straight,

right,n a tam ole

lena a straight, 91 a , uprightor righteous man tu lena tostand straight, stand up. [Fi .donu straight, then righteous,

1 1 1

v akadodonu -taka. to makestraight. S a . tonu

,a .

,right

,

straight, correct, To. tonustraight

,direct

,clear

,faka

tonu to make evident,mani

fes t, tou n ia righteous, t u tonu

(stand) upright ] H . thakanto be or become straight

,Pi.

to make straight,to dispose

rightly (proverbs ) .6 ba i

,le ba i, or le be ia, d. ,

v. t ., d. syn. le ka,to look

upon it le to look,and prep.

ba .

Leba, redup. leleba, lebaleba

(intensive) , v. i .,or a . ,

to be orbecome big

,great : n a leba le

ban, greatness, the be ing great

laba.Leba

,s. , 0. art. n a l eba

,s.,a

species of earth, clay, mud,dirt

,leba lebara

,a .

,dirty,

soiled (a. ending ra ) , d . lebaleba, a . , id. ( a. ending a) , d .

labo leba 60, or boa )stinking leba slush

,mud.

[Ha lepo to be dirty,defiled,

soiled,s.,dirt

,groun d

,clay

,

lepolepo dirtyA. tabi ‘a. to be dirty, tabe

‘

,

taba ‘ dirt, mud , taba‘a to

impress or sea],

to make awater vessel from clay

, tub‘an

clay.

Lebaleba,v. i ., or a. See leba,

laba.Lebaleba

,a. See leba, s .

L eba lebara , a. See leba, s.L ebu le, v ., t e. ,

le (lele) to goround

,and to com

plete, to go completely rou nd

(of a canoe , as round a pointor headland) lele, ili-fiki.

Leg, v. i . , or a . , d. for lena, leana.

1 1 2

Lei. See lai, s.

,woman .

Leka,v. t. , d . 16 to look , and

prep. ka to, at, leka look athim

,leka nata look at, see a

person : le.

Lele,or lili (He, or le, lli, or ili ,

l’ ) to wind, to go round , turn ,curve

,as raru i sefa , soko, or

ba lele ki na fa n u a the shipruns

,moves sw iftly, or goes

curving round the land

(island ) , n afisa n i soka lelena fan u a the word movesswiftly round all through )the land

,le-bule

, q . v . ,le, or

li—taku n a , or lele taku na toturn behind his back, leletakuna sa to turn behind one ’sback with it to do, saysomething

,con cealing it from

someone ) , ili-fiki , or lili-fikin agu su ,

to round the point orcape (a canoe) , i l isela or lilisela as i surata i lisela hewalked all the way , lit . roundthe way (see sela ) , i ta lele (ortalle or tale) he turned aside,i ta lele k i he turned or turnsaside from (a person or thing) ,malele to be bent or curved

(as a branch of a tree heavywith fruit) , hilele, v . r .

,to

turn hither a nd thither,l l

'

i si a,

or lulusi a lele usi a) lit .to go round following ortracking it

,as lu l u si noai sera

he follows the stream,walking

in the water, lusi nakasugoes along a stick

,lili m aroa

lit. to go round turning itsel f.

[Fi . lele-ca to bend ] H . lulto wind

,twist about, cg . to

galal ,’u l , &c.

,hence lul

, pl . ,w inding stairs, lula

’ loops.

No'rE .—See the cognate liu ,

lilin .

Lele,s.

,tortoiseshell

,the cover

of the turtle ; a tortoiseshellbracelet. The shell of theturtle is called lele from its

round or curved form . Seepreceding word . [Mg. rerethe largest kind of tortoise ]Lena

,d . leana , q .v .

L ém ina le, v . t . ,to put out

,and

mina, s. , the tongue, to putout the tongue

,syn . lua mina.

See le,v . t .

Leo,to look

,see le le or leo

goro gita to watch, look for,expect u s.

Leo s . 0. art. n a leo,thing

,affair ;

henceLeou an ,

s.,0. art. n a leou an

maleo u an that thing,or affair) ,

a feast (in heathenism) , orheathen gathering, in whichofferings or sacrifices are madeto the n a tem a te

,and presents

given to the guests .Ler

,, v. i .

,d . for l i l iu , q.v . , to

return,go or come back

,also i

mer ler brigi he did it again,lit. he mer re turned didit .

Lesi lesi , for l asi l asi .Les

,s.

,0. art. n a les, a plant with

thick dark leaf andLes, a .

, dark or dusky, as in"

fal’les (fale les) dark or duskycave (name of a big cave atthe entrance of HavannahHarbour) ; ra l es Dark-ra orDusky- rai

, a name of Hades.See ra . A. la ‘isa n . a. la ‘as

’

to become dark,or blackish

,’al ‘asu of a da rk colour

,dusky

m u l tu s et densus,olep la n ta .

Les, s., coral rock, or stone. O f.

A. radha t a rook in water ;radac rocky

,stony

,a place

like a{ rugged

hill.Let

, v. , or a .,to be stiff, rigid ;

redup

.,

Lelet, id.,intensive and

Let, s., spasm , ri gidity,as in

tetanus ; andLeti lot

,or

Letilot, v. i . , to crackle, as thebubbles of boiling water and

L eti lot , s., 0. art. n a leti lot,d .

n a l tel ta , froth, i .e. , lit. , bursting bubbles . See lita.Let ia, for alat iaLeti bati ore, same as a l a tera

batiLeti lua i

,v. t . ,

to grasp, orseize, taking it away, leti luai kiana grasp it away fromhim

L eti leti,a natam ole letileti , a

grasping man alati a.Li

,s.,place : for alia.

Li sia , v . t . , to lay down, putdown

,and

Li-saki, v. t . ,to throw down

,

throw away : leaki .Lia, 8 . Same as li

,

place .Li, transitive prep. See u i , id.

Li, 8 . See lai, womanL i , v . , d. See lulu.

Liba, s. ,an arrow with a broad

point (about the size of ashilling) for shooting birds, orthe arrow head of such ana rrow ; andLiba ia, v. t . ,

to shoot birdsw ith the fi l m] (which does not

pierce them , but kills them bya violent blow or shock ) . A .

lagafa to strike violently ;

or alia,a

1 1 3 [LIBU

lagi f’

an arrow w 1 th a broadhead.

Libi sia (li-bisia) , d. leba. i , orleba ia (le-ba ia ) , v. t .

,look

upon him , see him Is to see,

look,and prep. bi.

Nora—I h two other dd.

this compound occurs (theprep. b changed to m ) as limsi or lim1 si

,and lumia, or

lumia (ln -mi a) , look uponhim .

Libo, v. i . , hide, to vanish , disappear, be hidden, talibo, id.

hence libo, s. , a vanishing

demon , a demon that assumesthe aspect of someone todeceive, and appears to one inthe forest, and then vanishesafter the evil deed is comm itted

, leaving the victim toreturn home to die ; l iboki , 0.

art. naliboki, a name of Hades

(the invisible world, or hiddenrefuge or home of the dead) ;Libo

,s. , an evil demon . See

li bo, v. i .,

L iboki,s.

,0. art. naliboki, the

invisible world,or hiding place

where departed souls dwell,

Hades. [S a . l afi to hide oneself, l a lafi (of many) , lafita

‘ i

to conceal, la fitaga a hidingplace, Mg. levina buried

, in

terred ] A. s'aba’

,n . a. s

'ab’aand s

’ubu’, to hide ( in theearth) , 8, to hide, be hidden(hide one

’s self) , cf. s'

aba tolie hid in w ait for the enemy

,

m as'

ba’ hiding place .

Libu,v. i .

, to bet,

covered or dirtywith ashes

,ash-coloured

Libu, s. , an oven stone , the stonesthat are heated red hot for

9

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

LIKA U ] l 1 5 [LITA -KURUMA

[My. lakat to adhere, laka tkanto fasten, Ja. rakab to adhere,Mg . ra ikitra , stuck , adheredto , m iraikitra to adhere

,

reki tra , id.,m an drekitra to

fasten ] A.

‘alika to adhere,be affixed

,be fastened to

,2,to

suspend, 4 , make to adhere,fasten,

‘alako a rope.L ikau , for lakau, v. t.Lilia

,d. for lilin

,q.v .

Lili—maroa, v. i. to go roundturni ng itself : lele, or lil i, andm aroa.

L i l iu,v. i . , to return, go or come

back liu.

Li ma, num .,five d. 0. art.

n a l im a na his hand baka l im a,

q.v . [S a . lima five, the hand,My. lima, Mg. dimy five, Epij imo (and limo) five, jumahand ; d. lima, yima, or simahand d. lima five, ma hand ;A n . m an , or n ikm a n =E f .

na l im an a ) his hand, five ] A .

h’

amsa t, h’ams’ five, a lh

’

am s

digiti Mahri khomo, Sokotrakhem ah, five.Lim si

,d . for libi sia, q .v .

Li na, s.,the light. [Mota dina,

My. dina, Er. dan , day.] Asi en lina it is in the l ight (notconcealed) , d. i en ali : al ia tiali.

L irea , v. i ., or a ., for l itea , q .v .

Lira,redup. l ira l ira , dd. m 'irn rir

tirtir) , li tra l itra , l ita l ita,v. i ., or a ., to be bright, shining

,gleaming, brilliant. A.

nas’ara

,2) and b), nas

’ira,4 , to be bright, shining,gleaming

,brilliant.

L isoa , v. i. dd. tiso, toto toto.Lita

,v. i . , and liti, to crackle, to

burst, explode, as wood, or astone in the fire

,see letelot ,

also lot to crackle (as a fire) ,explode (as a gun) , to sound(as a crack or explosion) , andmelita to crack or crackle (aswood in the fire

,and

then nagiena i melita his nameresounds and

Lita ia, or litai a, or litai ia,v. t . , lita i lita ia a spark, orfragment of something

,burst

ing or crackling or explodingin the fire

,leaps or explodes

on to him also,a wasp stings

himLi ta

,s., a spark, fully lita na

kabu (see preceding word) ;also a red wasp (because it isred like a spark , or becauseits sting burns like fire) : d.

(transposed) ti laLita—kuruma na, v .

,to have the

breast (kuruma, see ruma )thrust forward or out (bulgingor swollen out) , in a spasm

(the Opisthotonic) of tetanus,then, to be bulging or swollenstiffly out (of the face of alog or board that should belevel ) : see 161; spasm

,or

rigidity,as in tetan us ; let,

lelet to be stiff, rigid (of anything, as of a dead body,[Pi . li di, l idi lidi, to burst, or

explode, s. , report of an explosion, as of thunder, or astone in a heated oven , lidi-kato strike in flying ofi

‘

,lidi u i

buka a spark, lidi-ka to crackbetween the finger and thumbnails, as a louse, My. latok tocrackle, to decrepitate, latup,a nd latub

,id., latum to boom ,

L ITE A ]

or give out a booming noise ]A. s ’at

’iya to burst, break (bebroken) , 5 , to burst, explodinginto fragments ; and, l , to swellout

, stifi'

en ing, so that thehands and feet stand ou t stiffand rigid (of a dead body) ,s 'asa

’ to become rigid andfixed ; to swell out, becomingstiff and rigid , so that thehands and feet stick up (of adead body) , 4 , to make rigidor stiff and fixed, s

’ata’ id. ,

s’

at’iyya t fragment of anything

burst or exploded off or outfrom it.

L itea , a ., or v. i . , dirty, to bedirty, d. lirce : u sed of anything, as cloth, 610. A lso

,as

in English we speak of adirty-looking sky or night

,

so tokalau meta l irea dirtylooking tokalau (tokalau is aneasterly wind ) . [My . latah,Ja. latup, turbid, foul, muddy,Mg. loto dirtiness, filth, dirty,soiled

,maloto dirty

,filthy

,

foul.] A . latah‘a,n . a. lath

’

,

to be dirty .

Liu sa,v. t . , to go before, to

precede him, to be greaterthan him

,d . toli a, t.e. , to , to

abide, to be , and’li a to go

before, precede (this to maybe prefixed to any verb

,and

is to liu and d . tolin sa 2

toli a liu sa, with the addedsense of continuance)Liu uaki (waki) , or liu aki (seea lso l u -aki) , v. t . , to turn, asto turn a stick end for end

,d .

lia ki,and lilia ki

Lilia,d . lilia

,d . ler, v . i .

,redup. ,

to turn back, return , go or

come back : bi l iu , l uaki , q.v .

[S a . liu to turn, to turn over,to turn into

,to change , redup.

lilin,liuliu

,faa l il iu to turn

round,maliulin to be able to

turn, P i . liu, v. i . , to precede,go before, be greater than,v. t .,

liu- taka to precede, go

before,ai liuliu the first : liu

c. preps. e, mai, ki,eliu

,

mai liu,kiliu

,ad. ,before

,afore

time,preceding in time or

space,Mg. aloha (ha forma

tive) , a . , first , before, previous,ahead, m ia loha to precede, gobefore, ta loha before

,My.

daulu first, to precede, Ja.talu beginning ] A .

’ala to return, to rule ; b) , to precede, gobefore ; 2, to order to return ;to interpret (in Mod. A .

,espe

cia l ly in malicious sense) , to declare, institute, direct, define ;hence tawil ’ interpretation ofthe hidden sense

,allegorical

interpretation,’aww al u first

,

before,the first thing

,the

beginning,

’aww a l iyyu first

,

before.Lo, s.

, d. li, alia, as 10 koi

,or

koia, d . li ke,this place

,here.

Lo, s., thing, and c. art. nalo le.

Loam au (lo thing, and amautrue) , s.

,a true thing

,truth

,

a . , tru e, d. syn. losoko or lesoko (10, or le ,

thing,and soko

true) .Lo, v . i. and t . , to look, to seeleo

,le

,id .

Loa,s. ,

0. art. na loa , dirt (onany thing ) .Loa, redu p. , loa loa , a .

,and v. i.,

to be black, to be blackish.See also malolo

,or milo, mi

1 1 7

1010. [Fi . loa a black cloud,black paint for the face

,loa

loa, a .,black

,loan ima ta the

black ‘ part of the eye whichsurrounds the pupil

,Ml. U .

aro, P. roro, dirty] This belongs to the word following,l oa i

,loa sia, loa ria, to smear

with 1010 (the face) , or withintei (the body, cloth ) , hencethe body

,&c. , so smeared soon

becomes milo dirty,covered

with dirt,yellowish from the

in tei (milolo) , black from 1010,nikis

,loa loa . So H . hel’ah

rust dirt covering) of apot.Loa i

,v. t .

,to rub

,smear ; and

Lo-fia,v. t . , same as alo-fia , q .v .

,

to rub on , to smear alsoLoa sia

,v. t . ,

and redup.

,

Loloa sia (d. loloa ria) , V. t ., torub

,also to flatter hence

Lolo,s. ,paint (for the face) .

[My . lulut, and l u l u r, to cleansethe skin by friction and cosmetics

,to rub the skin with

cosm etics , to smear] H. l l a l a’

to rub,strip

,A. l l a l a

’ to ruband to smear the eyes withcollyrium

, halo’ oil or paint

(used by women for theirfaces) , H . hala’ (A . hala’ , seeelo

,lolo, sweet, pleasan t) , Piel

to stroke,to soothe anyone

,

from the primary idea of theroots hala

’

, halah, fie ,that of

rubbing,hence to stroke a ny

one’s face,t e.

,to soothe , flatter.

Lobu s.

,bamboo (the

plant ) ; also bamboo watervessel and bamboo knife.

[S an toN

l u m u o,Ml . nambu (11 ,

a rt N ew G uinea dd . bau,

ifa,inba, diem (d

’

,kem

(k’

, S a .

‘ofe, To . kofe (k’

,

bamboo,Ha. ohe bam

boo, a i eed generally,bam boo

knife,a kind of flute ] H .

’ebeh a reed, A .

”aba a t’ a reed,

’abau reeds.Lofa na

,s. ,

0. art. n a lofa na,

his track ( so called becausehis track is marked by bentgrass

,dzo. ) lofa, l ifa ia.

Lofa ia,v. t . ,

to bend ; same asl ifa ia. [S a . lofa to cowerdown

,crouch , Fi . love-ca to

bend, kalove bent ]Lofa

,s.,hunger or famine (be

cause it bends one ) a sword

( because it is flexible) lofalofa ia hunger or famine bendshim lofa ia.

Lo-fia,redu p. lolo -fia .

loa sia.

L Gga (ending ga ) , s . , an enclosure,the inside of a n enclosure ;given as d . syn . for elol ( inthe sense of enclosure

,that is,

the inside of an enclosure) .See alo.Lokoloko ki

,same as lakolako

ki ; lako, v . i .Loko- taki

,V. t . ,

same as lukutaki lako

,v . i .

Loku,a .

,concealed

,i toko loku

he remains concealed : lako,v. 1 .

L oku loku ki , same as lokoloko ki .L010, s.

,voc. , uncle, redup. of

alo ana, q .v .

Lolo,s. , a nd 0. art ., a black paint

for the face (under the eyes)loa i

,loa sia.

Lolo, s.

,0. art. nalolo, thread

the native thread was madeby ru bbing the fibre between

See 10a i ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

kabu i lua nasu the fire putsou t

, or sends up, smoke to thisstem belong also ulua to growup, u l i , an, and ula, a leaf, andlulu the hair (of the head,face, or other part of thebody) , redup. u l u u lu a to begrowin g up, putting forthleaves

,also to be hairy

,to

be w oolly (as a sheep) to becovered with down (a plant ) :to this stem also belong (the—ga , or -

gi , being formative)laga tia, laga ia, lagi , clag,el agi , lagil agi , malaga, 810.

S ee supra under the word lagi.

[Fi . lua, lua-ra , lua-raka, tovomit

, S a . luai to spit out,Ha. luai to vomit, lu a lu a i toruminate

,chew the cud

,to

raise the food again from thestomach to the mouth, asruminating animals, Ma. ru aki

,

Tab . ruai to vomit, My. l uw a t,or luat

,to vomit, luwar, or

luar,out

,away

,luwari and

luw arkan to put ou t, expel ,Mg. loa, s.,

vomit,mandoa to

vomit,loatra , ad.

,over and

above, loa tra taken up, put

out,m andoa tra to ta ke out or

up,loarana bein g taken u p.]

See A.

‘alu,H.

‘alah underthe word lagi. A.

‘ala’, n. a.‘uluw’

,to ascend

,go up, be

above it,over it, overlay it,

become supern atant upon it ;overcome, become superior ;exalt (himself) recoil (from ) ,remove

,or go away (from) , 2,

to take up or off, 3, to vie, contend

,or compete for superior

ity,4,take up , take out, &c.

H .

‘alah to go up : inanimate

1 1 9 [LU A K I

things are also said to go up,as smoke, a rising ground, aplant which sprouts forth and

grows, whence the participle‘oleh (a plant) sprouting forth(E f. u lua, ulu) , and

‘aleh aleaf (E f. u l I, a l i ) used also ofthings which are taken u p ,carried away

,Hi. (causative)

to take out or up (as out of apit) , to take up, or away, toput up (the cud, from thestom ach into the mouth, Ha.l u a lu a i ) . of ruminatinganimals,generally

,to make to go u p

(out or away) , E . redup. la ‘ala,’al ‘ala to make to go up , liftup

,take up

,le‘lena height

,

highness,(kc.

Lua, v. t . ,see under preceding

word. This verb is m uchused after other verbs

,as sela

lua i bear or carry (taking)out

,or away

,be lua i , &c . ;

mirca lua i think (taking orputting) out or u p (discover itby thou ght) , "he.

L u a lu a , v . t . ,redup. of preceding.

See l u .

Lu a , s., 0. art. n alua, a land slip :lua, ln .

L u a l u a , s. ,0. art. na lu a lu a , an old

plantation (out of w hich theyams have been taken) ; thehair or grass- like growth on

rocks under the sea lu a , ln .

L u aki , s. ,a n allegorical utter

ance,a proverb or parable ;

Lueki, v. t . ,i lnaki n afisa n he

makes his speech allegoricaltu rns it from the obvioussense) , i tili lu aki lau era sa heutters a proverb (parable, orallegory ) planting it on them

LUBA KI]

( lit planting, piercing, or fixi ng them w ith it) : liu u aki ,or

b

l iu aki .

Luba k i,v. t . ,

to pour out (aswater

,grain

,lu ba , mid . ,

to pour (itself) as rain alsoused of pouring out anything

(as men ) from a ship, lubakira pour them out

,or land

them,hence bi lu baki

,v . r .

,to

pour each other out, to land

(men) ; m a l u baki to be spilt,poured out (water or fluid) ,ta l uba ki to be spilt or pouredout (as water or fluid ) . [My .

tumpah to spill, shed , pourout

,man u m pah ,

id. ,Fi . livi-a

to pour gently,or in a small

stream,ta l ivi to be poured

out,spilt. A . Sabba to pour

out (of all things, and of thingsdry) to pour, be poured out,5, 7 , 8, to be poured out, andSaba, n . a. sa ’b’, to pour out .Lufa

,s.,loin wrapper

, gi rdle

round the loins . See l ifa ia.

Lug ia,v. t . ,

to bend,make

curved, and redup.,

Luglug ia,id. ,d . n ugn ug ia ;

henceLug

,s.,0. art . n a lu g,

native pudding (see n akoa u,

kabu) , so cal led becausewrapped in leaves which arebent or curved round it .

[My . lengkok bent,crooked ]

A . lag-a , n . a . la’g’, 2, to make

curved, to bend .

Luk,or luku, s. , a hol e or pit , a

well : luku noai well (pit orhole) of water lako.

Luku,a . ,same as loku .

Luku- taki,v. t . , same as loko

taki . See lako, v . i .

d. , the

1 20 [LUMLUM

Luluk,s.,a thing rolled up (as

cloth) . See lulu k i (l u l u ki ) .Luko

,v. i .

,same as liko, v . i.

Luku tia,v. t . ,

same as liko tia.

Luko,s.,0. art. naluko, same as

liko,s. takes the n om . suf.

n a l u kona , or n a l ikon a , itsrope

, i a ,the rope for tying or

fastening it.Lukuluku

,same as l ikol iko.

L u kol uko, a nd

Lukuluku ki,same as lokoloko

ki z lako .

Lulu,v. i . , redu p. and

Lulu,v . t .

,l’l u

,d . l i , vie, con

tend with for superiority,dis

pute with In , and see baululu and bil u l u .

Lulu,s.

,0. art. nalulu, as n alulu

n abau na the hair of his head,

nalulu na his hair : l u,and

see u lu u l u a .

Lulu,v . i .

,to roll :

rolls awayLul u ki

,v . t . ,

to roll up (as clothinto a bale) henceLulu

,s.

,c . art. nalulu

,a roll

,a

bale ; and ta l u l u ,a nd talu or

tal’lu,s. ,a roll (of cloth) , a

crowd (of m en ) , a herd (ofpigs) , a heap (of stones) : seea lso m a l i lu to roll. H ’alalto rol l , hence to be round,thick, cg. galal, lul , Arc .

Lulu,v . i .

,to sink

,d . tutu

, q .v .

Lulia,a nd

L u l u ia , v . i .,for u lu l ia : alialia.

Lumi a, i .a.

,l n mi a

,to look

upon it, see it d . for libi sia,d . lim si , d . le ba 1 or l e ba ia.See le, leo, lo .Luma, or lum ,

v. i .,and redup. ,

Lumlum , to be wet. See lolofa ,d. ;

i lulu ban,it

1 2]

Lum a, s. , the wet , as luma igaluma the wet is about to wet

,

or will wet (“ it will ra in,

”or

is going to rainLume a, v. t .,

lume n afan u a to

wash (immerse) or cleanse theland by a religious servi ce orceremony performed by then a tamole tabu , or priest : soif a man has been poisoned

,

Lumi,v . i . , to swell up, d. lugi .

A warama to swell (cg. H .

’aram , rum) .Lii sa

,v . i ., to be wet, also lousa,

lolou sa . E. rehsa to be wet.Lusi a

,redup. l u l u sia . See lele

(and usi a) .Lusia

,v. i .

,to be dirty , faded , i

bi namau lusia (of a lazy ,languid hu sband) . [My . lasu

Lume sia,v. t .,

n atamole tabu i lume a ki thepoison, cleanses or washes himfrom the poison by a religionsservice or ceremony. Whenthe land is suffering fromdrought, na tamole tabu i lumea, or lumi a, and the hardbaked and therefore barrenearth becomes soft and moist

( lum, lulum) , clothed with verdure, a nd fruitful

,yielding

abu ndance of food redup. ,

Lu l um e a,id. The radical mean

ing of the word is to dip,to

immerse (see under lolofa ) .

[Fi . lomo-ca to dip, to dye,luvu to sink in water

,to be

flooded ( as the H.

saba ‘ , A. sab“ a , to dip into, toimmerse, then to dye, to tinge,S . sba ‘ to tinge

, Sa ba‘ to w ash

,

E. tam ‘a to tinge,to immerse

(in water) . See also riu,tin

,

tutu,tuma .

to turn,d .

lume to wrap up,buluma

,or

bulima, to be t ,urned to be

changed (in form or appearance) . [Tah . rumi to wringturn over, upset, Ha. limu toturn, to change , to have variousappea rances, l imu l im u tw isti ng, turning] E . taw im toroll up, fold u p.

languid,feeble

,Mg. lazo

fading,withering

,faded ] A.

letha to dirty, to be slow, 5 ,to be dirty

,lutha t langour,

laziness,

’a lw a thu languid

,

faded,withered. See m i lesu .

ma,m i

,or me) , a formative

prefix or preformative particlethe m ’ is sometimes changed tob a nd f

,as toko

,or to

, mato,bato, or fato in the causativeprefix it is b’ or f’, being theinitial consonant of baka orfaka

,rarely ba or fa ; in the

reflexive prefix it is b’ or f’,being the initial consonan t ofbi or fi. In bi, or fi , q .v .

,the

i is a fragment of the ancientreflexive prefix

,as the a in ba

or fa, q .v . ,

is the ancientcausative prefix. I n manycases ma (often ni i is foundprefixed to verbs having apassive sense

,the same verbs

being without the ma activein these cases we m ay regardthe word as representing theancient ps. part. The preformative m (originally ma) inH . and Arm . meor m ’

, A. mo,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

MA BE]

n abboud a clu b also nabbouta staff, club.

Mabe, s. , 0. art. namabe, thechestnut tree and its fruit.

[Tah . m aps, id. also the kidneys of any animal ; A n .

m0p(o) the chestnut, also theinside belly) of a box,inside belly) of an animal, the pluck, the heart,liver

,and lungs, Malo mabue

chestnut ] See under amo,

amoamo.

Mabelu , m abelu belu , v. i ., d. ;refl . of belu to be bent

,

doubled, folded belu .

Mabor,d. manora, q . v .

Mabulu, v. i . , or a . ,d. m a fu lu

,

fat : bulia.Mabulu

,s. , a large kind of pigeon .

Mabulu,v . i ., or a . , sticky

waxy, as a yam when cooked :bubulu

,bulu tia.

Mafa, a .,swollen

,in las mafa, d .

las m'

au , swollen testicles (manfor mafu) . H. bua ‘ , ba

‘ah,

A. ba“ a’ to swel l . See fuata ,bua 1 1 1 .

Mafa,v . i .

,as i maf ba n he goes

hiddenly or un observ ed = i bibei ban

Mafa na, s. , his being hid or

unseen (in going) see bei,and afa.

Mafa , d .,v. i ., or a . , to be broken ,

cracked,d . mafua

, q .v . [To.

mafa crack,rent

,split ]

Mafa ia,or mafai a

,v. t .

,to

cover : bo-fia .

Ma fa ifai , v. i .,or a . ,

smashed to pieces : fai.bu a to divide, cleave.

Mafaku ,v . i ., to be plucked up,

or ou t baku sa .

to beSee

Maga,v. i .

,to gape (see maka,

gaga, fugaga ) , open out, thento wonder

,then to gape or

open the mouth (to speak ),to speak

,maga asi is to speak

about it,lit. to open the jaws,

part asunder the jaws (asi) ,maga lua i speak it up or out,lit. gape outing it, maga lo

Mafirifiri , v . i .,to be loosed

,to

be made void bir ia,v. t .

Mafasu , v. i . , to be broken off,sn apt off. [To. m a fa chi

,id . )

Base a.

Mafis, s. , a knife , d. for makus ,q .v .

Mafisi , s., a child, one begottenor born, a nd

Mafisi , v. i .,or a ., to be begotten,

born, brought forthMafisien , s.

,0. art. n am afisien

the being born or broughtforth bis ia

,v . t . , to beget.

Mafisi a,v. t . ,

to beat : fisi a.Mafu

,s.

,0. art. n am a fu (d .

n amam ) , a mist ; ceremonialuncleanness : a bu ,

abu obu .

Mafua,v. i . , to be split, cracked

bua to divide, cleave. [S a .

ma vae to be split, cracked .)Mafukafuka , v . i . , to be swollenout

,puffed up buka I .

Mafule, v. i . , to be stripped of

leaves : bule.Ma fu n a i

,or mafunsi

,v. i .,

to beconsumed

,annihilated

,as wood

in the fire a nd

Mafu nu fu n u , v. i . , to be broughtto an end

,to be ended, finished,

ann ihilated bunu ea.Ma fu sa i , v. i .

,to be smashed to

pieces, as a yam busa ia.Mafu ti

,v. i . , to be plucked but

1a .

MA GA ]

saki,d . maka lo saki, to

looking up hencegape

Maga, s. ,a small canoe

,namaga

andMaga

, s. ,0. art. namaga, d.

nabaga,the banyan ; and

Magan,s . 0. art n am agan , the

art of gaping, wonder ; andMagamaga, v. i . , redup. to gapeoften and rapidly

,to pant ;

andMaga.-fai, s. ,

a division,a part

(see fa i , bua) and

Maga,s. , the first part in names

of places,as gorges or valleys,

a nd especially of places in thedepths of the abyss of Hades ;sometimes , but rarely, contracted to ma

,as maga—tika, or

m a—tika, the lowest abyss inHades. [Ma. maga brook,watercourse

,ditch

,and con

tracted ma in names of streams,

isa . faam aga to open the mouth ,to gape (To . fakam aga ) magaa branch (as of a tree , road, orstream, or any thing havin g abranch, or forked) , Tah. maac loven, divided, My. ngangato gape, mangu wonder, amazement, mangah to pant, palpitate

,mange. open.] E. hake ‘a

t o gape, to yawn, to be rent ,parted or sundered

,and of

water gushing forth (seefugaga ) , A. manka ‘ a placewhere water remains ahollow

,fissure in the earth,

or valley) , n a lca’a to rend

asunder,E. nka ‘

a t an opening,

gap,fissure

Maga,s.,see above

,in names

of the following places in

Hades,signifies chasm

,yawn

1 24

ing chasm ,gulf

,or abyss, of

which there are several, somesay six

,one below the other,

v 1z .

Maga-boaboa , evil-smelling abyss— see boa ;Maga—bua

,profound abyss—see

bua ;Maga,-l u l u l u l u , sinking sinkingabyss : lulu ;

Magar n abon abo,abyss : n abo

Maga—seasea , abyss of oblivionseasea ;

Maga—tika ,or ma—tika, abyss of

an nihil ation (this is the lowestabyss) : tika ;Maga—tiro

,sinking abyss. See

tiro.NO TE . Maga tiro in one

dialect is m aga lu lu l u lu in

another and m agaboaboa and

m agan abonabo denote thesame . Thus there are fiveabysses yaw ning one below theother 1n succession. All theseare below abokas, which

'

1 s the

uppermost, and the first to

which departed souls go, andalso the general name of

Hades.Maga l iu , s.

,name of a place in

Efate,lit. the turning gap.

See l iu .

Magali,v. i ., to be turned round

elo i magali the sun is turnedround (it is late in the afternoon) . See kelu .

Magasi,v . i . , to speak about, lit.

to open or part the jawsmaga

,as1 .

Maga, prep . and pron . of 3pei'

son , denoting with-them,thus

kihe maga ? who they?

evil smel l ing

1 25

d. se mani ? d. se mai ’" d . feiman ag

‘

l (2) John maga, d .

John manag,d . John mera uan

(or m eroan ) , John and hiscompanions (3) n a tamole

maga,d . manag, d. mera uan a

m a n with them a manwith those beside him ) , somemen

,indefinite plural . The

literal meaning of maga in

( l ) , is with-themthere : kihe maga '

l who hewith-them there (beside him) ,or togethen w ith them there

(beside him ) John maga Johntogether with them there beside him n a tam ole magathe man together with themthere (beside him ) . It isprobable that maga is a contraction oi which manag is thefuller form ; and the —ga (fornaga) is the dem. there (see

ga , dem . ) This managwith them there : in addressa num ber the speaker saystagu maga, or manag, or merau a n , my friends , lit. my friendw ith them there (beside you) ;so tai manag, &c. ,

brother withthem there (beside you ) ,brothers . The expressionmera uan is me with, togetherwith

,ra them or those, and

uan,dem . , (that) there, an d

manag a nd maga differ inhaving the r elided (as it isin eu

,u,for eru, ru , they,

verb. pron . ) and the su ffixed

dem . nag or naga, q .v . ,in

stead of u an , q. v . Mani (andm a i ) are n ot used as in ( 2)and but only as in ( l ) inthe above example. [Ma . ma,

" and also

[MA G o N A .

Ha . ma, Fut. ma, Ta. min,d

mi (meh) pl ., m i , dual ]Magasaga , v. t .

,to make a saga.

(crotch, fork) : maga, andsaga.

Magau,pr. n . , 0. art . mamagan ,

for n abaga u . See bagan .

Magi (d . syn . mini) , comp . prep.,

for,contracted ma

, q .v . magiis agi , q .v .

,and m ’

on accountof

,in

,to

,and thus agin a i

what is his,his

,m agi na i on

his (account) , in his (interest) ,i .e.

,for him ; in one d . the

genitive prep. n ig, q .v . , of,denotes also for

,niga his ,

for him . Both.

magi a nd n ig, when for,are placed betw een the verbalpron oun and its verb

,thus, i

m agin a i , or i niga mati , he forhim died. The prep . m ’ or miis

,except in this case, mostly

used before the object of a

verb —~see le bai limi sia, lnmia

,li bi sia

,in which it occurs.

as mi,bi

,a nd ba

,and see also

bai,or bei . [Mota m u n for,

A n . imi to, for, Ma . ma for,&c .]

Magie na,prep . and s.

,for his

name,i m agien a bat ia he for

his name did it, tuga magiegita bat ia let us for our names

for each of us) do it, &c .

ma i e. magi, for, and gie

Magi r1 a,v . t .

,to scratch, scrape

giri a.

Mago na,s. ,

0. a rt. namago na :bago na

, q .v . for m eaning andorigin

,is the same word by

change of m (the preformative)to b.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[QMA KA KA ] 1 7 MA K ITA

i maka sa,or maga sa

,he I S

amazed or gapes at (becauseof) it ; and maka lo saki, ormaga lo saki, he gapes lookingupwards. See maga.Makaka, v. i ., or a .,

to be raggedor fissu red, as cloth. See aka.Maka] , s.,

an ant (so called fromits smallness, or quick andli ght movements) : kala, andbakal ia n .

Maka] , s.,shame

,pudenda. See

under bakal ia I I .Makal

,v. i ., or a .

,and redup. ,

Maka lka l , to be sharp : bakalia 1 1 . [Ta . machila, sharp]

Makal aka la , v . i ., or a ., to be

itchy : connected with makal,ant

,thus, makal i m akam aka la

ki nau an ant moves about on

(is creeping or running on )me, and therefore a makalakala I am itchy bakal ia 1 1 .

Makam aka la ki , v .,to move

about or creep on (one) , of a nant (makal) , hence m aka l aka l a

itchy.

Makara, v. i ., to be assembled,to be a crowd or many toge ther, dd. maraka (transposed) , and merit, or mara (kelided) : kuru, guru.

Makarakara,v. i. , or a .

,to be

bu rning, as the throat fromeating currie with too muchpepper : kara .

Makas ia, v. t. , to pluck out orofl

'

,as a scab or anything from

the skin, loose bark from a.tree

,husk from a cocoanut.

A. nakas’a,

to pluck out.See bakasa ki .

Maki,V. t., to be ignorant of

,

not to know redup.,

l.

Makim aki, as i m akim akl i sa he

is ignorant of, does not know,

1 t

Maki, don’t know ( in answer to

a question)Maki, pr. n . of a demon or spirit

,

one of the officers of S ari ta u atthe gate or entrance of Hades.When the spiri t of a deceasedperson presents himsel f afterdea th for admission to Hades

,

Faus (another spirit) asksWho is it 2” If Maki says

,

Maki don’t know) adrea dful punishment is i 1i

fl icted by S aritau ; if he saysHe is one of our people ad

mission without punishmentis given. [My . mukir

,Ja.

man gkir (m u ngkir) , to deny,disavow] A. nakira

, l , 4, 6,10

, to be ignorant of, not toknow, 4 , to deny, to disavow,

Munkar’ name of the angelwho together with Nakir issaid to have the office ofexamining deceased persons inthe grave.

Mak in ikin i , v. i ., to be itchykan ia. [S a . ma‘ini, m a ‘in i

‘in i ,to tingle, to smart]

Makit ia, v. t ., to seize or ta kew ith the u ataki (native tongs)the hot oven stones, ru selau a taki makiti fatu isa

,or

maki fatu isa. H. hatah totake, take hold of, seize. Itis once applied to a man

,else

w here always to fire or burningcoals.

Makita,redup. makitakita

,V. i . ,

or a ., to be bent, curved, onlyi n the expression 10 makita tolook bent, i .a., to look round

MA KO] l

or back , 10 m akitakita , id. , d .

bakita,bakitakita . A . ka ‘at

'ato bend

,to curve) mak

‘ut "

bent,curved .

Mako,a nd maka, s. , offspring ;

in pr. names, as m aka folu, laior 11 mako , &c . : aka (ako) .

[Ta S a . maka pi grandchildoflspring,or offshoot, of grandfather

,pi ) , P i . makubu

,or

m oku bu,gran dchild]

Makota,or makoto, v . i .

,to be

broken,an d redu p.

,

Makotakota,to be much broken

andMakota ki , to be broken from ,

i .a.

,to cease from (some person

or thing) andMakota

,s.,a part (of a planta

tion) , a place, m akot i m i l a tethe place is cold

,i .e.

,there

is no one about the place

(on callin g at a hou se and finding no one at home) , makotana this place

,lit. this part :

koto -fl a.

Makus , s.,a wooden knife (used

for cutting up puddings) , d .

m afis.

Maku sku s, orMaku su ku su

,V . i .

,to be soft

(ripe ) kosu mia .

I . Mala bulu ,v. i .

,to faint

,fall

ing down (of m en ) , to becomeweak and falling down (ofbreadfruit)—see bulu andMala

,s.,faint

,as m ate ki mala

to faint,lit . to die in a faint

a species of hawk (of afaded colour )

Malamala v . i . , to be foolish

(My. babal, silly, doltish) , 0.

art. n am a lam a la,a fool

,one

foolish and

8

Mala,s.

,c . a rt . namala, a fool,

one stupid,foolish , senseless ;

and

Mala nono,v. i . , to abide sense

less,deprived of sense or

motion (as by terror) : no toabide . H. n abal to be or

become faded (used of leavesand flowers falling off frombeing faded ) , to fall down , tofaint

,to lose one’s strength (of

men bulu, q .v .

,to fall down

,

H . n afal,is cg. to mala

,a nd

the two verbs occur together

(cf. mala bulu) in Job xiv. 1 8,

(of a mountain falling andlying prostrate

,like a dead

man) to be foolish (the mindfaded ) , flaccid, devoid of vigour,stupid

,nabal foolish

,senseless.

I I . Malamala,V. i .

,or a . ,

to benaked

,naked and

Mala,s.

,or malala (intensive) , the

clea red place at each village,in

the midst of which the n abeasare set up

,and in which are

performed the sacrifices,sing

ing, and dancing of the intamate often in the n ames ofplaces (because cleared or bare,because having a m a le

,or

cleared place) . [Ma . maraeenclosed space in front of ahouse, yard, Tah . marae, a .,

cleared, as a garden , or a placeof worship

,s.,the sacred place

formerly used for worship,

where stones were piled up,altars erected

,sacrifices ofl

‘

ered,

prayers made,and sometimes

the dead deposited, S a . malae

the Open space where publicmeetings are held] A nd alsoMala, 5 . (also malo) a place or

M A LMA L]

part (as of a garden) , a partof time

,and

Malmal, s. , a small place, or part.See under ali or alia.

I I I . Mala, V. i ., or a .,d. malala

,to

be loose, and redu p. malamala,id.

,A . l l alla to loosen, m ahl u l

’

loosened,loose

,Ct. m ahlfi l

loose.Malamala ia, or m a lam a lai a.

,d. ,

redup. of (mala i a) mi lai a, orm i lei a, ,q .v .

Ma lafiafi,v. i . , or a .,

to be thin.

[Ha., lahi, lahilahi, thin , My .

ramping thin] A . rafl'

a,n. a.

rafaf’

,to be thin.

Malari , d. for m i latl, q .v .

Mal asi lu s,redup. of m i lesu , q .v .

Malat,s. See melat.

Ma latiga , d . m a landigi, ad ., andprep .

,near

,m a l atiga ki n ear

to : mala place,and tiga

,tigi .

Malau, v. i ., to be bad tasted (asstale food ) , to be corrupt (asbilge water) , faded (as a fallenleaf) . [Tah. marau old, wornout, fading] A . malah

'a to bebad tasted, have a corrupttaste (food) , malul l

'a to be insipid (meat) , malih

” corrupt,insipid (food) .Malei a, or male ia, v. t . , to re

quite, malei au isa requite mefor it. [My . ba les

,ma las

,to

reply, requite, Mg. valy, mamaly, to reply, requite ] Seeliu, l i l iu : the idea is “ makereturn.

”

Maleoleo, d. malolo, v. i . , to

become tame,gentle in

tel l igent) , as an animal doeswhen domesticated. A. ra’a’ ,4,

n. a. ’ira

’

, to becomeprudent, intelligent.

9 [mamao

Ma lebu to,ad. a nd s. ,

middlepart ; inside, heart : mal (mala)place, part, e prep.

, and butothe middle.

Malele, V. i ., or a , to be bent,curved lele.

Malera, V. i . , to be thin, running,of a fluid, as paint. S ee lor,roro, ro ia, roro ia.Maler, d. maleru or ma l iru , v. i . ,to be transparent

,shining (as

sm ooth water or glass re

flecting the light li ra.Ma let iletl , v. i ., to be stiff (as theback, in some disease) : let, let.

Mali, a nd redup. m a l ima l i’

,v. i . ,

to be drooping, as the countena nce in shame and

Mali , s. , c. art. namali , a plant

(which when eaten is said tomake one so) and

Ma l ieri , i .a., mali-eri, v. i ., to beashamed, lit . to be droopingor abashed in the face orcountenance : see rai face,forehead. [My. malu to beashamed

,abashed, mal uma l u

bashfully, Mg. malo, malomalo

,bashfu lness, m ima lo, mi

malomalo bashful,meek-eyed ,

shamefaced] H.

’amal,

’amelto languish

,to droop, prop. to

hang down the head.Ma l ibl ib

,V. i ., weak, limber, d.

m a l ifl if : li fa ia. A. lafla fa

weak.

Malibu, s. , widow (also widower) ,i .a., one mourning, lit. coveredwith ashes : libu .

Ma l ifli f, d . m a l ibl ib, q .v .

Ma l ifu s, dd . malus, maus, v. 1or a bent : l ifa ia.Maligo

,V. i . , to be dark ; and

redup.

,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

manti s] 1 31 [MA N UBU

m as"u f

’

(part ) weak, debi l ita ted.

Mahi s, d. for ma l i fu s.

Mal-tageli . See m alo, s.

,and

tagel i .Mam

,v. i ., or a ., to be soft ( as

ripe fruit) , ripe. A . m a‘w’

ripe or ripening dates, ma‘a,

to have such dates (a palm ) ,ma ‘ soft, mild (of food) .Mam

, s.,0. art: namam , d. for

, mafu.Mama

, s.,voc.

,father, dd. ab

,

abab.Mamau

,redup. of mau, q .v .

Mani,v. i . , or man , contracted

m a, to abide, to be : a n i .Mamamana, s., 0. art. namanamana

,a pudding mixed with

pig’s fat wrapped up (munutia) in leaves to be cooked inthe oven ; a captive taken inwar (because such were cookedin the oven and eaten ) . Seemunu tia

,bunu -tia, dtc.

Manag,d. maga, q.v . : manag,

i .e., ma with them or those,nag (dem .) there.

Manaki, v. i ., to stay for thenight

,to rest, as a guest ;

Man aki,s., 0. art. n amanaki, one

who does so, a guest. [My .

manang to rest] Mod. S.

maneh to . rest, Mafel,i a , the

causative with the preformative i n ; H. nuah to rest, A.

nah’a to kn eel down, as a

camel, monah’ a place where

camels lie down (to rest or

sleep) .Mandu

, d. for matru.Maneinei , v. i ., to be weak . A.

na’na

’a to be weak.

Mani, as sei who (is) he ? se

mani who (are) they ? (1. kihemaga 1 See maga.

Ma n ifen ife, v. i ., or a .,

to bethin. [S e. m an ifi

, man ifinifi,My . m impis, m ipis, nipis, tipis,Mg. manify, thin, han ifisinabeing made thin ] A . nahifaa nd nahu fa, n. a. n aha fa t,nahif’, m anhuf

’ thin,slender.

Ct. nahif thin, nahafat thinness.

Manru, d. for m atru.

Man n,s., a m ultitude ; d. a

thousand (d. bon a thousand),manumanu (d. bonbon) a verygreat number

,or multitude ;

see bon, bono tia, bunu tia,munu tia. [S a . mano a greatnumber, manomano inhum erable ]Manu, s.

,a bird

,birds. [Ja .

manuk, Ta . mau ng, Er.m enok

,V anua Lava mon

,

Tag. ibon,Poggi umah

, S a .

manu,id.] H.

‘of birds, fowl

(feathered creatures) ,‘u f to

fly ; E.

‘aw if to fly

,

‘ef a

bird.

Manumanu, s., a streamer or flagof a native canoe sai l preceding word. manumanu

,id.

,

also a. bird.

Manu na,s., the palate and

upper part of the throat. A.

han aku the palate and lowerpart of the m outh answ eringto it (cg. nanoa na , A.

hanaka to rub food w ith thepalate

,2,to rub the palate .

Ma n n a,V. i .

,to be finished

,

ended and

Manunu,id. , (1. manubu. See nu.

Manubu,v. i ., to be fin ished,

ended ; and

MA N U BU N UBU ] 1 32

Ma n ubu n ubu,id. ,

redu p. : nubu,

num, nu .

Ma n ubu n u bu , d . m a tum u tum u,

to be soft,sleek

,as the skin

of a newly born pig,or of an

infant. See nu bu, tumu, noba.

[H a n opu n opu to spring orswell up ,

a . , soft, spongy,thoroughly cooked

,plump, fat,

swelled out,

n opu e plump,round

,as a well fed

,fat hog]

Man ugn u g, d.,v . i . , to be bent

luglug ia.Manuka, s. , c. art. n am an u k ,wound . [S a . manu ‘a to bewounded

,s.,a wound] A .

naka’ to wound .

Mao na,s. , d . faa, thigh . [My .

paah, id .

,al so the limbs or

quarters of a slaughtered animal

, .

Mg. fe the thigh : cf.S a . vae the leg

,v aega a

division, v aevae to divide inparts

,cut up a slaughtered

animal, m a v ae E f. mafa, d.

mafua,and see E f. fai] See

bua (also fai, maga-fai) .Mao

,and redu p.,

Maomao, V . i . , to be gentle, mild.

A. mabiha to be mild,cg.

m ak .

Maon i , V. i . , d. mani : an i , v . i .Maole

,or m au ole

,s.,0. art. na~

maole,a bed ; hence

Maoleki, v . , to make a bed with

(something) : d . uol, see bilisia (bolis ia, and nolis ia) .Maon

,s.,

d., 0. art. nam aon,

sweat : der. uncertain.

Maora,v. i . , to be rent, redup.

m aoraora (intensive) bora ia.Macsa, d. taos, v . i .

,to be

fatigued, tired. [Fi . oca

(otha) weary, tired] A .

[MA BA S E

fatha’,4,to be fatigued,

w eary,

’a ftha

’ fatigued, wornout.Maota

,or m au ota (m aw ota ) , v. i .,

to be part ed asunder redup.,

Maotaota , id.,and

Maota na,

s.,c . art . n am aota

,

interval : bota ia.

Mara u oka , a . ,having the hands

chapped wi th hard work, as

with digging with the kali, or

with using an axe, n aru n a i

bi mara u oka : maras, andboka tia (or noka tia) .Mara, v. i .

, to rest, st0p, mara tustand still

Mara baka rogo, V . i .,or a . ,

to bequiet, rest quiet, peaceablemara, i .e.

,maro

, q .v ., and

baka rogo.

Marag ki , V . t . , d.,to spit out

,

to loathe . See burei a, bu rog.

Marafi,v . i .

,to hasten

,be qui ck ;

redup. ,

Marafi rafi , id . See sarafi . S.

rhab whence sarbab,Pael

,to

hasten , m ésarhiba sudden,

m ésa rhiba t hastily,quickly.

U hlem a n n (Syr . G n , §25 , A,b)

gives sa rheb (S aphel , similar toAphel ) to permit to hasten,and to hasten arbeh (H.

rahab to urge on,press

,&c.)

Maraka,v . i .

,or a . ,

to be willing,

desirous,

Ma raka raka , id. , redup. Seeraka.

Maraka, or meraka, v. i ., d . formakara

, q.v .

Mat ase, V. i . , to be softened orexcoriated (as the hands withw ork ) , to be peeled off, exco

riated, tamaras peeled off (of

the sk in of a body softened

MA RA S E RA S E ]

or macerated in water) . A .

m aras’a,maratha

,to macerate

in wa ter, rub, scratch withthe nails and

Ma rasera se, redup.

,to be peeled

or excoriated here and there ,as the skin. Compare m ara te.

Marasa,or murasa

,d. bu rasa

,

v. i ., used as an ad. ,gently

,

slowly,

by—and—by , as ba

m arasa mer ia do it gently,not in a hurry

,slowly

,or by

and—by . A. ratha to delay,to be slow

,2,soften ; be

fatigued,m u rayyath

’ slow.

Ma rate, V . i . , or mareti , to beexcoriated , peeled , as the handwith hard work . See m arasé .

H . marat , to m ake smooth ;to polish ; to make bald,pluck out the hair ; marutto be peeled (as the shoulderwith carrying burdens) . Oh.

to pluck (wings) , to beplucked

,A . marata to pluck

from the body (h airs) , 3,

pluck out hair a nd woundwith the nails .

Ma rate, or m arete,

a . ,in fatu

marete oven stones (hard ,smooth or ba re stones, wornsmooth by the sea ) : precedingword) .Ma re

,v. i . , to be turned, 10 mare

to look turned (round), lookback. See roa, rea.

Mare , s. ,a m an (male, not fe

male) , Sir, Mr . ,as Mare uota

S ir or Mr. uota : see ma,m a an i , or mani , and mariki.

{Tah. maroa a boy, a male( tamaroa boy, tam ahine girl ),M otu mero a boy (not a girl ),Malo muera, O ba amera, a

1 33 [1 1 11 110 N A

male, vir] Ch . mare ’ lord,

S . mar , A. mar’ (also homo,see inf ra mera) , mor

’

,mir’

, id.,

mara’a,2) to be Virile, m ascu

line,and brave

,as becomes a

man.

Mariki , s.

,l it . senior, sir, old

man , Mr. , opposite to fite rikimatron , old woman, Mrs : m a

,

for mare,and riki .

Marita na, or marite na , s. ,the

belly,bowels

,also a rope or

string ; henceMa rita u sa

,v. i . , to be angry , or

marita sa,or marita na i sa

and marita uia to be well orkindly disposed . See sa

,uia.

A. m u ryita’ the belly. See

the verb under m a ra te.

Maritan,v. i ., to wither, be

withered. A. saha , 2, v. t .,to

wither or dry plants (as thesun

,wind) , 5 , tasaww aha to be

withered .

Maro , V. i ., to breathe, to rest,be quiet

,to be glad, restful ,

contented,satisfied maro ki ,

v. t .,to perceive the odour of

(to breathe or inhale the odourof) , to smell redu p. ,

Ma rom a ro,v. i .,

to breathe ; torest ; hence

Ma roma roan ,s. ,

0. art . , the actof breathing or resting, rest ;a nd

Maro na,s.

,c . art , breath . A.

raha, n. p . m a rch , to restrespire) ; to be glad ; to perceive the odour of ; to blow

(wind) , 2, to be quiet, to rest,4,to breathe

,H. ruah to

breathe,blow

,Hi . to smell ;

to be pleased,glad (smell with

pleasure) .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

MA S ERE]

masere, one treated kindly, asa beloved child.

Masere, v. i .,to be torn : sere .

[Fi . kasere, id.]Masiba , v. i . , to be broken , doneinto fragments ; and redu p.,

Masibasiba , id.,intensive : siba ia.

Masi-balo,

s. , wilderness, lit.empty part (of land) . Seemas

,maso.

Masika, v .,in sera masika sa to

desire, covet a person orthing) . A . s ’aka, 5 , to bedesirous of.

.

Masiki n a,d. mihi (for misi) ,

v. i ., taking the nom . suf.agree ing in number a nd person with its subject as

,a

masikigu I alone, ku m asikima

thou alone,1 m asikina , or

m asikin ia , he alone siki, andpref. ma.Masila

,or masili

,V. i ., to be

thin ; andMasil asi la , d.,

redup. a nd

M asila na,s.,0. art. n amasi la

na,chip

,shaving. See sila ia.

Masila, in burn-masila, q.v . Seesila.

Masirsi r, d.,v. i . , to sob (as after

crying) . “ A . zahara to utterthe voice

,to give forth a

sound,to pant or gasp w ith

Vehemence and groan ing.

Mas- lee, s . See mas, s. , part orportion

,and leo voice, speech.

Maso, s. See mas,s. , a part,

portion, place.Maso, V . i .

,or a . , to be cooked,

done,d. mahi. [My . masak,

Mg. m asaka, Ma. maoa, andmaoka, and m aonga

,cooked ,

also ripe , Bugis I

motasok ripe,

Tah. maoa cooked, ripe, Fut .

35

moa, Santo, d., maa, cooked,To. momoho ripe ] A. sawa’

2, to finish 03 (see i nf ra su

,

si) , 8, to be finished ; and (offood) to be cooked

,done ;

Nm. (Part ) mostew i cooked

(meat), ripe (fruit) .Masei

,m asoei, or masei, s.

,star

,

stars, (1. mohoi, c . art. namohoi . [Epi d . mohoei , Filamasoi

,Fut. fatu, S a . fetu

,

Santo dd. Vitu, m a tsoi , V itu i,

vitin,My. w in tang,

an d lintang, Mg. kintana andvasiana

,Tag. bi toin

,Sumbaw a

hin toing, Sulu bitohon , Toboto1 , Ma tabel lo toin, Menadobitu y , S angu ir bituin , C aj i l itul in, Mayapo tfi l u , G anibetol, id.] A .

,

dara'

a , n. a.du ruw

’

, to glitter a nd twinklea star) , du rriy

’ glittering andtwinkling (star) , and da r

’

a riy’

glittering and twinkling stars.Masoi

,or masei, star, is used in pr.

n . , as Masei, Mare Masei, dl C .

Masok,v. i ., to be Violently

agitated or enraged,as namari

tama i masok,lit. his belly or

his bowels leaped up : sokato leap.

Masoko, a ., true , exact, to thepoint, as nafisa n m asoko aword or speech true, exact, orto the point ; as a n adverb,bisa masoko to speak truly

,

exactly,or to the point

,ba

masoko to go exactly, ba 11 1 3.

soko sa go exa ctly upon it,&c. soko.Masol

,V. i . , to turn aside, de

cline . A. zala, n . a. z uw u l ’, todeclin e (as the su n ) cease tobe in place

,remove ; start on

mass] 1 36

a journey and change one’smind.Masu

, s.,0. art. n am asu , the time

of harvest, or of plenty of food,opposite to sukci

,lit. the

coming,nam asu n afin aga the

coming of food , _as yamstaro, bread-fruit, &c . : mas

(or masu) , v. i. , to come.Masua n a , s. ,

c. art. namasua na,the top, crown, or summit (ofanything) : sua, su .

Masua, v. 1 or a ., to be bald.

A. n azi ‘a to’

be bald aboutthe temples, m anzu

".

Norm—8a . tula, My. sulah,Mg. sola bald

,A . Sa li ‘a to be

bald on the fore part of thehead

, sul‘at place of baldness.

Masuku-taki. See musuku-taki.Masula ki

,v. t.

,to scorch (as the

skin of a pig in order to itsbeing scraped a nd preparedfor cooking) sulu.

Masnas ad. ,for mas

,maisa, to

day.

Mat ’,v. i . , to ebb ; to be low

water ; henceMat ’, s.

,0. art., n amat, the ebb ;

low water ; the shore left bareat low water. [S a . masa to below tide ; to be sour to havean offensive smell ; To. maha,mam aha

,to ebb

,Fi . mati

,to

ebb, a nd s.,nemati the ebb]

A. matha to macera te a nd

dissolve (a thing in water) , Hmasas, cg.

,to melt, flow down,

to waste away.

Mata (or mwata) , a snake . [S a .

,

Fut., Fi . gata , id.,Malo moata

,

Santo dd . mata, maura, My.

ular,id. (Ma. ngata snail ,

slug, A . h'

ata to creep

[MA TIG O

along like a thread (a serpen t) ,m ah

’

i t’ place of a serpent

,

through which it creeps.Mata, s., the eyes, u sually mita,or meta

, q.v .

Ma ta isau , s. , a carpenter. [S a .

m a ta isau , id.]Ma takseu , d., id. Ma ta isau is lit.the eye (or director or master)of cutting. See (mata) , meta,and

Ma taku . See mitaku.

Ma ta loa,s., a pig with crooked

tusks, one on each side, that is,a mature, full-grown pig.

-A .

sala“ a and Sala“ a to have oracquire a tooth or tusk on eachside.

Matata, s., a phosphorescentworm which gleams brillian t ly ) . [P i . matata to clear up,as the weather

,the sky] A.

s’

a’a to shine Nm . mos

’

u i

phosphorescent.Matau, s.

,d. na mitau

,an anchor

tau .

Ma tau ta u , v. i . , to utter soundsas one in sickness or pain

,to

groan, moan. A.

’aha

,n . a.

’awh

’

, to say ah " alas " oh tobe in pain

, 5,id. With

m a ta u ta u cf. A. part. of 5 .

Mate, v. i . , to die and redup.,

Ma tem a te, v. i .

,to be quiet

,soft

,

gentle and

Matien, s., c. art. n am atien,act

of dying,death

M a t igo n a , s., 0. art. , the grave,

d . emate n tamate v. i ., tobecome calm (wind, wave), s.,peace, a calm also a series offeasts or festival: held everyfifth day (see d. syn . belaki) .[S a . mate

,My. mati to die,

MA TI RA TI RA ] 1 37

Mg. maty, a ., dead, m atim a tylukewarm ] A. mate to die ;to become calm (the wind) , 4 ,to soften by cooking. Thisword occurs in a l l the Semiticlangu ages.

Matira ti ra, v. i ., or a . ,

to beshining, bright (as any polishedSurface) . See tare.

Ma tiu , d . , v. i ., to sink. See tiu sa .

Mato,a nd

Matoko,v. i .

, to remain, abide,to sit : to, toko. [Mg. mitoa tra

,m itoetra , m itoitra , mito

moetra , to reside, dwell, abide,sit, rest]Matol , ad . to-morrow tola.Ma tol tol . See matu ltu l .Matu

,v. i ., to abide, to abide

sta nding : tu.Matu

,s., 0. art. n am atu , d. ,

woman : fafine. [Ja . wedo,Su la n ifa ta , Tidore foya, id.

Matu ki,V. t .

,to strengthen or

support with posts (a fence) ,matu ki nakoro a nd

Matu na , s.

,0. a rt . namata na,

post or sta ke (of a fence) thebackbone , vertebral column,the back fatu.Matru, v. i . , to be thirsty, tothirst

,dd. manru

,mandu

,

maru. [S a . galala to haveintense thirst, Ml. P . meruh,Epi mereu

,Tasa. maroku ,

Malo m adoce, Bugis madoka,

Santo (Pelia) marara, MarshallIslands maru, N ew Caledoniamalu, to thirst] A.

“alla, 1 ,b ) , and 8, to thirst,

“a la l l

’

thirst,

“ al l’ thirsty

,ma“ lul’

intensely thirsty, dl e.

Matua,v. i ., or a ., to be old, m a

ture, elder, then (fu ll-grown)

[MA TU RU

large,great ; also wise, op

posite to busa, as meta matuawise

,lit. old or mature, i a . ,

experienced eye, bo matua,wise

,lit. old, mature, i .s., ex

perienced heart ; to matua theaged

,or the ancients ; meta

matua ki to withhold from'

(aperson , something) ;

Matuatua , redup. of precedingword, very old

Matua,s.,or ad.

,the right hand ,

or side : tuai. [S a . matuaaged

,elder

,mature (m a tu atua

,

a parent, Fi . matuamature

,My. mant uw ah a

father or mother- in - l aw, Mg.

matoa eldest son or daughter,m a toatoa a ghost, apparition,Malo matua right hand]

Ma tfiki, a. used as s., one trustedin

,confident

,brave

,as a

warrior : tuki. [Mg. m a tokyconfident

,brave, trusting]

Matulu,v . i . , or a . , to be swollen,

thick and redup. ,

Ma tu ltu l , id. telatela, tela tela na .

Ma tumu tum u,d. ma n u bu nubu ,

.v .

Mal tu na , s.,and ad.,

0. a rt. namatuna

,d. fa tu na , som ething,

anything,somewhere, a ny

where,somehow ; also a ghost

or apparition,lit. something

ma,or fa (the inter. pron .

used indefinitely) , q.v . , andtuna

, dem . , te (or tu ) with thedem . na added to it. See safa,or sefa. H. mah anything,something

,w hatever, Ch. m ah

di whatever, what that, thatwhich

,A . ma’ that which,

whatever.Ma turu , d. matur, V. i . , to sleep,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

MA U -TI A ] l 39

[P i . dua bau, S a . tasi pe, oneonly] mas (for mau sa onlyone) , and sam (for sa mau oneonly) , are like sikei mau (butwithout the kei su ffixed to the.numeral sa or se) ; ti banomau did not go indeed [A niwa,Fut., si fano ma, si fano mana,id.] this mau after a verbpreceded by the negative isvery commonly used

,but may

be omitted,and ti bano , ti

bano mau, are both used ,though the latter is the morecommon . H .

’aman to prop,

stay,sustain, support ; to

carry (sustain) a child’amen

to be firm,unshaken

,faithful

,

A.

’amuna to be faithful,

’amana to confide in,trust,

’amina to trust,be secure H .

Nipbal to bear in the arms, tobe firm

,to be of long continu

ance,continual ; to be sure,

cert ain ; Hi . to lean upon,trust

,confide in

,believe ; stand

firm,still

,A.

’amana generallythe same ; S .

’eman to persevere

,be constant

,and, con

trari ly, to cease, A ph. to M"

believe,

’amen,&c .

,verily,

truly,certainly

,E.

’aman id . ,

also truly,and ’

am a n aw i,id.

,

’amana to believeMau-tia

,v. t .

,to save, to pro

tect m u -tia.

Maua k i,V. t . ,

to give food to

(people, as to those who have maubeen doing something for one) ;andMaua

, s.,0. a r t. namaua, food , or

provisions. A. mana to givefood

,m aw u n a t provisions.

Man,01. for mafa, swollen .

Ma u a u a (mawawa) , v. i .,to be

separated . See mafa, bua.Mauori (manori) , v. i . , to be

broken , and redup .,

Ma u orl u orl i ntensive : bori a .

Mauri,s as mauri malagi the

place where the wind ends at,

to leeward ; the left hand or

side,opposite to matua. [S a .

muli matagi,To . mui matangi

,

the place where the wind en dsat

,Ma . maui

, Ma lom a rao,Ta.

m aul,Epi dd. mali, mau, left ,

on the left hand ] See muriMahri m anghfira behind.

Mauri,V. i . , to live , dd . mairi ,

mole , bakam a u ri make to live ;Ma u rien , s.

,0. art. n am a u rien ,

life . [Fi . bula, S a . ola,Fut.

mauri,My . idup, Ja . urip

,Ta .

m u rif. Mg. velona , to live,Epi d . m eou l i

,mauli . ] A .

‘as

’

a,n . a.

‘ais”,ma ‘as”

,ma ‘i s”

to live,4 , make to live .

Mauri,a .

,true

,tili mauri speak

trueMauri , s.

,0. art. n am au ri

,a

prayer or incantation,lit .

what is true mau true.Maus (m aw u s) , d . for malus

(m a l ifu s) .Mauta

,d. m au tu

,s. , a rising

ground one ’s native land so

called because (i tu mau tu ) itremains firm or con tin u i n g.

See mau. [S a . manga a hilla residing at a place (from .

Me, pregq cl . ma

, q .v .

Me,or mea

,v. i .

,to make water

also,redup. ,

Meme,id.

,and

Me,s. ,urine

,me-riki dysuria,

lit. small or scanty me and

1 40

Me, or mea, v . i .

,to flow

,wet

,

us i mea the rain ,pours out,i

me n akoa u it (a fluid, as water)flows upon or moistens thepudding ; nai me a flood orfresli et

,lit. flowing water

,d .

naum a stream,lit. flowing

water,na bisi me semen geni

tale. [Mg. m am any to urine,a many u rm e,Ha m i

,mia

,mimi

,

to make water.] A. mahato have water (a well) , leak (a.ship) , 2, to pour water ; to wetwith water ; emit water (theground) , m a

’ juice (of anything) , semen genitale (H . me) ,H . me (of the feet) euphemismfor urine. See G es.

,Dict.,

s . v . ma’,who gives a root mo’

to flow .

Me,s.

, 0. art. n ame,01. namai, a

rope , or string. [S a . m aea,

To. maia , id. ,Mg. fehy tied,

m ifehy , m afehy to tie, kofehya cord or string

,i .e. ,

thatwhich ties ] E. m aw ak l l a ,contr. mokha to tie, bind,m okl l a bond, band , rope,vinculum .

Me,a nd

Meamea,long as tali me tuturu

(see tuturu) , a rope long,hanging down

,i barau meam ea

it is long,like a long streak of

water running down a tree,or

the face of a cliff. See me,

mea to flow .

.Mem i , d.,v. i . , to be gentle ,

tame : mao, maomao .

Mela, melamela, for mala , malamala, fool, foolish .

M elat, s.,0. a rt. n am ela t

,or

malat , flower (of a plant) ,then flower (of anything ) , that

is,crown or most excellent

part,as n amela t na tamole the

flower of men,the most ex

cel len t of men . A. w a rada

2,to flower

,ward ’ a flower.

Mele na,s.,0. art. namele na

,

the hollow ; as n am el éru nathe hollow (palm) of the hand,d . n al

’

naru na (see alo, aru,belly

,hand ), namele n a tu o na

the hollow (sole) of the footor feet

,namele gere na the

hollow of the tail of a fish.

[Mg. fa l adia,t.e.

,fala dia

,sole

of the feet ] A form of theword bele n a belly, hollow.

Melesia , d. m elesira . See milesia.Mel iboi , or m el iba i

,v. i . , to be

bent,as grass by the wind

,&c

lita ia.Meliki

,d.,v . i .

,to he dilatory

,

slow : malua, and su flixed ki .

Melita,v. i .

,to crackle

,resound

(as one’s name) (lot) lita.

Mé lu , v . i . , d. meliki : malua.Melu

,s.

,shade

,rag melu time of

shade,evening, melu na its

shade,or his shade (protection)

Melu, v . i . , to be shady (as theday ) , and redu p. ,

Mel um el u,id. [S a . malu to he

shaded,to be protected

,malu

malu to be overcast,cloudy

,

Mg. m a lom a loka shady,cool

,

gloomy ] H .

’afel obscure,

dark (of the da y ) ,’afal to be

obscure, dark : cg.

’amal or’amel. See mali .

j l é l u , s., that which, or what

m ilu departs or removes (from) ,separates (from ) m ilu .

Men, a. See mina.

Mena na, s. , the tongue (ofanimal ) ; of fire (flam e) ; of

MENA I A ] 1 4 1 [_MERIMER I

knife (blade or edge) of (John they Peter) with dem .

breaker (edge of the wave) ; uanto be the namena

,or tongue,

of anyone is to be his spokesm a n hence

Mena i a,or

Men am en a ia, v. t .

,to lick it

with the tongue,tongue it.

[Epi mena, Tasa . me,Santo

(P . ) meme , G uebe mamalo,

the tongue ] A . maumni ’ thetongue

,from namala to be a

detractor ; to creep, clim bingup (a tree) , &c .

Mer,ad. , (1. mero.

Mera (for mara) , s., 0. art.

n am era , m a n in general,

people, as n am era n i Efate,

the people of Efate : mera iscontracted to fa in i a -fine

,

q.v .,and especially Note 3.

A. mar’,mir’, a male , or, in

general,man

,Ct. mir ’a man in

general.Merai

,a,used as s.

,pertaining

to a male,the male organs of

generation,virilia merai gara

(gara bare) addressed to youngboys not yet wearing a waistcloth

,or naked ; a man is

sometimes jocularly or disrespectfully spoken of asmerai tamana the merai of hisfather : mare, q .v .,

with thea. end. i . A . m a r

’

yy’ virilis,

pertaining to a male.Mera

,s. ,d . m ara, a rippling (of

water) m erom ero.

Mera,conj .

,lit. with them,

orwith those : m e with, and

’

ra n,them or those, as John meraPeter John and Peter ; thiscan also be expressed John m e

Peter,and John nara .Peter

Mera uan,dd. syn. manag

,maga

,

as John mera uan John a nd

his companions,lit. John with

those there (beside him ) ; merau a n can also be used of ina n i vmate things

,as fatu mera uan

a stone with those ( stonesthere (beside it) , stones .Mera, d . contraction for meraka

,

maraka,for makara

,q.v.

Mera, ad. , again , d . for mero, q .v .

Merafalu , some, as kori-a merafalu some dogs : me with

,and

ra fal u , see l ifaru .

Mera fal u , s.

, 0. art . nam erafa l u ,contraction of n amera rafalu

,

some people .

Mera gi , d . forMera kia, v . t . , to go before,leading

,to lead.

Merakien,s.,

0. art. n am erakien

act of leading, also meramera,redup.

,leading

,a nd n amera q

meran, s. , a ct of leading orruling

,kingdom

,that led or

ru led,

n a tamole m eraki , or

meramera,leading or ruling

men. E. marha to lead ; togo before .

Merakol a u ,s. , web- like fat on

the intestines (of a pig) merafat (see merei) , and kolau,q .v .

,a web In An.

this is called n il van ilva (redu p.

of nilva spider’s web) .Meraroa , v. i . , to turn round : roa i.Mer ia, v. t .

,to do, to make to

work,act

,n amerien s . act of

doing,what is done, conduct

fim eri to be doing somethingto each other, fightingMerimeri, v .

,to keep on doing.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

MIL A G O E N ]

disease, Nm . mos’na’ faint

,

languid,moribund.

M i lagoen , s., 0. a rt .,the being

ill, disease.M ilakesa

,or m i lakisa

,v. i . , or

a . , to be darkish green milo,

kisa .

M ’lam e, d. ,

s., 0. art. n am’lam e,

dew : mala clear (rainless) ,and mea.

Mi late,dd. malare

,m i lan r

,v. i . ,

or a . , to be cold, cold . [S a .

m aal i l i,Tah. mariri, Ma

m aka riri,Fut. m akil igi , id. ]

A. makrut ’ cold, from karrato be cold.

Mi late, s. , 0. art. n am ilate,cold

,

the bein g cold,also n am i la tea ;

and redup.,

Mi lam i la ti , v .,to be coldish :

m ilate. [N ew Hebrides, Tasa.

m a ka riri,M l . U . milas

,Malo

m aca riri, M l . P. m ereu s, Epimeneni

,cold ]

M ile na,s. ,place

,its place

,d .

for alia n a, q.v .,

a nd see maloa place.

M ile ki,mile raki

,v. t . , to seek

for (as for a pig in the bush ) ,m ilem i le k i , id.,

also mole ki,

mole raki, m olemole ki . A.

‘ala

,to go through a place

,

4 , to seek for ; to desire eagerly.

M ile, or m i lei , v. i . , or a . ,used

adverbially , to be good, good,as noa m ilei a tell good (well)it, bati m i lei a make good

(well) it, syn . noa uia ki,bati

u ia ki (uia good), dd . mita ki,

buta ki , as noa mita ki nia,bati buta. ki nia, id. .[Raratonga meitaki , Tah. m a ita i ,N iue m itaki , Fila, Meli, Ma.

marie,Ha. maikai, to be

1 43

handsome, good ] A. m a l i l l’

beautiful , good , Nm . melichelegant, good .

Milesia, v. i . , or a . , d.,and

Mi lesira , id., to be faded, dirty,mouldy : endings a and ra

a nd

Miles,v. i ., or a .

,to be faded

,

drooping, withered lu sia.

[Mg. m a l a z o withered ]Miles

,s., 0. art . n am i les, the

forest,the jungle

,the bush.

[My . alas a forest, alasan aforest country ; a foundation ,alas-kaki footstool

, Mg. ala aforest, a wood, Bugis alok, id.

,

Fi . ra below ] A .

’aras’a and

’arus’a to abound in grasses

a nd herbs (of the land)’ars

”

the earth, soil, region, whatever is below, H .

’eres theearth

,land

,country

,region,

soil,Ch .

’ara ‘ earth below.

Miles, s.,a plant with dark

leaves : les.Milo

,or m i loa , redu p. milolo, or

m i loa loa , d. malolo,d . mi lo

,

v . i ., or a . , to be dirty, to bedarkish

,of a dark

,dirty

colour : loa.M ilu, v. i . , to depart, go away

(from ) , remove, n am i lu en,s. ,

the removing,departure. See

s. v. l u . A .

‘ala’ (‘a lw ) to

remove, or go away (from ) .Mim ,

or mam, q .v .

Mimi,s. , voc., aunt (paternal)

See sim am . [Fut . moma, id.]Mim ita , s. , a sign, a showing ofsomething. See mita,m im ita , v .

Mina,a . ,sweet

,pleasant, nice .

See kasi. [Tah. mona, monamona

,momona

,My . manis

,

Mg. m a n itra ]

MIN RA N IN ] 1 44

Minran in , d.,ad.,

now ; mi nranin

,mi time

,nra nin this

here ; as to mi compare maday. E . yom to-day

,n ow ,

this time.Mina

,tongue. See mena.

Mini gia,d. minu gia, munu gia,

d. munuma (munu-ma) , v. t .

,

to drink,also minu

,munu

hence n am u nuen and nam u nugien , s. , drinking, drink .

[P i . gu nuva , unuma , M l . min,Malo inn

,Epi mun i , S a . inu

,

ps. inum ia , s. , in um aga , Santoo’

o-mia,ulu-mia, My. minum,

Mg. m inon a .] Ch . s’

tha’

,

S. s’

tho, H . s 'atha ,E. sataya and with the th

changed to k H . s'akah, A .

saka’, E . sakaya, to drink .

Mira gi , d. for mera kia.Mirama

,v. i ., to be light, to

shine ; n am iram a,

s. ,light ;

emerom in a in the light,the

worldMirama u i a

,to shine upon or on

it, or him. [S a . malama to belight

,m a lama lam a

,v . ,to be

light, s. ,light

,malama

,s. , the

moon, a lam p, torch, Ha. lamaa torch.] A . lama ‘a to shine,&c.

Mirama, v. i . , or a ., to be light

(not heavy) , slender, small.A. rakka to be thin, slender,slight, reharaka to pour outnot much (water or otherthing) .Mirati, redup. m iratirati, d. m in

rat, m in ra tinrat, v. i . , or a .,to

be loosed, untied rat ia. [Ma.matara

,S a . matala, matalatala,

Tah . matara,m atarata ra , to be

untied ]

Misa fe, m isa fesafe, v . i ., to beseparated (as a cocoanut fromits branch) sa fe.Misaki

,d. masaki, v . i . , to be

sick,to have fever, to be ill.

[My . sakit , S a . ma‘ i, Fut. maki,M l . P. mesek, Epi dd . msaki

,

miei,id.] And

Misaki,or m isakia , s. , 0. art.

,

sickness. [Fut. makiga sickness ] A. s

’aka’, to afllict

(someone, a disease) , 8'akat

disease,m as

'

kuww’ affl ict ed

with a disease.Misal

,v. i . , or a . , to be removed,

separate (from others) . A.

‘azala to remove (one) . 5 , 6, 7,8 , to be removed, 8 , separate

(from others ) , manzul’

, separated

,removed.

Misal,m isa l sa l , or m isa l i , m isal i

sali , v. i . , or a . , to be light (notheavy) . See sali .

Misa ru , v . i ., to hang do’

wn,pros

tra ted : saru .

Misai,or m i sai

,m 1se1se1 , v. i ., or

a . , to be open, cracked : sai.M isera, v. i . , or a .

, to be parted,disjoined (as joints) , separa tedsera.

M iseroa sa , v. t ., to desire, covetsoroa sa .

Miseroan a,s.

, 0. art., coveting,covetousness.Miseri , s., 0. art. , part of awoman’s dress, con sisting of alittle mat, terminating in abulky fringe

,attached to the

waist cincture and hangingdown like an apron. S ee seriA.

’azzara to cover the bodywith the covering or garmentcalled ’izar’

,mizar’, a garment,

covering,N m . an apron.

m en u s]

Misim is, s. ,d. masimasi .

Misim is, v .,d. masimasi .

Misa, or m isa, v. i. , to be stinking,rotten, decayed, wasted awayand redup.

Misim isi , v. i . , to be wa sted away

(of a very old man) . Ch. mesa,

S. msa to be decayed, putrefy.

Mit , s., 0. art. ham i t, a. mat socalled because plaited— see bausia, Ml. vij , Epi mbie, to plai t

(a mat) . [ML devij , Epiyembi

,a m at ]

Mita , v. t. (also meta) , to look at,watch, observe, view, as i mitan atai-in lagi he watches or oh

serves the clou d (to see if itwill rain) mita sa , or m im itase

,look at

,watch it (any

thing) ; and mita gita, orbakam ita gita=1eo goro gita

(see 190) watch, look for, lockout for (expecting ) us : bakamita, v. t . , same as mita.

[S a . mata to look at, matamata to . look, to v iew , mamata, id. (of many) , Ha .

makai, maka ika i , to look atclosely

,inspect

,search out

,

spy, act the part of a spy,to

look on,look at

,to examine

secretly for evil purposes, To.mamata to look, look at, behold, discern.] A .

‘ana 1,to

emanate (water), to be a spy,2,to flourish, produ ce flowers

(a plant) , to show, make conspicuou s, 3, to see, look at oron , 5 , to look at m alevolently ,to look at well, accurately, tobe manifest

,conspicuous, 8 ,

to look at malevolently, to become a spy

,to view or watch

,

to look out for.

1 4 5 [MITA I LA U

NOTE ._ Mita is probably

mu ‘tan ’ Mod. A . mu ‘tan,the

n. ag. (Participle) of 8.

M ita na,s., 0. art. namita na

,

the eye , that which sees, looksat, w atches, or observes mitanoa i a founta in ; mita thebeginning ; m ita bud, shoot,“ eye ” (as of a potato) , bud,germ , offshoot (of men) mitan a lagi eye of the wind ; mitabagou a eye of its end

,point

of its end,end ; mita a win

dow, door, or other opening.as the eye (of a needle) ,i bi mita na to be the eye (5.e .

guide) of someone , namitanalo the eye (price) of something ; mita kita a spy (inw a r ) , see kita ; mita n i elo

(or a l ) the sun (eye of light, orfountain or source of light) ,lit. eye of the sun . [My .

mata,Mg. maso

, S a . mata,

the eye,&c. P i . mata eye

,

source, opening, point ] S ee

mita,v.

M ita , v. i. to bleed, mita n i ableeds on it, as i tumanamita mi a, redup. m itam ita n i

a, he bleeds on himself (covershimself with blood ) , used alsoof rust—it rusts (covers itselfwith rust) . t a blood. [My .

barda rah,Bu . madara

,to

bleed ]Mita -bago n a

,s., end

,lit. poin t

of its end mita,s.

Mita-busa, s. ,orphan child : mita

s . ( bud , shoot ) , and busa, q .v .

M itaga , and m itagataga , v. i ., tobe beav d . miten , q .v .

Mita i l au mita-i -lau) , s. ,d. syn .

bile-mita, q.v ., lit. germ or1 1

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 47

Mitei, or m u trei , s.,

0. art. ,breadfruit cheese (salt andsour) , that is, breadfruit ferm ented and preserved. [S a .

masi,id., My. masin, salt (as

water) , Mg.masimasina saltish,

rano-ma sina the sea (saltA. masi ‘ salt (of

water) .Mitela , v. i , or a . ,

to be broken

(as crockery, or pottery) . A.

thala ‘a to break (the head) ,m u tha l la ‘ broken.

M itela,s.,c. art. n am itela , a

fragment, lit. that which isbroken

,the broken.

Mitén,v . i ., d. m itaga , to be

heavy,to be burdened tien

,

or tiena, q.v . ,

as also tago,

tagie. [Mg. entana , s.,bur

den , voa entan a lifted u p,m ientan a to set out, ta ingi naplaced upon (a horse) , tongoaplaced upon , My. tunggangto ride

,be conveyed by any

vehicle,tanggung to bear

,

carry.] S. t‘an to carry

,

A ph. to burden,

aburden, H. ta ‘an , Ch. te

‘en tobe laden

,A. t ‘a ‘an a , 8 , to sit

on a camel, H. sa ‘an to movetents, go forward (as a n o

madic tribe) , A . t'

a‘an a , id.

,

E. sa’na, sa

‘ana,to put on a

horse,&c., and consequently of

other things where one sits, isplaced, upon another

, séu n

burden.

Miti,v. i ., to move rapidly, to

strive, quarrel, to jump backwards and forwards excitedlyin a quarrel or a rage

,to land

or remove from a canoe ; mitigoto depart or go rapidly

[MITRO A N

across (as an arm of the sea)and redup.

M itimiti, v. i ., to throb, flutter

(as the pulse) . H . nasah tofly, Hi. hiS Sah to quarrel

,

massah strife : cf. tiri.Mitiri a

,v. t ., to write, to carve ,

ou t or make figuresMitim itiri , a . , figured, as cloth

printMitiri, d. m au tsiri, s. , 0. art . ,writing

,figures and

Mitirien, s.,c. art., act of writing,

What is written. [Santo d.

turi,My. tul is to draw,

delineate,paint, picture

,

figure, write, Mg . soratra

colour,writing

,w ritten,

m isoratra to be spotted,printed

,of different colours

,

and soritra,m isoritra to mark,

engrave ] E . sa ‘ala to paint,figure

, A . sam , 2, to figure,

paint,5 , to be formed, m u S aw

wir sculptor, painter, Nmto form

,draw

,trace, paint.

The radical idea is that ofcutting.

M itiri, s. , a kind of locust or

grasshopper (so called from itsmode of moving)Mitiri

,v. i . , to leap flying (as a

grasshopper) : tiri.M itroa

,v .,to think, m i troa k i ,

v. t ., to think of or about,

dd . m iroa,

m itoa , m intoa,

m in roa ; redup.,

M ititroa , d. m in intoa , v. i .,to

be thoughtful, sensible ,Mitroan , s.

,0. art., act of

thinking,thought : t o, roro,

trotro, ra re; or trara, romi orrumi. [Mg. eritra , eritra ritra

cogi ta tion, m ieri tra,m ieritre

mrro]

ritra , Fut . mentua, To. manatu (S a . manatu) , to think ]S .

'etra

‘i to think , E thpa . of

r‘o’

,Ch. re

‘ah to think, H .

ra‘ah, to delight in , rea

‘ afriend

,lover, one loved ,

thought, will, Ch. ra ‘yonthought.

Mi to (mw i to) , v . i. or a .,to be

short,redup . ,

Mi temi to, id.,d. burn ,

bu ru ffiru .

[Tah. mure . muremure, Ma .

poto.] H . kasar to cut, kaS erto be cut off, to be short, short,A kasara to be short , to cut

(hair) , to make short, m akSu r’

short.Miu

,v. i ., to be wet : cg. mea.

A. m a i ‘ flu id, ma ‘a to flow

gently on the surface,4 , to be

dissolved in liquid.

Miura, s.,

0. art., dew m in,and

ura, q.v

Mo, ad., .contraction of mero.

Mo, (1. for bo, dd . fo, 110, 0.

M6 na,s.,father or mother- in

l aw,son-in - law. See buruma,

s . hence,Mo-na ki

,v. t .

, to be related to

(one) in this relationshipburum a ki . E. ham father-inlaw ,son-in -law , A. ham

’

, l l ama,ham’o

,&c.

, father-in -l aw orkinsman of the husband orthe wife, Nm. hamou fatheria law , ham aya mother-in - law

,

H . ham , Assy . emu, father-inl aw ,

Samaritan,a son-in - law

,

also,one espoused. The

proper signification of theword lies in the idea ofaffinity.

”

NOTE.—E . Mai ma E f .

mo,Fila ma

,brother-in—law

,

1 48 [1 1011105

v ugona (vu ngon a , nearly pro "n ou nced like v umon a. (inmeaning) E f. buruma in

Tab. momoa. to espouse, tocontract marri age .Moa

, d. ,verbal pron.

,l dual

,

excl.,pl. bu.

Moas,d. for m afasu.

Mobu , d. m’bua

,v. i ., to sink

bu a I I .Mofa

,s., when the blood of men

or animals has been shed, andforms a pool on the ground

,

one feeling the smell of it,or

of any similar thing , says inabo mofa it smells mofa.ta umofa (tau m ofa) to make asacrifice or offering to then a tem a te. See taumofa . A .

ma ’habat a small pool .Mok , s.

, water flowing from theeye ;

Mokem ok, v. i ., to flow from theeye (of water) , to water (ofthe eye) : cg. miu, mou. H.

mug to flow,flow down

,dis

solve .Mokot, d. , s. , tongs : mikit ia.Mola, v. i , to yawn. [Ma. kowhera to open

,gape ] H.

pa’ar to open the mouth witha wide gape

,S. f ‘ar, A.

fa“ara.Mole

,d . balo , v. i ., q.v .

Mole a , or mole ki, m olemole ki,d. mile a

,mile ki

, q .v .

Moli na, s., d . batoko na

, q.v.

Moli, v . i ., d. mauri, to live ;Mol ien

,s. , 0. art., d. m au rien ,

life.Momoa

, or memo, d.,v. i ., to

yawn . [Tah. mama to openthe mouth

, S a . m avava,Fut.

mava, to yawn, Mg. vava the

110111011]

mouth, va van a talkative, vavaopened

,mivava , v. i . , mavava,

v . t ., to open, va vatra spoken ]H. peh mouth, A. fah’ mouth

,

faha to speak,faw iha to have

a wide mouth.

Momoa,v. i

,d. for amoamo,

am o ’mo.Mou amou a , v. i ., or a ., to beyellow. [Ma . pu ngapu nga

y ellow colour, Mg. vony , s. ,

y ellow, Amboyna poko, d .

apoo, Ceram poko, yellow, (1 .

a ninim, My. kuning, id.] A.

faka ‘a,

n . a. fuku’, to beyellow .

Monam,d . monau , s. , 0. art. ,

grass (of any kind) . A . nama’

to grow,n amaya vegetation,

manma’,

. place of (a tree’s )

growth . The word “ grass ”

is connected with grow .

”

Mono ti a. See munu ti a.Mori

, d.,a . ,true

,tili mori speak

true : mori true, u sed li kelceman, lesoko, also amorim auri, mau, true .

Morese na, s.,d. borakese na,

q .v .

Moro,ad ., d. mero, q.v .

Moru , v. i ., to sink, or becovered with water

,as a canoe

in the wavesMoru aki, v. t.

,to sink, over

whelm (a canoe) , as, n abeau isera moru aki rarua theWavesrush

,sinking, or covering, or

overwhelming the canoe ;Morua

,s.

,c. art., the deep, t e. ,

the deep seaMam,

s.,a ny deep place , as a

hole,pit

,grave hence im rum

(d. imran) inside of a house,the ,

moru nasuma, or moru

1 49

uma,the hole

,i a.

,the inside

,

of a house. A.

“ amara tocover (a thing with w ater ) ,“ amar’ much water

,deep (of

the sea) , N m . to overwhelm,

drown,

“amra deep water,

abyss.Mos ia

,for amos ia

, q .v .

M680, s.,the entrance to 3. her

bour ; a space or tract ofcountry

,as that between two

mountains ; pr. n . of the villageand district on the northernend of Deception Island

,at the

boat entrance to HavannahHarbour

,and in Ro-Moso

,

name of an inland village anddistrict. H . mahoz a. sea

port, coast, Ch. id.

,also a.

region,A. ha’z’ border

,side

,

region,hence also a port.

Mota, s.,c. art.

,and redup. ,

Motamota , id.

,rubbish

,refuse

,

as l eaves of trees fallen on theground , 1110. [S a . ota rubbish,Ma., Tah. , ota, l

-Ia. oka. ] AndMots, v . i .

,or a .

,to be covered

with rubbish,dirty. [S a .

otaota full of rubbish a. ending a .] A.

“ota

’ rubbish,refuse

,husks

,leaves

,and scum

mixed together,

“ ata’ to haverubbish mixed with scum (asa river) .Mot ia. S ee mut ia..Mot

,8. See mut

,s.

Mot,or motu

,s., 0. art. n amot ,

as n a taku namot back of theland

,or island ; lit. what is

broken off,hence a district or

place. [S a . motu islet, distri ct, motu to be broken off,

ps. m otu sia , v. t. motusi, s.motusaga , v. i. motumotu, s.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

MULU E N ] 1 5 1

Mu luen,s.,0. art ., act of casting

the skin n amu lu sien,s.

,the

act of stri pping off the skin.

Mulua, s., a grove or clump oftrees ulua.

Mumu, a . , saving, protecting ,preserving : mu-ti a

,or mau

ti aMunu g1 a. See minu gi a.Munu-ma, d. munu-gi .Munu ti a, v. t . , to close up (asa wound, a hole in cloth, &c . )hence

Mun u a i , or mu n ue, s., a sacredman (na tamole tab ) who byhis n a tabu en

,or m agica l

power, closes up, or heals ,wounds received by m en inbattle : bunu tia.

Muri n, v. t . ,d. for mesau na

Murien, s., 0. art. , 01. for m esa u en .

Muri a,v . t. (d . busi a) , to

return (as a thing borrowed ) ,to repay, recompense, requite

(for work done ) , to return (a ninjury) , repay (a person, forinjury) , redup. murim uri ;

henceMurien

,s 0. art ., the act of

returning, repaying, pay, re

qu ital , recompense, retribution .

Muri n a,s., 0. art., the after part

of a thing (as of a stream , thatis,the place to which it flows

and where it ends) , opposite tonamita na the fore part of athing (eye) , beginning, source.

[Fi . muri—a to follow, also toimitate

,Ma . muri rear, hinder

part,S a . muli end, back or

hinder part,rump

, m u l im u l i tofollow after, To. muli, mui, Ja.

buri,the back

,rear

,behind ,

a fter,My.bu rit the fundament,

Mg. vody the posteriors,stern

(ot’

a ship), voho the back, fodyreturned, sent back, n amodyto return the thing bought,verina returned

,sent back, ma

merina to return,send back . ]

See also m auri,busi a

,bisi na ,

bui na, kui na, kusu na, kihina, fua na, bu a na, gere n a

,

u ri n a . A .

’ah

'

h’

a ra to be behind, after, N m . mo

’weh

'

h'

ar

placed at the end,m ouh

’

ir

stern,hinder part

,

’ch

’ir, end,’ul l 'ur’ behind, after part, H .

’al l ar to be after, behind,’ahar

after, behind, hinder part, ext rem i ty,

’ahor hinder part, rea r,m ea l l or from behind, behind ;also in Arm. and E.

Murasa, d. marasa.

Muru, v. i ., to laugh, muru ki tolaugh at (one) . See bukaru .

[Motu kiri to laugh .] A.

kahara to laugh .

Mut ubua, s. , a bat moru , bua ;from its dwelling in deepholes.

Musa gi a, v. t.,to take on

board a canoe or ship (men orthings) redup.,

Mu sam u sa andMu sagien , s. , 0. art., andMu sam u soen

,s. , 0. art. , the act of

doing so ; andMusi a

,v. t . ,

to put or dragimmersed in the water (athing

,as a log) and

Musu,v. i . , to dive (as a man) ,

to set (the su n ) ; elo i musuthe sun sets

,or has set. A .

“ amasa dip,submerge, to set

(as a star ) , and kamasa dip ,plunge

,dive

,and makasa im

merse in water.

A ]

Musi a, v. t .,to remove a child

(from the brea st) , wean it ;and

Mus (ki susu) , v. i .,to be re

moved (from the breast ) . H.

mus’ remove,take away.

Mus ia,v. t .,

rub,smooth

,flatter ;

Mu sam u s ia, id.,redup . mos ia.

Musuku taki,v. t .

,to abhor :

siki naki.Mu t

,v . i .

,to slip or fall out

,as a

rope out of a block. A . ma ‘atato take a sword out (of itssheath ) , 8,

’amm a

‘ta, id. ,

also,

to fall out (as hairsMfi -ti a

,v . t.

,d . for mau-tia

,to

save, keep , preserve, protect.A.

’amana,4,render secure

,

protect, give security to (someone) . Hence

Mutien , s.,0. art. , act of saving,

salvation .

Mut ia,and mot ia

,v. t., to

bind u t ia, ot ia ; andMut

,s.

, 0. art. , a bond, rope.A. makata, bind

, m u li t’

bond,rope .

Mutui, v. i . , to sneeze . [S a .

m a fatu a , to sneeze ] A .

n afa ta (cf.’afata, 2) to sneeze.

N a, ad. of a ssent

,and interj .

,

d. syn . ko z dem . na. H. naindeed . 1510.

Na, d., dem .

,this

,as mal na

this time in .

Na, sometimes a, also in,n i

,

11, la ( i n lansu ) , the article.

[Mg . ny , Epi na, P i . na,a . ,

S a . le, the article ] A . a l,

hal, H. ha, A . a (the 1 being

9.J1 5 [NA BE

assimilated to certain letters) .I n Mod. A . a l is pronounceda l or el , a nd I n SouthArabia am was (and even stillis) used for a l . A. a l (andH. ha) is sometimes u sed asa relative pronoun ; so in

Efate : see 1 1 1g, agi .N’

,a particle expressive of pasttime, in nanum ,

nasa, nanoasa .

[Mg. n’

, S a . na,sign of past

tense ]Na

,d. n

, and na or nia (i n sikina , or sikim

'

a) , nom . suf.pron .

,3 sing , his, her, its.

[S am n a, sing ,

Mg. ny, pl.and sing ,

My . nia or na, pl .,

and sing] See nai,note.

Na, d. n, verba l suf., pron , 3

sing , him, her, it. See ni a

and n ai,note.

Nabati na,s. ,tooth

,teeth ; seed,

also the shoots from the rootsof a banana, and the shoots orroots of taro. [M] . ri bo

,Epi

livo, S a . nifo (whence n ifoa ),Fut. nifo

,Mg. n ify teeth]

See al so bati,beti

,bitia or

fitia . A . n ab’

,pl . n ubfib ’

, &c.,

tooth,teeth, naba, 2, 4 , to put

forth ro ots (a plant) .Nabe, s.

,d. mbat

,club. N m.

n abboud and nabbout,id.

Nabe, or mabea (nakhe, ornakbea ) , d . n akim a , s. ,

a hollowed log, set up in the middl eof the malala or mala

,used as

a drum or musical instrumenti n the dances of the in tam a te,

and on which the face or othersymbol of the n a tem a te (thedeceased ) is carved. [S a . nafa,To. n afi

'

a , Fut. kafa, a drum,

M l . U .n ambw i

, id.] H.

n ame] 1-5 3

nekeb a hollowed thing,that

which is hollow ed, used as am usical instrument (Ezekielxxviii. English V ersion

,

“ pipes “ thy tabrets and thypipes from n akab to hollowout.Nabis

,s., end, the last, d. hak1 s

bisi na.Nabo

,or naboa, d . tamo, v . i .

,to

smell ; andNabon, s.,

smell . [S a . namu tohave a bad smel l

,To. namu

odour,either good or bad, Fut.

namu ] See boa . A. faha, 6,to emit odour.

Nabua, s., a road, path . A.

n abiyy'

and n abiy’

,id.

Nafete, d. sefete, d. n efeha,

d (te) u ase (wase) , inter . pron .

,

what ? which ? M .S . mudi, A.

mada, Nm . m ade, what ? Na s

fete is na art., and fete, andsefete, se dem .,

and fete .Naga

,or nag, dem .,

this, that :n a

, dem ., and ka dem. ,chan ged

to ga .

N ag, or naga, s.,dd. lag, rag,

u rak,ran

,time . A.

’an time

,

and art . a l , 1’

N aga sa , inter . ad . ,when ? i a.,

naga sa '

l lit. what time '.t alsoindefinitely, when, whatevertime. Ml. U. seve- lig E f .

d. sefe—nag what time ‘1

n aga-sa iNago

,pers. pron. , 2 sing , you ,

dd . ago, ag, nigo, keiga, keina,nego.

Nagore na, s.,nostrils

,nose.

See gore na.N a i n

, d. for n ani 1 1,child . See

nei n and ani.Nai

,pers. pron .,

3 sing , he ,

[N A KO N A K O A K l

she, dd. enea, or inia, ga,niga, kinini. EMy . inya

,

or inia (E f. inia, pl .

and sing , they, be,

she ]M .S . a n i (also enche, anyaha ) ,’

n i,na they, those (.also enya

these), a lso ign orantly used forsing. sometimes

,S. hanun

anun (anen) , they,these

,verb. suf. enun (enen) ,

1i om . suf. hun (hen) .N or a—Nai is na dem .

,and

i (for n i) ; niga, is ,u i dem .,and

ga (for n a ) ga is for na, whichis n ia in inia

,and na in nom .

suf.N a i s water

,d . for noai

,n ifa i .

Nai, "La,n art. , and ai s. ,

sideboard of a canoe to keep thewaves out

,a protector or

defence of a place (a warriorwho keeps out the enemy) d .

a fence . [S a . ai a fence, a railing, ai to fence in

,To. a

fence, Ha. pa, v. and s. ] Seeunder baka, s.Naita n a tu o, s. ,

d. for na -n aten atu o the calf of the leg

,hence

u alake naita n a tu o n theankle

,lit. the base of the ca lf

of the leg.

N aka te,s.,d. syn. nete, q.v .

,lit.

the that that.Nakima

,s.

,d . n abea .

N akis,s. , d. nabis : kusu na

,

kihi (or kisi) na.N akis, or nakisa, or nakes, s.

,

green or blue paint : kesakesa .

Nako na, s. ,the face. See ko

1 1 . a rt., and ako henceN akon akoa ki , v . (formed by a

,

a. ending, from precedingword) to assume the face, orappearance of (ki ) someone

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

A.

‘adara to be a virgin

(‘adera’ a virgin) , 2, to circum cise ; to begin to have abeard (young m a n ) ,

‘idar’ abeard, hence with a . endingaturiai bearded, or beginningto be bearded, a young man.

Nate, or natse, s.,the banana

,

or plantain,plant and fruit :

1 1 art. , a nd ate, or 51 1 5 6. [M ] .P. n ev ij , M l . U . n av its

,Ero .

n obos, Epi vihi , A m . n ohos,Ml . dd . navis

,abus

,Paama

a l i isi , P i . vudi, Ulawa huti ,Fut. v uj i . Fila bu tsh

’

,Aniwa

hutshi,Niu e futi, My . pisan g,

Ceram fudi , phitim , S angu i r

busa,Mg. on tsy , d . hotsy , id. ]

A. muz ’, A mb . m u z , id .

Nati -kuru , s. ,dried

,withered

banana leaves . See kuru,a.

Natem a te,for n a tam a te. See

atam a te.

N a toa ra,s.,1 1 art.

,a kind of

grass ( sword grass) . H . hasirgrass

,A. h

'as’ira to be green.

N aturiai,s., aturiai, a .

, youngman. See under natara.

Nau,s.,reeds ; Pan

’s pipes ; forneusu na art.

,and usu

, q .v .

Nau,v . i ., usually nu , q .v .

Na u ia,v. t .

,to rub

,wipe ofi

"

.

See nu ea .

Naii a (nawa) , n art. , and an

(awa ) , q .v .

Ne a, for noi a, v .,to dwell

,or

be,beside (someone) the verb

no is intransitive,and i is the

t. prep. [Fi . no to lie (ofthings, not persons) , S a . u ofoto sit

,dwell

,remain

,Ma .,

Tah .,

Ha .,noho . ] H. navah and

naab, to sit down, to rest, to

dwell .

1 5 5 NETA K l"

N e, dem .,here

,there

,this

,that

,

uane,kine

,netu. See in ,

na .

[S a . nei this ]Nei n

,or nai n

,s. , his child, d.

for nani n. The 'n of ani, q .v . ,

is elided nai for nani .Nego, pers. pron .

,d. for na go

,

q .v .

Neko (for naiko) s 11 art ., andeko the wooden mallet forbeating native cloth ( inmaking it) . [S a . i ‘e, To. igi ,id . ,Ha. ku

,kuku

,to beat

native cloth. ] A . w a-ka ‘a to

beat,to sharpen

,make thin.

a knife,make slender,

waki ‘ sharp, thin, slender. To .

igi means also small, E f. iki,kiki

,id . a nd kie also belongs

here,the leaf being rubbed

and split into slender threads.Neinei a

,v .

,as boka neinei a

beat it soft,beat making i t

soft (or weak ) . See m anein ei.

N é ru,naru

,and nieru

,war, lit .

arms art.,and aru

, q .v .

N et,d . for bin ét , ba notu , q.v .

Nete, s. ,

a thing,anything

,

something,d . syn . n aka te

art.,and te

,dem . , lit. the

that. Netc ra their thing,also ara te

,id.

,agu te my

thing,am a te thy thing.

Netu,dem .,

this,that : n e

,dem .

,

and tu,

v . ,lit. this or that

standing out or up .

Netua,d . nerua, s. ,

twins, artand tua

,or m a

,2,lit. the tw o.

[Fi. drna, id. also double,

as a double canoe,a double

fruit ]Neta k i , v. t . ,

to throw,net ia

to throw upon,hit with a.

thing thrown. A. nada’ to

1 5 6

throw,H. nadah

,Pi., to cast

out.N i

, prep. ,of (genitive) , to,

belonging to,also i , in , on, at,

with art. ani, q.v .,t. prep.

after verbs,as mesau n i a u

desire me (also m esau a u , d ) ,ri,as soka ri j oin on to, and

li,as taka li

,d. taka ui

,thrust

-ou to, also ra in raki, q .v . , astoko raki remain, or abide for,t e. , wait for, or wait upon,a nd i, as in no i , &c. [Fi . u i

,

or e,of

,in , t. prep . n a

,t a

,

raka,laka

,Ma. i of

,belonging

to, &c.,

and t . prep . ,Battak

n i,Bu . ri, Holon ta lo li , Tag.

n i,Mg. ny , n

’

,any, of, be

longing to .] A. 11, H . ,Arm .

le, E . la, T. n é , id .

N i,art., also na, in ,

11 . [Mg.

ny , id.]N 1

,same as n a

, ad. ,a nd interj

N i,verb. suf., 3 sing ,

d . nia,q .v .

N ia,verb. suf., 3 sing ,

same asna

, q .v . ,once (in sikin ia

,and

sikina , his one, he alone) nom .

suf. (which usually is na) .See na i

,inia.

N iba ki , v. t . ,to throw away

,

make to go away. A. nafa’

drive away,expel

,hurl away

(as a torrent, rubbish, thewind, dust) .

N ifa i,s.,water

,dd. nai

,noai :

n i art. , and fai water .N ife n i

,a .

,v. t . , to fan , t . prep.

n i,lit. to wave, or brandish,

on or toN ifen ife, v. i ., to fan, to waveor brandish

,as the branches

of a tree in the windN i fe

,s.,a fan . H . n u f to wave

up and down, Hi. hen i f towave

,to shake.

Nig, d . ,

prep .,of (gem ) for

(dative), n i art ., and g (for

gi ) , i .a. , ki , dd. nag,nagi

,n agki , and, art. With

.out its 11

,agi

,d. agki (gk

for k ) .Niga

, d.

,pers. pron.,

3 sing : n i

art.,and ga .

Nigara,d.,pers. pron. 3p1. : niga ,

and ra .

N igita , pers. pron.,1 pl ., incl

n in ita .

N iken ika , v. i .,to be silent

,

quiet,or noiseless

,or stealthy ;

also to move quickl y along asharp ridge (of a mounta in) ,or along a log across a stream.

[Ha . nihi to walk very softlyand quietly

,as on tiptoe

,to

do a thing quietly or secretly,n ihin ihi standing up on edge,narrow ridged

,or edged, Ma.

n in ihi to move stealthily.] A.

naga’ to hasten communi catea secret, 3, act, or speaksecretly (wi th someone) , nagabranch of a tree

,higher part

of land, n agwa t higher part ofland

,a secret.

Niko na,s. , the spine . (ridge) of

a cocoanut lea f. See preceding word.

N in, dem .,

d. , this : 1 1 art., andin dem . [My . n u n that ]

N in ita, or n in in ta , d. ,

obsolete,

for n igita , n igin ta , pers. pron . ,

1 pl. incl.,we (and) thou , dd.

keigi ta , igira , akit, nikit art.n i

, and nita (n i we, ta thou) .[A n . inta, verb. pron. ,

id. ,

Santo d. niti,or inti

,separate

pron., id.,M1. (1. ante

,id. ,

My. kita, Mg. isika, S a .

‘o i ta

(tou) , id.

Niti a, or nit ia, v. t. ,to pla ne

,

shave (wood) . A . na11ata ,n. a. naht’, id .

Nin, s.

, 0. art. n a n iu , the cocoanut palm . [Fi . niu

,Er .

noki, An . n ea ig, My. nior,

Ceram ni ula, M l . kula, Mg.n ihio

,S a . niu, id. niu piu

fan palm (therefore niu is

a general name for a palm)n iu i to sprinkle with the juiceof the cocoanut, Ha. niu to

palm

(coll .name) , n ah

’

ala to sift, to pourout or sprinkle (snow, as theclouds) , Nm .

, 7 , to drizzle.No, contr. n, in bano, ban ,banotu ,

-&c . [P i . yani, S a .

ane, To. angi, directive ad. ,

Mg. any there, in that place ]Prep. 11 (n i ) , a nd dem. o.No i a, or n oi a, d. né a

,noi

,d .

ne hence redu p. noih oi , andr. binoinoi , d . binofinoi . Seené a.

N01 10, v. i ., n o (in no ia) redup.,

to abide,as mala nono abide

senseless . See also binoinoito abide with each other, andbinofinoi , or bunofunoi

'

.

N0a ki , v. t . , tell, lit. say to, dd .

n i ki , ti ki , nofa , q.v . noa i,

v. t ., say or tell it ; binoaspeak about each other.

Noai, s.,d. ni fa i water ; for na

uai.N oa , s. (for na 11a ), nao, aswell

,or wave. See uaua.

N063 , s., 0. a rt . n anoba,

.d. n aob,

lim e (ashes of coral) andNobanoba , v. i . , or to be

1 5 l N UN U -TA FFi .l

dusty, become dust, fly in theaira1r (dust) . See abu obu . [S a .

na vu lim e, Ma. nehu dust,n ehu nehu dusky, whakanehiireduce to powder .

Noba nia, v. t ., to wrap in leaves ,

with hot stones and cook, tocook , 01. tuma nia ; and

N obanoba , v. i . , to be cooked,soft. See also m anu bu n ubu ,a nd d. tomo or tumu

,tumu

tuw ua, m a tum u tu mu . [Ha

nopu thoroughly cooked,soft

,

plump , fat, swelled out, and

nopun Opu spring or swell up(in the mind ) , swell, be large,round

,spring up ] A. tabaha,

n . a. tabl l ’, to cook , roast, toripen

,2,to grow up , 7 , 8, to

be cooked , tubbah’ pl. of

tabih ’ fatness, tabih’ cooked.

Nobu, s., flood,d. tobu . A .

taf , to flood (C t ) , tawwafu aflood .

Nof, d . for n um , v. i . , q.v .

N ofa i, v. t . , d. noa i, q.v . , to

tell. A. naba’,

2,show

,

declare, announce, tell.Nono. See a n te, no, nonoN ot1not1

,v. i . , or a . ,

to bespotted (as an animal) . H .

n akod spotted (as an animal) ,N m . nokta a spot, monakkatspotted, H. nakad, A. nakata,to mark with points.Notu

,d.

,contraction for banotu

,

q . .v

Nu,v. i ., d. num

, q.v .,hence

m anna , manunu .

Nu é a,v. t . ,

to w ipe,rub ofi

'

redup.,

Nunu ea , id., and

Nfin u , s. , a wiper, rubber, andNunu-tafe, s., the wr ist, lit. snot

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

om KI] 1 5 9

Ofa ki,v. t .

,i .q. afa ki nalia

ofak ien a place of bu rial, tobe buried in, n aofakien act ofburying

,burial.

Ofa , a .,high, ta ll, as a tree.

[Mg. avo high , lofty , eminent,proud ] H . gabah to be high,as a tree, gobah height (as oftrees) , pride, gaboah, high ,lofty, proud.

Ola,s. ,a Spear. [Ulawa ilula,

N ew Ireland lelu, MaklayK iiste iu r, 1d.] A.

’allat’, pl.’alal’

,

’elal’,id.

Oli a,d. uli a, q .v .

On, s. ,sand

,(1 . aran, q .v .

O ni contr. o, (1. an i, q .v . , toabide

,be.

O re, d. or,ad.

,yes, that

’s it : odem. ,

and re,or i i , dem .

, cf. iore.Or

,d. , s.,

0. art. naor, or n a uor.See nora.

Ora na, s.,sprout

,shoot, or vine

(as of a yam )O raora na, id. bora, nora.

G rai n, and orain , d. ,s. , sand : aran .

O raora na,a . ,na a. ending, varie

gated. [Tah. purepure spotted,chequered, of diverse colours ]E . hu bur variegated, of variouscolours

,Ch. habarbar spotted .

Ore,i .q . aure, q .v .

Ori a,v. t ., to rub , grate, ori, v. i . ,

to make a creaking, gratingnoise (as the branches of treesrubbing against ea ch other) ;

Ori,s.,d. kiri, the rubbing stick

in producing fire by thefriction of two sticks . [Tah.

oro, S a . 010, to rub, 010 a plane,My. urut, to rub,kukur to rasp,Mg. otra rubbed, orina beingrubbed.] H. garar to scrape,sweep, saw . O f. the cognates.

Ba , (1 . nra, dem .

,this

,that. See

arai.Ra, s. , a depressed place, dampor watery ruku.

Oro,v. i . , to grunt (a pig) , to

growl , snarl ( a dog), and withtransitive prep . oro-maki tobark at (a person or thing) ,bioro, v. r., to make a confused murmuring noise (as acrowd of men all speaking atonce) and

Orooro,id.

,redup.

, cf. uru, uruuru. [Ma. nguru, to sigh,grunt, rumble, ngengere togrow] , ngeri to chaunt (inlaunching a canoe

,

ngengeri to grunt, My . kurkurto grunt (a pig) , Mg. erotra

to snore, erona, m ierona , to

growl, snarl, roan ] A. n ah’ara

Nm . to grunt, h

’ara to low ,

l l’

arl l’

ara snort,snore

,harra

to growl,snarl (a dog). to

creak,harha ra t murmur o r

sound of copiously flowingwater.

Oro, d. ,v . i ., or a . , to be barren

d. for bara, q .v .

Oroa, v . i ., or a. Same as ora

orana,to be coloured, varie

gated a. ending ’a,d . contr.

oro ; henceOroa, d. oro, s.

,a species of

grasshopper,so called from its

colours.Otaki, d. u ataki , s. , native tongso dem. , and taki a.

Oti a,i .q . moti a, uti a, muti a,

q.v.

1 60 RA ITE N A

Ra n a , s.,branch . [S a . la, Ma.

ra , My . daan , Mg. rahana,A. s ’agnat, s

'agan’,

id.

Ra,or tra (ta ) , dd. ta, n ra, s.

,

blood,mita to bleed. [E n

de,Tasa. rai, Malo (l ai , Motu

rara,S a . toto (redup. Ja ra .

My . darah , Mg. ra blood]H .,E. dam ,

S. dem,A. dam ’

,

blood damiya to bleed .

Ra, _v . i . , vociferate , in rasoso

,

rafioso. H . ru ‘a, Hi . vocifer

ate.R a, verb. and nom . suf. , 3 pl . :nara

,they.

Ra,num .

,two rua.

Ra tan ia, rara tan ia, trara tan. ia

,tara tan ia, v. t ., to forget,

lit. to think burying or covering it. See m itroa and tu n ia.

Raba na,s., side (of a river or

valley) . A. s’

afi'

a t’ id .

Rabaraba, v. i to flap the wings.A. ra fra fa , id.Rabaraba kaf (or kai) , v. i .

,I

to be bent with hunger orfamine ; and

Raba, s.

,hunger or famine

,in

li raba goddess,or she demon

of hunger (a“ sacred stone

H . ra‘eb

,E. rehaba, to hunger,

H . ra ‘ab hunger,famine.

R abag, see tabag,Bafalu

,d. l ifaru , q .v .

Raf ea,v. t .

,to weave a

.reed

fence ; henceR afén a , s.

,a reed (woven ) fence,

(1. rofe andRafeen

,s.,c. art., the act of Rairai

,d. tairai, v . i . , to be in

weaving a reed fence. H . good countenance. See baka’arab to weave

,intertwine

,A. rairai

,and lo

,leo.

’araba a knot, H. a’ruba ll Baite 11a , or reite na, d.

,s.,

interwoven work, or netw ork. mother. See ani na.

Raf ea,v. t. , to go through (as

through a hole i n a fence, theeye of a needle) and, c . t. prepRafe aki. v. t . ,

to make to gothrough. A. thakaba , n. a"?thakb

’

,to perforate, bore

through,to go through (as

through the eye of a needle) .Rafioso, v. i ., to call ou t as whenin terror or danger : ra v. i . ,and bioso.

R afite na, s. , wall or side of ahouse. E. arafete partition

,

w all.R aga

~é lo, d. ,v. i . , to warm or

dry oneself in the sun (elo)raga is transposed for gara

,as

baragai for bagarai .Rag, s.

,time

,c. nom . suf. ragi

na its time : d. ran, rani na,

dd. lag, nag. A.

’

an’ time

, cu

art . a l , l’.

l Rago,s.,c. art. , thorns, prickles,

a mass of thorny or prickly,

or rough a nd spiky,or jagged

matter (as tw igs, dz c . )R agoa , and ragorogoa , v. i ., or

a .

,to be full of rago

,as a reef

full of jagged , sharp rocks. H.

sinnah a thorn, sen in im thorns,prickles , from sanan, i .q.

s’anan,to be sharp

,to prick.

Rago, s., rollers on which a

canoe or boat is hauled up.

Der. uncertain. [Ma . rango,

id.,also a fly, E f. langu ]

Rai, (1. re, s., forehead , aspect,face .

Raka, v. i ., to be willing, andmaraka ; also, redu p. ,

R akaraka , id and ma rakaraka,

id . also,

Rakana,

s.,the willingness

,

readiness,tuga fat ia rakana

sikeima u let us do it,the

readiness or w illingness for itone only, vi a ,

with one min dor will. S. regag to desire,to w ill

, E thpael id. , regadesire, wil l .Rakaf ia, and rakof ia, v . t .

,to

cleave to,and

R arako, d. tarako, as toa i rarakosits on

,cleaves close to (her

eggs). [My . lakap to adhere ]

S n a i , etnakaf, to cleave to,cg. E. lakai .Raka ia

,v. t. , to lift, raise up,

and

Raka tia, id. A. rakiya , 2, raiseup, make to go up .

Rakei a, v. t ., to adorn, dress ;tumana rakei a adorn or dresshimself and

Rakei,d. raki , s.

, 0. art . , dress,adornment. E. sarga w a toadorn

,dress ; this sa is not

radical, and the original rootbegins with rag, or raq (Dil lmann

,E. G r., §7

Raki,double t. prep.

,t a and ki ,

raki n a ; orRaki nia

,also (1. raki te na

[Fi . raka, Maiwo lagi, Motarag ]Raku sa, v. t ., redup. t a raku sa

,

and ta raku sa , and d. takutia

,to remove anyone’s things,

as in a flitting ; i ra raku he isdoing so, or is removing toanother district, or flitting.

H.

‘atbah and H1 to remove

RA S O SO

away, take away, break up acamp.

Rakua, and, dd.

,

Bakum, rakoma, s.,a crab : art .

ra . lakum, Pi . qumu

qumu h'umh

’um ’ a crab.

Bales, a place in Hades, lit. darkpit, swamp, or depressed place :ra

,a nd les.

Rana, dem. and num ., those twora

,2,and n a dem.

Rana, and redup. rarana , v. i .,

or a . , to branch out : rat , anda. ending na .

R an,rani n a . See rag, ragi n a .

R an , d. , s.,water : r’ art., and

an. [Fi. drano , S a . lanu,My .

danu , J. ranu, Mg. ranu.] A.

‘a’h’ fons, and art . a l ,

Rarua,d. raru

,s.,a canoe

,boat

,

or ship : r’ art. [My. prahu,Ml . 1 1drav , Segaar rai, Ta .

laou (laau) , An . elca u,Er.

A. markab. See borau,

supra .

Rae, d . n ras, dem . and num . ,

these two : ra , 2,

and s ,dem.

Ras ia,v. t . ,

d. tas ia, to shave

(the beard or chin) , shave (orstrip) off (as fru it from a tree,shave or strip the tree) . E.

las'

aya to shave.Ras

,or res, d. tas

,redup. reres,

or teres,v. i. to rustle

,crash

(as the foliage of pla nts, orwaves of the sea

,m oved by

the wind,or men in a tumult) .

H . ra ‘as' the primary notionlies in noise and crashing :used of the rustling of grainmoved by the wind, ra

‘as’

noise,tumult.

Rasoso,v . i ., see rafioso rasoso

1 2

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

R ELUK O ]

pauper,poor. H. rek empty,

vain,impoverished

,poor.

R el uko (or t a luko) . See ta luko.

Rere,rerea

,v. i . , to break rush

ing upon the sand or shore (ofwaves) , also tarere. Ch. ré ‘a ‘

to break in pieces,H. ra ‘a‘, id.

S . etra ‘re

‘

,id.

R es, reres, teres. See ras.R i , trans. prep ., ra in raki. See

11 1 .

R 1, verb. pron., 3 pl ., dd. ru

(eru) eu.

.Ria ,verb. pron . 3 dual, d. ra .

R 1 a. See ti a .

R 1,or re, dem .

,eri, &c. arai.

Riu sa,d. tuma ia, to point out.

See tiu.

Riu sa,riu riu sa , a

-lso tin , or tusa

, q.v .

Ribu, riribu , to sound (with a

trumpet) , ribu aki baigo sounda trumpet

,taribu to sound

trumpets alternately (of twom en ) . See rubua.

R ifal u , d. l ifaru , q .v .

Rifu,d. rife

,d. lifu mita, s.

, eyelashes

,and see birifo or birifu

to snatch,pluck away, pl u n

der . [C f. My. rambiya , rambu,rambut

,Mg. t ombo, rombotra ,

rombitra, rombaka, My. rampas

,rabat.] See rau .

Rigi,ririgi , or tirigi , v. i . to

make a tremulous groaningnoise in suffering pain, birigirigi. A. ranna vociferate,utter the voice with weeping,make a noise, twang, tinkle.Riki

, a . , sm all, kari-riki, u a rik,batikRiki

,s. ,c. art. neriki, child, li ttle

one. [Ha . lii, Tah. rii, Ma.t iki ] E. daw ik to be smal l.

1 63

Rik i, s . triki, n riki (d. pud .

mul. A. rika’,id.

Rikit, v. i ., to be small kita .

R ikitelag, d. for koroatelagi :

koro,a tel agi .

Riri, in bu ariri (Hades) , for tiroto sink.

Riri,v . i ., to fly, d. for tiri .

Riri, s.,a spark tiri.

Riri—mita, s. tears : tuau, tuturu. [To. tulu he mata.]

R isu, v . i ., to move, shift . rosa.

R0, ad.,again

,d. mero.

Roa i,v. t., to turn. S ee rea

ki,re a, mero, ro

,m eraroa ;

and

Roa-leo,and roaroa-leo, s.,

echo.Roa

, or roua (rowa) , or trou a,v . i ., to fall, dd. ro

,rou o,

touo, tibe (ndibe) , tao, m it’

alo,

m itefe. [A n . erop, My. ru

buh,marubuh, rabah, mara

bah,ribah

,inaribah ] H.

rafah, S . refo’

, etrafi,to cast

down, to sink, or fall down.

R0na,roro na

,s.,thought

,mind,

also trott o na,and d. nro n ;

andRoro

,or trotro, v., to think, raratan ia , d . totu ; and

Rd m i a,roro-mi a

,v. t . ,

to thi nkupon

,delight in

,love. See

m itroa .

Rou o (rowo) , i .q. rau ’, to go.R0, v. i. to fall, 0. prep. ro bei afall upon it.Roba

,s. ,affluence ; and

Roba leba , s.,great afllu en ce

,a

rich man. A. raf" affl uence.Roba gi a . See toba gi a.Roba, roroba , or toroba, d. nrob

,

v. i ., or a .,to be insane

,

senseless. A. raba, to beinsane, stupefied.

Robei a,d . oro-bei a, v. t . , to

snarl,snap

,bark at or on ro

for oro,and t . prep . bei.

Rofa,s.

,a red or purple dye or

colour. A. sohbat a red orreddish colour.

Rofarofa,or tofa rofa

,v. mid.

, tocover oneself with cloth

,clothe

oneself,be clothed. H .

‘atafto cover, be covered, be clothed .

S .

‘taf, id .

B'ofe

,s.,d . for ra fén a .

Rogo,rog ia

,v . t .,

d. togi (ndogi ) ,d. n rog, also trog ia, to hear,obey

,to feel

,know (as grief or

pleasure) , rogo nabon to perceive or feel or smell the odour

(of anything) , rorogo, or torogo,v . i ., to be still, s.

,a species of

divination (in order to knowwhat is to be done) by acertain movement in themuscles of the arms or legs

,

rogorogo ki to make heard,report

,rogoan ,

rogorogoan ,s.,

0. art. , report, taki rogo-sakibend or incline oneself hearing (a person ) , saki t . prep.

bakarogo, q .v . marogo,or

m a trogo, or m anrog, v . i . , tobe idle

,amuse oneself, marogo

ki to amuse oneself at the ex~

pense of (someone ) . [S a . logo,

My . danger, Mg. reny and m a ]A.

’adina to hear, to know,to feel the smell of

,2, cause

to hear,make known, pro

claim,H.

’azan,Hi. he’z in to

hear,listen

,to obey .

Rogo,trogo

,in sera-trogo, s. , any

thing : rogo is r, art., and A.

hano a thing. [Santo sonu,Tasa. kinao, Ml. nanu, athing ]

1 64 [RU A

Roko,v. i . , d . lako, d. nrok, to

stoop .

Ror, s.

,oil

,also same as lor, the

oily or fatty expressed juiceof grated cocoanut used to

moisten or fatten puddingsro ia

,roro ia

,rei a.

Roro n a . See ro na.

R oro ia. See ro ia, rei a.

Boroa,v. i. See toroa.

Roro-fi a . See toro—fi a.

Rosa gi a, v. t .,to drag

,haul

,

make to move,shift

,t . prep.

gi andRosa

,v. i . , to move, shift, trosa,

dd. n ros, nru s, tosa, also rusa,risu andRos

,s., 0. art .

,a breaker or

wave that sw eeps up uponthe sand of the shore. [S atoso

,tosotoso

, to drag ] A

ra ‘asa to move, shake , drag, 4,id.

, ra‘asa

,ra ‘as’a

,to tremble.

Rot ia,or trot ia

,v. i . , to em

brace clasping to the breast,

to embrace or encircle . [Mg.

trotro to embrace,to embosom]

A. S adara, 2, to girth (a camel),sadr’, N m . sadr, the breast

(bosom ) ,My. da d '

a,Mg. tratra ,

An . riti, Fi . sere . HenceRot, s.

, anything going roundanother as a ban d or girdle(as an ulcer round one

’s leg,&c . ) andRot ia, as ta rot ia, ta rotirot ia,or ru tiru t ia

,cut a band or

girdle round (as in barking atree) .Ru, verb . pron., 3 pl ., theyeru, d . ri. E .

’ellu those.

Ru sa . See riu sa,t i

'

i sa,tiu sa .

Rua, num .

, two. See also tua,ra (and sa

, in u asa ) , d. n ru .

[S a . lua, My . dua, Ja . roro,

Mg. roa.] H . s’ne, &c. ,Mahri

tharo,Soc. taraw ah, M .S .

trai .Rub

, s. , d . roba, d. nub, d .

raba, s., q .v .

Ruba, s. ,additional wife taken

by a man already married.

[Ta S a . narau a wife , Mg.

rafy one of two or more wivesof the same husband ; ad

v ersa ry, opponent rafitra

j oining together, contention,strife ] See rau. A. rafa’ tojoin

, sew together, make peace,2,to utter a formula of bless

ing or prayer to a new spouse,rafa’

, 2, id . (“ Mayest thou

live w ith concord and with

B utaki , s. , a big flat n akoa u . A.

ra“ if’,round thin cake baked

on the hearth.

Rubua,d . ru fu a , s. , clamour

noise,tumult (as of mourners

in waili ng) . S . rhab make anoise

,uproar

,tumult, utter

lamentations (Mark v. 38,cg. H. ra‘am ,

v .,to make a

noise,thunder

,s., uproar,

clamour,tumult.

Ruku,s.,a hole, of. ra ; edible

clay found in holes,syn. tano

ra a bribe secretly given, or

given u nderha nd to procurethe death of one hated , n afaka fruku ~ hollow or hole un deranything

,as a cellar under a

house,si ruku to go under

(through the hole or hollowunder) anything ; and

R ukua,d. ,

s.,a hole, pit, a hole

or hollow with water in it,cf.

re. A. raka’ to dig (the

1 65

ground ) ; to revile (someone) ,rakiyya t a pit, rika

’ pud. mu] .Ruma na, s.

,0. art. n arum a na

1 1 art. , and ruma, or aruma,and kuruma (in lita -kuruma

,

q .v .

,the breast , bosom . ) [S a . ,

Ha uma Motu geme, id.]A . ha

’z um the breast

,bosom .

Ruma,dd. bara

,oro

,v . i . , or a . ,

to be barren. H .

‘arab,E .

‘abara .

Ram a,and tuma

,s. ,a pool of

water, d. transposed marou .

A.

‘arim ’ a hole, trench, orhollow in which water is collected.

R u -mi a,ruru-mi a

,v. t . ,

sameas ro—mi a, also tru tru—mi, trumi : m i troa . HenceRumien

,s. , 0. art.

,and rum

mien,thought about, love.

R firu ,redup. of rd

,riu sa .

tiu , t i'

i sa .

Ruru,v . i . , to tremble.

Ruru,s. ,c . art. , an earthquake.

[Tah. ruru, to tremble ] S.

r ‘el to tremble .Ruru

,s. ,a cluster. [Tah . ruru

to congregate ] See rei.Rusa

,see rosa rusa gi , see rosa gi

R u saru sa gi, redup.

,d . n ru s,

11 rusa g1 .R u tiru t ia. See rot ia.

Rumo,d . ruma, pool.

See

Se, interrogative , contr. of safa,sefa s . dem .

,and a (fa) .

S i , or se, or s, dem .

, this, here .H . zeh, E. 26.

S a , d. for ta, neg. ad. , only inprohibitive clauses.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

S A F I A ] 1 67

an im al, so called from buryingitself in the sand . afa ki .Saf 1 a , or safi a, v . t. , , to pluckor ga ther fruit to scrape

, safi

safi natano (wi th a hoe ) , safisafi-raki scrape, pluck off thehusk from (reeds ) , safi-n au ot

to excel ; the chief safisafi

big, so bisab ; bisif excelling ;m isafe to be separated (asfruit from a tree ) . See alsosifa, sifi . [Fi . sivi-a , u asi v i ,excel.] H .

’asaf gather (asfruits) , assemble, draw back,take, take away (as breath ) ;radical meaning to scrape

,

yasaf to add, to increase, tosurpass.Saga , or sega, s. a crotch, fork

tw o branches) .d see nasaga

Saga-fl,v. t. , to take hold of

with a crotch 01 forked stick .

[Fi . saga-va take hold of withwi th tongs ] See sega. A.

s’akka, 2 5, to be sundered,

split (wood) , s’

ikkat half of athing, part , distance.

sag, ad ., d., there. [My . sana ]S a

,and g

,dem .

S aga luga lu , d. syn . ga luga lu a

se

Sagara sa, v. t ., to rub, grate,grou nd on, as a canoe or shipon a reef. [Ha . ili.] G ar ia,and sa

S ago, s. ,a trumpet (conch ) . H.

thaka ‘, E. takwa to blow atrumpet.

S a i , v. i , to come forth, go forthinto the open (as men) , sa isa ito assemble

,sai to shoot forth

(of a plant), buka sai (of ablossom expandin g into a

S A K I

flower) , sesai shoot forth (as aserpent) , misai to, be opened,cracked ;Sai ki

,v. t . , make to go forth or

out (as the tongue, hand, anythil ls) ;Sai a, v. t . , to cleave, split,open it (as ,

a secret,

tilisai a tell it cu t , 810.

S a isa i , v. i . , assemble (comeforth of many) ; also to beassociated together

,or have

in common,

ru sa isai isa,sa isai ki make to a ssemble ;so or sort a follower, companion, associate ; si to blow

(with the breath) , to shoot(with a gun) , 81 to blow (thewind) , d. su i , , or 81 a to rest,or spell (one) , to help esci inthe open

,an open space ; bisai

ki to put forth, to showSai, s., 0. art. nesai, a scented,white-lea vecl plant. A. s

’a‘a

(y) to become open, be divu lged ; c. prep. bi to makeopen

,divulge ; to leave u n

divided ; to follow, 2, to roastto blow (with the breath ) , 3,follow each other ; to aid, 4 ,make open, s

’ai ‘ associa te,follower, s

'aya ‘ common (tom any, see sa isa i ) , s

'

ai ‘ com

m on (to man y) , not distributed made open, open ; s

’

i‘at

a band,assembly

,s'

ayu ‘ a firestick .

Saka-fé,s.,

first ripe fruits oryams. [Ha . 00 m u a ] Seemaso

,and bea.

Sakau,s.,a reef ; d . a branch .

See -kasau. [P i . cakan , S a .

aau .

Saki , v. i . , to ascend, go up,

1 68

hisaki a,v. c., to put up, to

appoint (raise up) a chief ,sakesake to be up, to sit upon,tasaki

,id.,sakei ki to shout a

persori’

s name , attributingsomething (to him) . [S a . a ‘i

,

Ha. ae, To. hake, Ma. eke ,whakaeke.] H. nasak, A rm .

nsak, imp .,sak , id.

S aki,t. prep. sa , and ki .

sa‘i, Fi . caka, My. skan.]

Sala,s. See sela.

Sali,v. i . , to move lightly , easily,

to dance, to float,drift ; sali

aki,v. t. , to send afloat (a

canoe,or anything) , to send

adrift,mi sal

,m isa lsa l , d. salsa] ,

light (not heavy) , movingeasily

,lightly. H.

’azal to goquickly (spin along) , A .

‘azala.Sali a

,v. t . ,

to weave . [My .

saring,] H.

’azal, S.

'zal,A .

“azala to spin, weave.Sali a

,v. t. , to deceive ; and re

dup .,

[S a .

Salisali,to deceive. H . s'alah,

Hi. to deceive.Salube

,d. sa luke, v. i . , to be

ignorant, not to know. A .

sarafa,

to be ignorant,not

to know.

Sam , a .,or ad. , one alone, only

sa 1 , and m for mau.

Samben, d. ,ad. there

and ben ,v. i.

Sama ia,v. t .,

to rasp,scranch

(sugar cane, in sucking itsjuice ) . [M] . U . tsumw i , M ] .P. j imus, Malo samai] henceSama na

, s.,dregs

,shreds, as of

sugar cane with the juiceextracted

,sawdust

, &c. henceSama

,v. i ., or a . ,

dreggshreddy : -a ending. H. s'afah

S an (sag) ,

to scratch,scrape, scrape off,

S. s’fa’ to file,8'

ofi tha a fil ing,paring : H . Pual to becomebald

,bare

,naked, exposed (as

one’s bones ) . See inf ra , sema,sesema .

Samit ia,also samat ia, d. sumat

ia, v. t ., to beat, chastise.

[Fi . samu-ta, My. cham iti,

cham a ti, a whip or scourge ]H. s 'amas to thrust, to haste n( see i nf ra , suma ti ) , s

'amat tosmite

,strike, A. s'amasa to

impel, thrust, s'

am isa to hasten,speak hastily, s

’amat, Nm ., towhip.

S am u ra,s., a thing or word of

no consequence,that falls to

pieces,as it were for sabura

,

saberi-kiS an

,ad.,there, here, esan , also

esan ien . [My. sama .] E san ienis esan there or here, and ienit is. S ee ani , v. i.Sante

, s. ,d . seate n a

, q .v .

Sao fi , v. t ., to look upon, see, d.

se fi , sao kiana look about (in )hi s place or plan tation. H.

s 'a’ah,and s

'

a ‘ah to look, tolook about.Sar ia

,or sari a

,v. t . , to saw ,

also seri a to cut with a sawingmotion , sara a saw . [Malosa rosa ro to saw , isa ro a saw,

Fut. seria to saw .] H . nas'ar,Arm . nsar to saw

,A. nas'ara

,

w a s’

a ra’

, as’ara, E. was’ar,

wasar, H. sur, to saw

,rub

,

sweep,dl e.

Sara gote fi,to saw asunder. See

sera, seru, seri, sore, soro,sar ia.

S a rafi, used as ad. bat sa ra fi 3.

did it hast ily,i .e.

,badl y

, con

1 69 [S A U RO A x i

fusedly , incompletely . Seem arafi

,and of. tere ti

,su

mati.S aria, v. i .

, to look around sariakiana look about

,or go about

,

(in ) his plantation. [Fi . sarasara, v. i . , to survey, sara—va ,v. t . ] H . s'ur (2) to lookaround or about

, ( 1 ) to goabout.

S aru, v. i . , to hang down prostra ted (as the broken branchof a tree

,or a broken arm ) ,

m isa ru , id . A . S ara‘a to

prostrate , sari ‘ prostrated.

Saru, v. i to be loud,noisy

,

speak aloud,saru goro speak

aloud or be noisy, drowning

the voice (of someone) ; andredup. ,

S aruru, v. i .,to roar

,resound

(as the sea, or a waterfall. )[My . daru, Ja. saru, srn .] A.

Sa rra, sari r’ to make a noise ;

to sound,to cry out vehe

m en t ly , make a great clamour.S as, esas, ad.

,here : sa , dem .

S asan a . See sa .

S ati na, s. ,

the shrivelled andworthless seed yam when then ew yam has sucked all thesubstance out of it sa .

Sau-fi, v. t .

,to scoop, or shave,

the surface off w ater ; to cutor shave off the surface ofwood, sau-baba

,an adze, l it .

plank shaver or cu tter—seem a ta isau a master cutter

,

carpenter ; to strip off, peeloff (as clothes) sau lua i.

[S a . m a ta isa u , sau fono,Ma.

hau , Tah.,Ha . ,

ha u‘

hau . ] H.

s’a’ab to draw water. Theprimary idea lies in taking of

the su rf ace, cg. sahaf tosweep

,scrape off, hasaf to

strip off, A. sa l l afa to scrape,peel

,or rub off, to shave .

Sau,v. i ., to blow (wind)

Sau, s. , 0. art. insan

,gentle

breeze,cold air

,as in the

morning and even ing,dew .

Ha . , Ma . ,Tah.

,hau

,S a . sau . ]

n as’

af to blow,nes

’

ef theevening twilight, w hen acolder gale blows ; the morningtwilight.

Sau,v .

,to desire

,mesau n a

,v. t .

,

desire,tumana sau ki nia to

boast,speak well of himself

,

praise himself (lit. desireshimself) , sau roa i to mocksuch a one by pretendingm aliciously to join with himin such boasting

,in sa u a gift,

sau toga , id.,a free gift, hence,

as ad. ,for nothing ; sau uia

[Fi . sau v beral ingiving

,sau sau ca]

stingy,sau m itaki, d. ,

syn .

sau uia sau sera greedy

(desiring everything) . A.

s'aha’ to desire,2,to say I

will give what you desire, 3,to be like (someone ) , 4 , togive to one what he desires,5,8,to desire (a thing) .

Santoga,s. See preceding word .

S an -taki,v. t .,

to place upon, a sfood upon food already in theoven

,or as a speech upon a

speech by another previouslyspokenSau roa ki

,or sau rou o ki

,v . t . ,

to place (their voices) withaccuracy together

,as giving a

shout all together : sau,and

ron o or roa ki to cast,down,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

S ELA m sa N A ]

child-bearing,childbirth

,d .

bisol . [Fi . cola-ta] E. S awarto bear, carry .

Sela gisa na, v. t .,' to call his

name (so and so) ; sela ki ,v. t., attribute to (one, something) ; sela go, as sela teraki go after (one ) , sela bu tu akigo between two points, he oftwo mindsSela

,s., road, path ; landing

place of canoe ; a portion oftime (cf. mal place, time) .

[My . salekan to call, salehpreceed, saleh a road. ] A.

s‘ala’ to proceed , 4 , to call .Se ] ia

,v. t . , to bind. [Fi . soli-a .]

H .

’asar to bind, S .

’sar.Se] sa

,to be unable

,selu bia be

able, sele atai nabo na be ableto know his mind

,d . for sili

atai nabo na, lit . to know

(how ) to enter his mind, i a. , tounderstand his secret views :sili.

Selca,s.,a flat wooden dish .

[Mg. sol iaka,flat

,as a dish. ]

H. sela l l a, pl ., pans, such aswere flat and broad

,not deep,

A. z u luh’ large pans

,E. sah l,

platter.Sema, sesema, v. i. to be bare,sticking out ( as one

’s bones) ,or as the point of an auger orpiercing instrument : sam a ia.

S em asema,v. i ., to. rejoice. H.

samah to rejoice.Sema n i , v. t .

,to praise

,gl orify.

S. s 'abah, Pa. to praise, glorify,S em an ien

, s.,0. art., praise, glory,

also act of praising.S am asam an a

,or sem asem an a

,

or a .,disgusting : —na, a.

ending. A. z ahuma ,H. zaham ,

1 [sans I A

to stink, become rancid, filthy,disgusting .

S em am , s. , paternal aunt, anasem am his aunt susu

,mam .

Semen, or s'

aman, s.,the out

rigger of a canoe,or

,more

accurately,the part of the

outrigger, shaped exactly l ikea canoe, which floats in thewater. [A n . jm a1g, a c. j ima ig,Ta. timen

,Tasa. tsama

,Fi .

cama, cama kau a canoe whoseoutrigger is only a stick (kau) ,in distinction from a doublecanoe ; To. hama the smallercanoe of a double canoe

,My.

sampan a small boat,Mg.

sambo a ship.] A. safi nat,safin’,

‘

H . ,. S ., sofina, ship ,

vessel.Norm—The Tongan hamasuggests that the semen or :

saman was originally not a

m ere log fashioned into theshape of a canoe

,but a real

canoe,and that the outrigger

canoe of Oceania is a degenera te form of the “ doublecan oe.Semani

,s., the rudder, or steer

ing oar of a canoe, d. uoseman . Paama seman

,Tasa.

Se in semani is

m ani is manu , a bird, a figureof which (a bird) was carvedon the stern of the canoewhere the steering car is hel dfirmly in steering : hence therudder was called nose-manthe oar of the bird .

Sera ia, v. t ., to bind, fasten on ,as the handle of a basket on

a hook, ,sera ki , id.

,sera-goro

S ERA L O A MA N ]

bau a hat,lit. fasten upon the

head. H. s'arar to twist, befirm ; S. s'rar to be firm, s

’ararto make firm , stable, Aph.

’as’ar to firmly believe. HenceS era loaman , sera lesoko, beli evetrue

S era loba lo, sera teamole, bel ieveworthless

,despise

S era tea sa , sera tea uia , believebad

,believe good

S era masika,make firm desire

Sera sog,make firm sog

, q.v .

S era gor ia, make firm upon, orcovering.

S era ia, v. t ., to sweep (as ahouse) , tea sesera , a sweeper,broom

S era, v. i . , to ru n (water, stream ,

which sweeps its bed ) . Seeunder sar ia

,saw ,

rub,sweep

,

&c. HenceS era guru-maki, v. t .

,sweep

gathering together ; andS era kuruk, v. mid.

,id. and

S era taua ki , v. t .,sweep into

heaps ; andS era lo tua

,v . t . ,

sweep thingsgiv ing (them) to (someone) ,used of men telling an evildoer of his misconduct and itsconsequences. Hence

S era lotu , v. mid.,to repent and

S era tua,v. t . ,

to sweep (together things ) giving (them )to (someone) , as a pea ce ofi

'

er

ing ; andS era biri ki , syn. gura biri ki

,

to startle ; andS era makoto ki , id. See sar ia.

S era gisa na, for sela gisa na ;S era usi, v. t .,

to call (pronounce)after (one, as in learning toread) sela, and usi.

1 72 [sam

Sera lua,v. t . ,

to remove (clothing, &c . ,

from one ; also ceremonial uncleanness

,sera lua

namam) , make to go out, oraway. A . sara, 2, remove,m ake to go ; sar

’

,and sair’, the

whole,every

,part

,some

,any.

HenceSera

,any

,some ; sera-rogo, sera

nalo,something, anything ;

every,sera na tam ole every

man ; the whole, a ll (withn om . suf. ) sera ra , serasera ra

,

the whole, a l l , of them,

everyof them

,sera bakanti era

every of them all ; every

(kind) , sau-sera greedy,be

sera going every (where), avagabond also

,d.

,i n u f sera

it is finished all [Fi . sara,ad.] bisera

, biserasera ofevery kind (i bisera, t e., i bisera it is (in) every (kind, orsort) .Sera ia

,v. t. , to rend asunder, as

the tw o branches of a forkedstick ; misera rent asunder.A. Sara, wrench asunder.Sera

,or sere ia

,or serei a

,v. t .

,

to importune , entreat. A .

nazara to ask importunately,to entreat pressingly.

Serab,v. i . , to flow ou t (as of a

vessel,run over) . A. sariba

to flow (of water) , sarab’

flowin g out.Sere ra , v. t .

,dw ell among

,near

them , bisere to be among,near, bakasere a, and masere,q .v . A.

’asara, 3, to be near,6, to be near to each other,

’isr’ love, 810.

Seri, v . , to be unable to do athing (from old age and infirm

S ERI A ]

ity) ; seri nalo forsake, l eave,abandon a thing

, bakaseri a,to loose (a prohibition, ortabu) . [Fi . sere-ka untie, u nloose .] H. s’arah, Ch. sera

,to

loose, Pi . s'ereh to loose

,to

desert, leave.Seri a

,v. t .

,to speak of

,decide

,

consult about ; make a sign,show . A. s ’ara, 2

,3,&c.

,

make a ' sign,show

,consult.

Seri a,v. t . ,

to strain ; sari isstrain with it

,n aka l u sari

strainin g cloth. S. sl a l (sa l )to strain.

Seri a,v . t .,

to hollow out (as acanoe ) . H . sur to hollow out .See sar ia .

Seri, v .,

as seri taku-ra,to cover

their back,seri n am aseri , or

n am iseri , put on the miseri, q.v .

Seri a,seri goto . See sar ia .

S erita u ,s.

,the cutter-up of a

human body for the oven,S eritau ,

or S aritau , or Sara,pr. n . of a demon who is lordover the entrance to Hades

,

and w hose helpers are Maseasi

,Faus

,and Maki . See sar

ia,and tau .

Sere,as nakasu i tuba sere

n aka lu the stick thrust tearing the cloth

,masere torn

sar 1a .

S ereserea , or seriseria,v. i . , or

a .,to be hairy, hirsute a.

ending a. A. s'a ‘ira to be hairy.

S esere, d.,rub

,grate . Same as

sesera .

Sera m im i , d. , syn. sera bakan tiand

Serume (sera’me ) : sera, and me,

or m im i, contr. of m an , mamau.

Seru ea,v. t. rub, wash (clothes,

1 73

seseru , rub (as oil on thehead) . Same as sesere, seserasar ia.

Seru, s.,a comb. [P i . seru, S a .

selu, My. sisir, syn . garu.]Sar ia.

Ses,d. ,to be small sos .

Si, v. See su finished off.

Si a,v . t . , scrape, cut (si n abora

na scrape the cheeks with a

shell removing the skin) sisia,redup. A. saha’, n . a. sahy ’

,

scrape off, with the notion ofcutting. N m . also to harrow

(the ground) .Si

,sisi

,to blow (Wind, breath)

81 a,v. t .

,to blow (a thing, as

the fire) , to shoot (with agun) si-ruku : sai .Si a

,d. sui a

,to help sai .

Si, particle after verbs (t.as libi si sa in saki

,as rogo

saki. [S a . si,Fi . ca, My . s

,Mg.

z i . ] Assy. sa,prep . , originally

dem. , Mahri sh’

,prep .

Siba ia,d . suba ia

,v. t .

,to break

(as a yam ) , redup . sisibaand sibasiba ia ; m asiba , m a

sibasiba to be broken, nam asiba a fragment. [Fi .sove

, kasove, Mg. somba,

simba. ] Ch . s’

ibeb .to breakin pieces

,s’ iba a fragment.

Sibu na s.

,feathers ( short) on

a bird s back. A. z ifi‘

u smallfeathers (of a bird) .Sieg

,v. i. , to hang on the waist

cloth (of a woman) a nd

Sieg,s.,c. art. n asieg, a woman

’swaist cloth . A. was’s’aka, v .

,

id.,wus ’ah’

, s.,id .

Siel,a . , red. [My . serah .] A .

s 'ahila to be of a dark reddish

(the ) colour.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

sxxx-NA K I] 1 75

adhere to (someone) , continueor dwell with. A.

‘as'ika toadhere to ( someone) .

S iki—naki, v. t . ,to abhor

,loathe

,

abominate , d . masuku-taki, ormusuku- taki. A. zahak, N m .,

to take disgust for,loathe.

S ila ia, v. t . , as ta sila ia chop,peeling or shavin g off, chop orcut a thin shaving ofi

'

henceMasila na, s. , a shaving, chip ;and masila, m asil asila , to bethin. [Mg. si laka and si latrato peel, bark , skin, chip off]A. sa l l a l a to peel, bark, shave,or scale ofi

‘

, mashul’ small.

S ila, v .,to crack, as thunder,

boro silai a, bu rn masila, id.

,

sila sila, redup. , ta silasila, id .

S a . fa it il it il i , Ma. wba tiri,

a. bekili.] A. salla, sa lsa la ,to sound

,to crack (thunder) ,

m usa lsil’ braying (an ass) .

S ila ia,v. t .,

to help, aid, support,strengthen

,tasila (dd. tasiga ,

abika) helper; supporter, 811

wall plate (supporter of roof) ,tua-si l givers of support (to achief

,as giving food or other

a id when he is making a feast,A .

‘azara,2, to aid, help,

strengthen,support

,make firm,

H.

‘azar to help, aid. HenceS i ] , s. ,

wall plate (supporter) of ahouse

,help (.tua si l give aid or

help) .Sila ia

,or sela ia

,(1. so] ia, sila

sila ia, v. t .

,to rub, as to rub

(oneself with oil, [Fi .sola-ta rub, S a . soloi wipe, Ma.horoi wash, Ha. holoi wash,wipe

,brush, Mg. soroka

sw eep ] Cg. sera, seru, dz c . Seesar 181.

S IMBO LO

Sili ki,or sila ki

,v. t .

,make

to shake (anything ; if water,to sprinkle) , silisili ki, id., to

pour ou t,shake out

,throw

away, throw down, ru sili kifisera they flee in differentdirections (those overcome inbattle) , l i t. they throw (themselves, shake out, or scatterthemselves) in different (orevery, or all) directions. H.

zalal to shake,m ake tremble

,

pour out,shake out

, A . z a l z a la

to shake, make to tremble .Sili, v. t ., to enter, sila isa enteri t (a house) , enter him ,

that isenter under his protection ;sili fi a enter into him (as aspirit or demon into a man)sili-faki

,or sili-fiki make to

enter into, also thrust or throwinto (anything into anythin g) .

[S a . sulu thrust into,take

refuge, sulu-fa‘i, and sulu-ma ‘i

,

My. j ulok thrust into,Mg.

joloka enter, Fi . curu, curucuru

,curu—ma, curu—maka

,

enter, push, or thrust into.]A. del l ala, n . a. duh ’ul’

, to

enter (a house) ; take refugewith

,2, make to enter, 4 ,

m ake to enter, thrust, &c.,in.

This word is used much witht . prep . bi or fi, as in sili-fl , &c. ,

a nd to denote among,

otherthings the en tering in to a manof a spiri t or demon. S ee

alialia.Simi-ki-leo

,or sima -leo

,d. suma

ki—leo, s., echo, lit. sound of

the voice. A . z am a t vehementsound, and leo.Simbolo, s., d.

,a basket. O f. A.

z ibbi l’

,z imbil

’

,id.

1 76

Sina, or sine, v. i ., to shine, beclear, us i sine the rain clearsu p, Fi . uca sa siga. [Pi . sigasun

,day

,My. siyan g day,

clear. ] A. sal l a’, E . S ahawa,H. saha l l , to shine, be clearsun

,day

,in derivatives.

Sinu,sisin u , v. i . , to be hot,

burn (of the grass on the hills,yearly) , to be inflamed (ofone ’s face) nako na i sinu hisface is inflamed (with passion)henceSinu, s.

,c. art. , the burn in g of

the grass on the hills a placeon which the grass has beenburned see also tunu, bitu n u ,

d. bitsi n . [S a sunu.] A .

sah'ana

,n. a. sub

’un’, to behot

,sah

'

u n a and sah’in a to be

hot,2,to heat

, su l l’

n’

a n d

suh’

n’ hot, H. s 'ahan , S . s

'

hen ,to be hot

,inflamed (sore) , heat

oneself at the fire.Siora

,s.

,a pipe for drawing of?

water from one place andpouring it out at another ;said to be for sie rau (forsike rau

,lit. lift up

,dist

ribu te) .S i -rau, or si erau , contr. of sikerau.

Si rak, a . , used as s.,for si teki

,

i a , ,si taki blow, heeling over

(a canoe) , a squall or highwind si to blow

,and taki to

incl ine over.Siri ki

,v. t ., to scatter, sprinkle,

of seeds, water, siri kia ki,

i a. ,si ri ki uia ki scatter or

sow well (seeds) andS irisir ia, v . t .

,to scatter (or

sprinkle) on him (as water orblood spirting on one)

[S IU A

Siri,v. i ., to sprout, shoot (of a

plant) andSiria

, d. ,v. i . -a

,ending) , to

sprout,shoot and

Siri n a, s.

,0. art. , a shoot, Sprout

and used of men, ofi'

spring ;hence i n proper n ames of

children and men, siri (seed,offspring) as siri fakal, die.

zara ‘ scatter, disperse,

especially to scatter seed, sow,bear seed (of a plant) , zere

‘

seed,offspring, A. zara ‘a

scatter seed , to produce plants.Sisi a

,si a, redup. hence

S is, s. ,a shell used for scraping.

Si si , v . i . , redup. of si to blow ;henceSi si , s.,

a gun si fanna a cannon.

Sito,v . i . , cacav i t

,A . s’ahata

cacav it .

S l u , s.,a pri cker, or awl (a

sharpened bone ) . [To. hui,needle or pin (of A .

s' i ‘a ‘ a prick,spike. See sui.

S iu a (siwa) , v. i . , to hunt forfish

,or shellfish (on the reef),

siue a (S ina ia) v. t. hunt (fish,or shellfish, on the reef) . A.

safa ( 11 ) to examine or explorethe ground by the smell

,hence

to hunt.S iu er (siw er) , dd . su u a ra , surata,V. i ., to walk, proceed , go away,sisiuer, redup.

,walk about.

[S a . savali, sava l iva l i,sava

liga. ] A. safara, 3, n . a.

sifar’, to make a journey, goaway.Sina, or sua, d. siu o (siwo) , v. i. ,to descend. [S a . ifo, To . hifo.]S . s

'

bab, s

'ab,part . s’o’eb (Acts

xi. 5 ) to be let down, to

descend.

S o e, d . se a (for so ia) , v. t. , tocal l (one) ;Soso, v. t. , redup.

,to call

,sos ia

(for soso ia) call him also inbioso

,rasoso, rafioso. E. saw ‘a

to call, H . s'ua ‘

,Pi .

Soa, c . art . asoa na, companion, follower, or neso (artne) , especially of the oppositesex

,hence tauso

,q.v sai.

[Fi . sa . ]Soi

,d. ,v . t. See si a, to S crape .

[Fi . so-

ya , soi.] HenceSoi, or soia, s. , the hole scraped

ou t for the yam to be plantedi n .

Soa ki,soua ki . See saua ki .

S oa ni,or soen i , v . t . ,

to mock.

A. haza’ to mock.

Soar ia,or souar ia, v. t .

,to

abrade, scrape, scratch, as ragoi souari rarua the roll erscrapes

,scratches, or tears by

scraping,or abrades (_the bot

tom of) the canoe , sou asou a r

ia,redup. ,

a nd soara, or sonara,v. i , to split open (as a ripeseed

,pod

,or banana) , t e.,

tobe abraded

,or uncover or

abrade itself. S . safar toshave

,to abrade, H; safar (to

scratch,polish) , to write, A .

safara to sweep,uncover the

face (a woman) , to shine (thedawn ) , H. s

'afar (scratch, polish ) , be bright, beautiful , Ch.

s’

efa rpa ra , S. s 'afra the dawn .

See an te, a sou ara,or asoa ra

the rainbow,

the beautiful,or brilliant .

S oata, v. i . , to slip . A. dahas’a

to slip,E . dehas

’

a .

Sobu,v . i . , to spring up also. to

spring up,arise

'

(of the first

[S O K

beginning of anything) , and tobegin, or , be the first to do som e

thing. See fu tu m (bisobu ,&c. )Sobé na, s. , 0. art., the nape orback of the neck. E. zabanid. ,A. z abbu na t neck.

Sofa, sofasofa , V. i ., sofa, s. Seesefa.

Sog ia, or sogi a, V. t .,d ; sug ia.

Sogo '

u i a,V . t . , .to press upon

,

compress (one, as by crowdingupon him ) , to straiten, sogosogo n i , redup.

S eg, or sogi , s., what straitens ,

compulsion, force, constraint,&c .

,as , i meri sogi au makes

or uses constraint or force uponme (to compel me to do something) , i tili sog soko ia hedeclares force or compulsionupon him (to make him paya fine

,or to suffer death

,

as the case may .be) . [My .

sasak straitened,sasakkan to

straiten. ] H . su k , Hi. (A .

s’aka, to straiten

,compress

,

press,urge upon

,force

,compel

,

H . sok distress .Soga

,s.

,0. art. , d . nasok

,dust

,

rubbish,a lot of thin gs

(belonging to one)S ogasoga , id. henceSoga- leba

,s. ,a rich man

,lit. big

lot of things 5 and, d.,

Sogoa, V. i., or a. (ending,’

a ) , rich ;Sok

,d . soga

,s .

Soksok,d . soga soga , s .

Sok- leb,d,soga- leba 3 also

Sok,s. ,d.

,0. art.

,a cloud. H .

s ’ahak dust, a cloud, A.

sah’

k’

; the Verb signifies torub, hence dust (from beingrubbed small) .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

S O ROA S A ] 1 79

and rage, so‘r’ blaze of fire

,

rage, insanity, sa‘ir’ flame of

fire,fire bursting into flame.

Soroa sa,V. t. , to covet, desire ;

S oro, a. used as s.

,a covetous

person,and see m iseroa . A.

s'

a riha to covet.Soroa, d.

,V. i ., to be sick , syn .

sasan a . A. s’arro fever, anda. ending, from s

’arra to bebad

,as sasi na from sa .

Soroa, s., 0. art., d. tiroa .

Sore a, V. t .,to saw (one, of the

breakers sawing one on thereef) and

Soro aki,V. t ., to make a man

’sbody saw on the reef (of thewaves or breakers) sar ia

S os, v. i . , to shrink, become contracted

,as cloth when w et ,

india rubber,&c. , to be sm a l l

(syn. m ito), d. sés small, little .A.

’a z a

’

,to be contracted

,

made small,also ’aziya, to

be contracted, to contract,4 , to dimin ish.

S u ,sua

,v . i ., to rise up (tobu i

tubu sua swell s up) as groundin which the growing yamsare swelling (cf. lua) anotherform of thi s word is tu tostand up

S u raka ti, V . t. (to take up,lift up) , to startleSua i

,V. t., to take up, lift up,

then to take, receive, obtain,acquire, as i su na leo heobta ined somethin g ; and tobear

,as i su n afolofolon sa

anena he bore his sin, i a. ,

he received its punishment ;a nd to meet, as i sua natahe met a person, bisua, V.L ; su -naki to carry on the

head (of women) , su - n i toput on (clothes ), hence susuclothed (having clothes uponor carried or borne by one) ;to meet or take up the (odourof a thing) su rogi nabon.

The notion of meeting is inthat of lifting oneself or risingup against (one ) ; a nd aswelling in the skin is said tosua, i .a. , raise itself up , it risesup ; su (nasuma) , s. , the upperpart (ridge-pole) of a house,and masua, s.

,the highest part

or top of anything. S u or suais also used in proper namesof children

,as Sua ragoa , &c.

H. nasa’ to take up,lift up

,E.

na sa’ take, receive, A. na s 'a’

be exalted, grow ,to bear

,

carry, to bear one’s sin

,that

is,to receive its punishment.

H. si’, se’eth height

,a raising

or lifting up,a r ising up in

the skin,A. nas'a’ to grow up,

to. be raised,high, 4 , to pro

duce, 10, perceive or feel theodour (of a thing), nasa

’ sproutor shoot (of a plant)—sua (inpr. names) , young people.

S u , d. si, v .,finished off, as i nu

su,it is ended or completed

,

finished off, i bati su 6 a hehas finished off doing it ; ibano su he has gone

,he has

finished off going,completed

going. The word thus formswith any other. verb 3 com

pleted tense denoting thatwhat is expressed by

'

the firstverb isfin ished of See undermaso to be done.

S u na, s. ,0. art. , highest part (as

ridge of a house,or top of the

su N A ] 1 80

head) , cf. masua n a top (ofanything) su

,or sua.

8 11 na, s. ,0. art. nasu na, q.v .

,

juice.Sua

,for suna ( suwa ) , sina, siuo.

Sua,s.,brother. See tai.

Suasua,v. i . , to be willing and

Sua ki,V. t to impel, order,

send. See bisu aki . A. s’ayaya,l , to be willing, to will , 2, toimpel.Suara

,or su u a ra (suwara ) ,

su S u a ra,d. siner, q .v .

Suara,V . t . ,

to meet (as a headwind

,any obstruction in one’s

way) sua, and ara, V. t.Suer

,V . i .

,d . suerai.

Suerai,V; i ., to put out rai, i .e.

,

tai, q .v .,

dung,ca ca vit : sui

,

see si,v .t .

,a nd tai.

Suer ia,v . t . ,

to vituperate, d .

sur. A . zara to vituperate.Suba ia. See siba ia .

Sube, V. t .

,to place, determ ine,

appoint,constitute , syn . to

naki,as i

,sube biri a he

appoints it over again (anddifferently) , syn. to-naki biri a

,

as to appoint a day of meeting

,&c.

,and afterwards to

alter the day, appointinganother ; i su be roa au heappoints me

,changing, changes

or alters (roa to turn round ,to alter) the appointment hemade with me

, as havin g firstappoin ted me a certain day,he afterwards changes theappointment to another day ;henceSube, s. ,

what is placed, fixed,redu p. susube, as uprightstones firmly planted in theground

,n afera susube a row

of such stones,sube such a

stone,a statue, an idol, or

sacred stone ; a thing fixedfirmly

,as a plank firmly

nailed,a stone firmly fixed, a

wind continuing firmly in onequarter, n a lagi i be sube thewind is firmly fixed (in somequarter) ; al so, custom , as athing fixed

,sube n afan u a

cu stom of the country, subena its or his custom

,also the

fixed nature, custom,or dis

position, sube nig Atua i legthe nature

,cu stom

,

'

or disposition

,. or fixed character of

G od is righteous ; sube i tonaki n a fa n u a the fixed

,or

constituted, or establi shedfixed

, established, or constituted the country. I n thislast sense it is a gen eral termused to denote either the firstor early or ancient inhabitantsof a place (the original settlersof a district) , or, which is thesame thing

'

in another form,

the persons who figure inEfatese myths

,or the spirits

of such, n ow being n atem ate.

Sube is also used as a propername of men

,as Mariki Sube,

or Ma Sube, Mr. Sube (thepresent Chri stian chief of thevillage of Moso

,in Havannah

Harbour) , and of women , as ,Li Sube, Mrs. or Madam Sube.(See ma, a nd li. ) [Ma. tupufirmly fixed, S a . tupua a stonesupposed to have been a manpetrified, a n image

, P i . tovohabit, nature, practica ] H.

nasab , i . q. yasab to set, put,place, Hi. hissib to make to

1 8 1

stand, place, erect, set up (asa column) , fix

,establish (as

bounds) , Ho. to be fixed,

planted, yassib firm ; A.

nasaba to place,fix

,set up

,

declare, appoint, constitute ;nasb’ a thing set up, a statue,what is w orshipped besidesG od

, i .a.

,an idol nasib erect

ing, setting up n asiba t stonesplaced or fixed round a waterhole.Subu. See sobu

,V. i .

,a nd d. ,

s. ,child

,offspring .

S u -bua, V. t.,to l ift up

,or

ascend,bursting or breaking

through (the ground, hencesu bu a (natano) a demon ordemons who do so) , syn. su

bora ia, and sua-sai a : su orsua to rise

,or lift up

,and

bua.

Sub-neki. See sabo—naki .Sug ia

,V. t .,

to kiss,d . sum ia.

Sug ia, V . t .

,to block up

,d.

suk ia.S u i a, V . t . , d . si a, q .v .

,to help

to blow upon also (see sai a)to make holes in (as a mothin cloth) ; also to burn withheat

,as elo i sui a the sun

burns him ; and redup., elo i

tera su isu i,the su n shines

burning ( hot ) ; andSui , s. , heat ; sui n i elo heat ofthe sun. See sai .Suk ia

,V . t .

,d. sug i

,to block

up,o bstruct. A. s ’akka,block up

,obstruct

Suk ia,V . t .

,to cause to stoop,

suki l ifa ia (a bu rden ) makeshim stoop ,

‘

bending him ; tostill, as suki n am a ritan a stillthe commotion (of passion)

within him,suki n am a ieto

s tills the anger andSuki, V. i ., to be patient, firm

,

quie t, still, sink (subside ) . H .

s’akak to stoop (A . s’akka) ,subside

,be appeased

,H i n to

stillSuki a

,V. t . ,

make fast,firm

,seli

suki a,bisa

,tili suki a

tie firm , speak making it firmand sure, meri sukisu ki a makefirm , turi suki a nail firm .

A. s’akka,adhere

,cohere

firmlySuki a

,V . t .

,to stick

,stab. A .

s'akka,

tra nsfix (with aspear) .Suka

,v. i .

,to draw back

,recede

,

sukasuk , redu p. henceS u kei

,or sukai

,s.,

0. art.,the

receding (of food ) , the annualtim e of scarcity of food

,opp.

to n am asu . [P i . suka, cf.cuqa . ] H . nasag, sug, to drawback

,retreat.

Suku ti . See siko ti.Suku ti. See sike ti .Sula

,V. i . , to rise up (as a rising

ground)Su la

, s. , a rising groun d . H.

salal to lift up,cast up a bank .

Suli na, s., shoot (as of a banana) ,offspring (of man) henceSulia

,V . i . , to have shoots (as a

banana ) . [S a . suli a youngbanana

,son of a chief ] H.

n eSer a sprout, shoot ; offspring.

S u - lua i,V . t .

,to bring up (a

child) su , or sua, a nd lua.Sulu ea ,

V. t . ,to scorch with

flame,i lluminate with a torch

(ne sulu ) , and see masula k i ;henceSulu

,s. , 0. art . n asu l u , a torch .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

su su E A ]

Suru ea , v . t ., to allure, tempt

(deceiving) , lit. to deceiveS u ru su ru ea , id. , redu p.

sore, bisu ru .

Suruk,i .a. ,

su~ruk , also si—ruk ,and sai- ruk (see sai, and ruku)to go into the ruku (of a nything) .Surut ia

,V. t .

,to scarify

,make

fissures on the surface of anything. A. s 'arata to scarify .

Susu,s. ,the breast or breasts ; a

calabash (round like a breast) :susu na

,d. ,his mother

,lit. his

breast,or mamma ; hence

Susu,v . ,to suck the breast. [S a .

susu the breast,to suck the

breast, Fi . sucu the breasts,to suck the breast, My . susu,Mg. nono, the breast s.] H .

s'od,A . thidy

’

, pl. thu diyy’

,

breast, breasts .

See

Ta , passive or reflexive passiveprefix to many verbs.

~ [Fi . ,S a .,

My .

,Ja . ,

Mg.,id.] A .

,

E . ,ta

,reflexive or reflexive

passive prefix to verbs .Ta

,nom . and verb. suf. , 3 pl.

(very common) , for ra .

Ta,s.,for ata man , person .

Ta,neg. ad. ,

not,dd. ti, tu , and

see sa . [S a . le, My . ta, Mg.

tsy .] H . lo, le, li, Ch . la, A. la.Ta ia

,v. t .

,to chop

,ou t, also to

speak or utter (as it weremaking a chopping noise) ,redup.

tata. [Fi . ta-ya , My .

tatah,S a . ta, Mg. tatana.] A .

hadda to ou t quickly ; utterspeech quickly .

1 83 L

T’

,conj . , that (because ) , ta thatI , te that he, teku that you : té.Ta

,ad. ,

now,dd . syn . a o

,ko, i,

as i ta toko,i 110 toko

,i ko

toko, be yet (n ow ) remainsta, dem.

Ta,verb . pron. , 1 dual incl.

[A n . intan,S a . ta

,for taua ]

The ta of migita,or n in ita

,

and -a,for rua tw o.

Ta,tra

,or ra

,d. nra

, q .v . , blood .

Originally ta, as in mita tobleed .

Ta,s.

,d . sa , d . seate

, q .v .

Ta na,

s. , friend, companion.

[C f. Fi . tau,'

to,Ma . ta. ] A .

sahi, contraction of sahib’

,

friend,companion , ya sal l i

Ma. e ta ") 0friend , comrade " S a l l aba to be a friend orcompanion

,to take with one

as a companion, 3, to aecom

pany (someone), 8, to be companions to each other. Hencebita

,and bita-naki, q .v .

Ta -atuta,V . and s. ta cut, speak,

u tter,and atuta

,s.,a fixed or

appointed time ; ta-atuta ki

appoint a time and place of

meeting ) to (someone) . H.

‘adad,A .

‘adda,to number,

especially days,time, hence

S.

‘ad ‘da,same as H . mo ‘ad ,

a set time,appointed time ,

cg. H . ya ‘ad , A . wa ‘ada, 3, toappoint

'

a time and place (ofmeeting) .Ta—bau

,s. ,syn. tagoto-bau, a

cap,or hat

,lit. cut-head .

Ta,

v .

,to bend

,bow , incline,

extend,as ta bau bend the

head,bow

,ta tuba strike,

turning aside,deflecting (a

spear,

ta gor ia extend

1 84

over i t (of time, so many days) ,ta gor ia extend over (orcover ) it (the day in thepast named) . H. natah, fut.

yitteh, to extend , to incline,to bow

,to turn .

Tab, d . tiba , neg. a d. ,not ta n ot ,

and ba for ma as in A ssy.

aama not,i .a.

,H . mah

,A . ma,

used indefinitely.

Taba na, d . tauba na, s., side or

shore (as a side) . [Ma . tapa. ]A . tafl

" side , shore .Taba ia

,d . tama ia.

Taba,V . t to be like, tabale to

be like that thing (taba le) ,so

,also taba l a i

,tabalan

,

taba las, tabalo uai (taba, 10or 1’ (thing) , a nd uai

,n,s,

i,dem . ) to be like that or thisthing

,tabalo nanaga

,id . also

tabale sa ? tabale safa '

.l to be

like what thing ? to be how ?

[My . dama-kiyan so , Mg.

1n itovy . ] H . damah to be like .Taba

,s.,property given away in

payment of a fin e for misconduct ta to cut

,a n d ba (away )

as in soka-ha .

Taba, v. i . , to turn, bend , taba losu a

,or 10 saki

,bend looking

down,or up, taba kai bend

contracting the stomach (asto avoid a spear) , bitelo tababato be bent with hunger

,also

tama, as tama—ln ,d . tum a l u

,

to bend rising (in setting forthor out) , taba soka to bend,leaping (as in climbing a tree) ,01 . tama or tuma soka

,also

,to

leap aside . A . dafa’, 6, toturn hither and thither

,dafa’

bending,

’adfa’ bent,curved (of

men) .

Ta ba ra ba,for rabaraba.

Tabag,V. t .

,to slap . [My .

tapuk,Ja. tabuk ) . A. Sa faka

to slap.

Taba laga , V. r. (see balaga ti), toraise itself off, as aReflexive causative .

Taba las’

,or taba lasoa , V. i . ,

tabale,and aso to burn

,to

peel itself off after a burn (ofthe skin) tabal

’ is the reflexive of bale si

,or bala si ;

andTaba les

,V. i . , reflexive of bale si,

to peel itself off , as the skinof one ’s lips and

Taba les,s. ,husk (as of cocoanut,

chestnut) , finger nails.Tabara

,V . i . , to be burned .

Tabara ki,V. t . ,

to burn bara.Tabare

,taba reba re

,V. i .

,reflex

ive of bora ia, to be split, splitopen

,to be open .

Tabare,s.,a male animal . Com

pare E. taba ‘t mas

,a male.

Tabaro,taba robaro

,V. i .

,to be

heedless,careless

,disobedient :

reflexive of baro a nd

Tabaro, d.

, s. , senselessness, sin .

Ta basu l i , v . i .,to be detached

,

broken off reflexive of basuli.

Tabau sa,v. t . , to cover, to be over

( surpass, be above another) :bau.

Tabel u , V. i .

, reflexive of belu,q . v .

Tab ea, ,v . t .

, to take a nd

Tabe, s.,0. art. n a tabe

,a freshet

,

l i t. that which takes,or

carries. [P i . tabe—a,Mg.

taba ] S . .nsah to take .Tabe, v .

,to lean or incline

,

tabe to osa lean abiding on it,

TA BITA B] 1 85

tabe k i lean upon,trust in (a

thing)Tabi tab, s.

,a thing leaned upon

,

or trusted in. [Fi . ravi , My .

a rapi.] A. s‘

afa,4, to make

to lean or incline (a thingtowards a thing) , l , . he theguest of someone .Tabei a

,V. t .

,to desire or pur

pose setting the mind on . A.

bayya,5,id .

Tabeti , V. i . , to adorn oneself.Ch. sabet to adorn, E thpa .

adorn oneself .Tabera ki, v. t .

,to make to be

tabera scattered, tabera fera , ortafera fera , to be scattered,tabera fera k i make to be so :bera

,bera fera .

Tabes,s. ,axe : ta to cut, and bes.

Tabisa , v. i ., to speakTafisafisa

,v. i . , to pray : bisa.

Ta bi l akigon , d . ta bi lagon , v. i . ,to stumble, d. tabila kon, id.

lit. _ to strike, or knock (thefoot) by mistake (hastily) fast

(that is, the foot caught fast)ta

,bila

,or bile

,gon, or kon .

Tabora ia, V. t .

,to cut

,splitting

(3 thin g)Tabora i na, s.

,0. art., the body

where it forks off or is dividedinto the two legs ta, bora ia.

Tabos,V. i . , compressed, narrow :

bosa .Tabu

,s.,

n aked people , peopleof other islands of the N ew

Hebrides,so called by the

Efatese ta m en ,and bua I .

Tabu,

'

ta b, v. i . , or a .,to be

forbidden, prohibited ; to besacred

Tabua,s.,

0. art. , sacredn essand

Ta buen,s.,id. A . dabba, n. a .

dabbu,to prohibit.

Tabua, V . i .,to be spl it open

,

cracked,also mafua bua.

Tafa, s. , 0. art. n a tafa , a hill, lit.that which goes up or is higha nd

Tafa a d.,high

,above . [Fi .

cabe.] T. dayaha to go up .

E . diba above .Ta fagka , tafakaka . See baku .

Tafa ka ru a k i , i .a. ,ta utter

,and ba

karua to repeat a thing,as a

slanderer’s words to the personslandered.

Tafa r . See taiar.Tafasi

,V. S ee fasu

,eyebrows .

Tafe,s. , 0. art. , d. tabe

,freshet.

Tafi na,s.

,and 0. art. a, a tafi

,

follower,successor of a chief

(next in rank ) , that is, hispresent helper a nd right handman, and who is his recogn iz ed successor. A. tabi ‘

follower,helper.

Tafea,d . for tofe

, q .v .

Ta fera,

s.,0. art. , breaker,

breakers a nd

Ta fera fera,V . i .

,to break

,as

waves,C h. tebar, H . s’abar, to

break,mis’bar breakers . See

bera.

Tafi a, V. t .

,to be near. A.

tafi'

a to be near.Tafifi, V. i .

,to be involved

,en

twisted : fifi, hsi .Tafiloga . See bulo ki , and bologa.

Tafi lo, tafolo, ta ifolo, andTafu l u s. See bulo k i, bulu si.Tafirofiro, to be twisted (crooked) :biri a.

Taga,s.

,basket

,d. toga, q .v . ; d.

stomach [S a . taga,taga ‘ai .]

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 87 [_TA KU N A

w ay , in that way, thus, &c . ;also, interrogatively

,how ?

S. da’k hana (for da’k see

preceding word) , such as this,like this . This S. word iscomposed of d ’ (dem . or relative pron ) , a

’

, or aik’ , as, like a nd hana

,

or ’na this ; without the d’

,

S .

’akana howTaka n i

,V . t .

,to thru st on, or

into (a thing) , to thrust (athing) , taka sila ki thrus tmaking to shake or fall . H .

dahah , A . dal l a, &c. , to thru st.Takal i a

,or tikal ia

,d , v. t. , to

carry henceTak

’am o, or takaamo

,to carry

on a stick across the shoulder :takal and amo. S. s ’kal tocarry.

Takara, s.,the crowd

,lit. men

(ta) gathered together (kara) :ta

,kuru; guru .

Takara,s.

,0. a rt. n a taka ra , that

which seizes, or grasps, or layshold (of one) , as the con se

qu ence of some act, &c. Seekar ia

,tagaru .

Takari , v . i .,to hasten, go swiftly,

sail swiftly (as a canoe ) : kari .Takel

,takelkel , v . i . , or a . , to be

crooked,then unrighteous

,d .

tageli , tagel igel i . H .

‘a li a l ,

‘aka lka l , A .

‘ak ila, 5 , &c., id .

Takes,d . for n akes, or nakisa :

kisa.Tak ia

,or taki a

,V . t ., to fasten

(as thatch on a roof, a rope ona log , anything on anything) ,and see m itakitaki ; to fastenthe tongs on an oven stone (tolift it) , bitak i a, nataki, otaki ,a nd m a tu ki trusted in, confi

dent,brave ; and taki, s.

,a mass

of anything, as of yams growing together

,as it were firmly

bound together. A . w athika

to trust in,be firm

,steadfast

,

confident,resolute

,4 , to fasten ,

to bind.

Taki, s . See under precedingword.

Ta-k i,v. t .

,to incline

,to pour

out (anything by inclining, avesse l ) ; taki to in cl ine (onesel f) ,taki mita incline watch

,taki

torogo-saki incline,hearken

‘

to,lo taki look inclined, look

round or back,m itaki to be

inclined,lean over (as if ready

to fall) see si-rak, i .e. , si-takia squall

,lit. blow , incline (a

canoe,or cause it to heel over

on its side) . H. sa ‘ah (A .

S a“a’

) to incline (as a vesselwhich is to be emptied) to beinclined , bent, stoop.

Taku,V. i . , to be after, behind,

d . n ru k or ita ku,in ruk ;

Taku n a,s.,the back etaku or

i taku at the back , behind

(01 . i n ru k ) , also outside (thevillage) , also the (time) behin d,or after (as opposite to thetime before

,the past) , as te

n a l ia ti efaku some day after,as he died

,sela i taku ru afa

k i nia some time after theyburied him

,generally tau‘

i taku ,n a l ia ti itaku ,

the years,or days after hereafter) ,n a l ia ti itaka m a n the last day ,

day of judgmen t . [S a . tua,Malo tura , Epi taka , Motudolu

,the back ] A . t

'ahr’ theback, E . da l l r posterior part,dahari the last, dehara after,

TA K U TA K U ] 1 88 [TA L EMA T

behind,dahara to be after,

behind .

'

Taku ta ku ,V. i .

,to speak in an

unknown or foreign tongue.A. thakthaka to speak withfoolish or senseless words .

'

Taku, s.

,brothers- in - law

,sisters

in - l aw,syn . ta u ien . A .

’

ah'

a ,

5,to treat or act as a brother,

6,to be brothers and friends

to each other. E. ta’haagn a tio, or cogn a tio, alsoagnati who are as brothers toeach other.

Taku er,or takuw er, s. ,

a bigman

,a strong man : ta m an

,

and kuw er. A . kabura to begreat

,of big body.

'Takus ia,or taku si a, V. t .

,to be

like,similar to

,also

,w ith k

elided tausi a,id. ,

and tofollow

,also rausi a (t to r) ,

V . t . , to follow,from usi a

,

V. t . ,to follow

,and also (in

rafe-kusi a) kusi a, id. Seeusi a , and bausi a . A . kassato follow ; to narrate, and 5 ,8, to follow ; 1 , to be near,10

,to ask.

Taku ti,d. raku sa

, q .v .

Ta lakolako,V. i .

,to whisper

,i .a .

,

to conceal what is being said

(from someone ) ta utterspeech

,a nd lakolako .

Ta lekabu na,d. a rekabu

, q .v

Tale is,v. t .

,cl . tele is

,to search

for. [Mg. tady.] A . dara,2,

N m .,to rummage (vulgar) , lit.

to turn over (things, in searchof something)Tale

,s. , 0. art . , a belt, also a

rope,string and

Tale ki,V. t .

,to m ake to go

round (as a yam vine round a

stake) , tale is to coil roundsomething (as a snake ) , taleki maro (see roa) to whirlround (as the eyes in di z z i

ness) , tale ki to twist roundone (crooked dealing, to injure) ,talc round

,arou nd

,taltal

round . [Mg. tady, m itady ,to twist

,tady a rope

, My .

tali a rope,string

,bandage

,

&c .] A. dara to go round,

whirl,turn be dizzy

,2,make

round 4 turn round,da’ro orb

,

around,dairo round ; circuit,

&c .

Tale,s. , 0. art.

,the taro (so called

because round . ) [S a . talo,

My . talas,id.] See preceding

word.

Ta leaba,and ta l ta leaba ,

V. i . , towhirl round (as a wheel ) ,ta leaba ki , V . t . ,

to make towhirl round

,to turn rou nd

(as a grindstone) : tale andaba .

Ta lebaga , s.

,d . syn . ka lebaga ,

bow-string tale,and baga

,s .

(the tree from which the stringis made) .

Ta lefa , s.,a side region

,circuit

tale,and fa (ba ) to go .

Ta lefan,

s.,the circuit of the

horizon tale,a nd fa n to go.

Tale-firi,a ., all round (as round

a n island, tale,and firi

or biri .Talle, or tal

’le,V. i . , to turn aside

(as from a path) andTa lele

,id. , ta lele ki to turn aside

or away from (a person or

thing.) See lele .Ta leu or

, s., a side, circui t : tale ,

an d uor, or nora. See bora ia.Ta lemat

,s.,plantation

,enclosed

TA L I A L I ] 1 879

a nd cultivated field . Cf. H.

s’

édemoth and s’eremoth id.

Ta l ial i v i . , to be slow ,delay :

aliali . [C f. S a . tali,tatali .]

Talibo (see libo) , to hide, be hid,hide oneself.Tali- si , V . t .

,to prize u p, wrench

up (as the side of a flat stone) .See tila ia

,or til ea .

Taliga na,s. ,

0. art. n a ta l iga n a,

d. liga na, and nal iga n a ,the

ear or ears : ta, art.‘

[ML P.

ririga , Epi dd . tiline,sel igo,

A n . tikga , Motu taia , S a .

taliga,Fut . tariga

,My. talinga

,

Mg. H .

’ozen, du .,

used also as pl .,’a z én a im

,’azene

,S .

’adna, Ch.

‘’uden

,

’u dén a , A .

’

udn’

,pl . ’adan’,

and ’udun’. For the verb,

see rogo .

Talo,ta loalo. See a lo-fi .

Talc, a . ,round

,and ad.

,round

about : tale.Ta loku loku k i . See ta l uko.

Taltal,a . round : tale .

Ta l ta lura i,s. ,a sea snake covered

with round strips or bands .Talu, or ta lul u , s , a crow d , herd :lulu.

Ta l u ko, or ta luku , a nd ta l uko

luko ki,v . ,to conceal oneself

from atu ta l uko baki nia turnaway from

,or conceal oneself

from lako .

Ta l ubaki , V. i . , to be spilt, pouredout

,to pour itself out l ubaki .

Ta l ug ia, d.,and

Talum ia,01 .

‘

See tulum ia.Tam ia, V. t . ,

to add to, dd . tam

ia,t 'aum ia. A. s

’amma to add.

Tama ia,d . taba ia, V . t . , to

cover (as fruit, coveringthe ground , being abundant) ,

[TA N I A .

and see atama that whichrubs, syn . ore . A . tamma tocover with abundance (Nm .

smother, overwhelm) , to.

scrape or shave.Tama na . See tema na .

Tamali-am ’

,V. i .

,to delay . A.

mahala , 5 , to delay, a nd Hmahah to delay, linger (prop.

to refuse,turn back ) .

Tamalu, V . i .,to bend

,rise (to

set out) , to go or come forth,set ou t taba

,l n .

Tamate,V . i .

,to fall calm

,be

calm (as the sea, the w ind) ,henceTamate

,s.,c . art .

,peace ( oppo

site to war) , a calm,silence

also, the festivals in honourand worship of the dead

,at

which the people of differentVillages assembled mate .

Tam isa l,or tam u sa l , s.

,an um

married person : ta a person,

and misal .Tamaras

,reflexive of maras , q .v .

Tami sa, (1 . sabe li, q .v . ,

to tie .

Tam e, V . i .,d . nabo, to smell

see nabo .

Tamon,s. ,smell

,d . nabon .

Tam ole,s. ,man : ta man , a nd

' mole to live,living . [Fi . ta

mata, S a . tangata

,My . orang

idup, Mg. olom belona , id. ]Tamtam

,a .,dusky ragi tamtam

(syn . rag melu ) , evening, lit.time dusky

,or of dusk . A .

‘atama to be evening,dusky,

‘a tam a t dusk of evening .

Tam u lu ,v . i . , syn . c. mulu, q.v .

Tan ekabu ,s. , d . a rekabu .

Tan ia,V . t .

,to earth it, to .

cover with earth , then withanything (tun ia)

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

TA S I A ] 1 91

tasik, To. tahi, S a . tai.] A .

ta’s’ the sea.Tas ia, or tasi a, V. t .

,to shave

ras ia.Tas, v. i ., for ras , teres.Tasabo, V. 1. See sabo.Tasiga , s. , d. for tasila.Tasike, v. i ., to lift, raise (thehead ) saki.Tasila

,s., helper

,assistant :

sila ia.Tasmen , s.

, salt : tas the sea orsalt

,and men or mena

,

plea sant (so called because itmakes food pleasant tasted ) .

Tasu ru ki , V. t ., to concealsuru.

Tasuki,V. i ., to bow : suki .

Tata,s. ,voc . , maternal grand

mother. [Tasa. , ML, ta ta,father

,MI. and Malo tata

paternal uncle ] See ani n a(atene na, dTC .)

Tata,redup. of ta to chop, cut.

Tatau fi , V. t ., as bisa ta tau fi tospeak

,diverting or taking the

attention : tau.

Tata-gasi,V. t ., tata same as

tatau (in preceding word )redup. of tan , a nd gasi to

(wipe) stroke, smooth, flatter.Ta ta la i , redup. of talai, alsotilai

, ti ti la i , v. i ., to warmoneself (at the fire) . [Fi .ta ta la i

,Mg. mitolo

H. dalak to burn , Hi. to heat,Ch. delak.

Tatama res, tamares w ith tadoubled.Tatia or tati a, d . for rati a.

[S a . tala, Tah. tara.]Tatok, or a tatok (or n atatok,

a .,resident, native : ta man

,

and toko.

[TA U

Tatu, 8. (see tui) , a stake, post

(of a fence) , then tatu n afan u alord or chief of the land. A .

watada to fix,stake

,make

firm,watadu stake

,post

,H .

yated pin, nail, then prince.Tasil asi la , V. i ., to make a clearstartling sound (of men), tocra ck (of thunder ) : ta chop,&c., and silasila. See sila.Tau, tautau, V . i . , or a . ,

to bepure, clean, white. [Ma. tea ]A. nasa

‘a to be pure

,white.

Tau, v. i ., also mitau to be fixed,abide, as i tau suma he abides

( in) the house, i tau naranakasu it is fixed or abides

(on) the branch of the tree(as a bird or fruit) , nabona itau isa his heart is fixed on

(the person or thing) , i tauisa it is fixed

,abides

,or

(as fruit) hangs on it (thebranch) i tau ki n u ana makesto ta u , as a tree makes fruitto tau, yields (fruit) , nakasu itau the tree yields (fruit) , tauisa to hold firmly (with thehand) , tau gi to grasp firmlywith the hand, to pluck off (asa fruit) , tau nata take holdfirm ly of a person (taking himto one’s house as a guest) , taué a ; m am itau , matau, d.

,an

anchor (what holds firmly ) ,tau ri to take hold of firmly

,

or be fixed firm ly'

to,to marry

(a woman) , tau lua to attachor be fixed firmly (to one) ,bringing out one (as frombondage, or from her relations) , to redeem ; to marry ;ta u raki to attach firmly to,

as a boat to a ship to be

-1 92

towed,bitau ri , V. r ., to be

attached firm ly to each other,

to be married ; tau asa, tomeasure (it) , tou gi and toun i to measure , to weigh, and

to-naki (for tau naki) to place,set

,fix firmly

,appoint, deter

mine,establish

,tau

,s. , a

m easure,also to

,toto

,and (t

to r ) boroaki to give commandsto one ’s family

,to make one’s

will,to commission (anyone

to do something) , tau, redup .

tautau,V . t . , to _ _

commission

(one to do something ) , hencefitau a

,0. art. na-fita u a

l onecomm issioned, a messenger,also a commission or message

( syn . fakau a,

also tau ,tautau to divert or amuse themind (of one) , to fix his attention (as of a child to makehim stop crying) , then todeceive

,to take up a man ’s

attention deceitfully concealing your real aim,

belaki tautau sa to lead one, divertinghis attention or soothing hismind (with a View,

when heis off his guard, and in asuitable place, to tomahawkor otherwise kill him ) bi tau

,

bitau ta u,V . r . ,

to invite (asto a feast) , taua a heap , also acrowd (of men or a herd ofanimals) , from the things orpeople being firmly compactedtogether or attached to eachother ; tau a season , a year,from tan in the sense of tobear fruit (of a tree —seeabove) ; tau to be fixed

,to

abide firmly,is also used

a nd may be used before anyTana

, s.,a

verb,like toko or to

,a n i

, tu,to denote continuous acti on asi tau bat ia he continuesfixedly doing it. (So P i . tau,or dau

,S a . tau . ) [Ma . tau to

’

light,rest

,be anchored, be

suitable,&c. ; S a. tau fixed

,

to fit i n , be anchored, pluckfruit with the hand, buy (seetau lua ) , tan l a ‘i to anchorwith

,hang up with, hang on

to (tau-raki) , taula a n anchor ;P i . tau- ra take hold of

,seize

,

tau-vata equal (tau , or to,equal) , Ma . taua army

,Tah .

taura a herd or flock,also a

rope, S a . tau a season

,a year,

Mg. taona a year,season, also

gathered,collected (cf. taua)

also enticed,allured , attracted

( tau, tau tau ) , m itaon a to

gather in,collect

,entice

,draw,

My . taun a season, year.]H . sawah to set up, place

(S. Pi . sivah (A. wassa’

,

see boroaki ) to constitute,appoint

,to decree

,to charge

,

to command,to commission

(delegate a n yon e with commands) , to give last commandsto one ’s family

,to make one’s

will (Babb . sa va’

ah a wi ll),cg. s 'awah to be even

,level ;

equal in value,equivalent

,be

fit,suitable

,be like

,resemble

,

Pi . to make level,then to

compose,calm the mind ; to

put, set, s’

iv ah péri to yieldfruit (frucht ansetzen) followed by acc. and k ’ , to makeone like anything. Hi . toliken , compare (to-naki, inf ra ) .

heap,a crowd

,a

herd preceding word

Tau , tautau, V. t .,to commission .

[Fi . tatau-naka, id. , My . titab,

to command,order

,decree

(to-naki, inf ra .” See tau .

Tau mi,or tao n i

,v . t .

,to cook

,

to bake (in the oven ) . [S a .

tao, ps. taoa

,taoin a ; ta on a

‘ i

to bake food the day beforegiving it ; To. ,

Ma .

,tao.] A.

taha,n . a. tahw

’

,to cook .

HenceTao

,s. , 0. art. , leaves for cooking

which a re'

pu t into the ovenalong with the food to becooked . [To tau the cookin gleaves

,Tah . tao leaves and

stones put into the inside of a

pig to be cooked ]Taueru isa

,V. t .

,to haul

,drag

,

tau place,fix

,and eru

,aru

,

the hand,lit. fix the hand on

(to drag ) as to drag a man topunishment.Taui a

,V. t . ,

to twist,w ring (as

to wring clothes after washingthem) , to milk (as a goat )squeeze

,or w ring (the milk

out) . A. tawa’ (E . ta w iy , H .

tawah) to wring, tw ist .Ta u ien ,

or tow ien,s.,a sister ’s

husband,a wife ’s brother, that

is,brother-ih- law ; but, d. , a

general name for reliablefriend

,brother

,or sister, and

in another 01. the word isapplied to father- in - l a w a nd

son-ih- law . [Fut. safe, A niwan osa fe, Ta ya fu n i , d.

,0. art.

nev u n .] A . safiyy’ a friend

of a pure and sincere mind, i .e.,

a real friend, S afa

’

,3, to be of

sincere a nd pure affection

(towards someone) , 4 , to showsincere love

,6,to live in

193 TA US Ol

mutual sincerity of friendship .

Ta u bora,s.,

a n ornam ent thathangs or is fixed on the sideof the head tau

,bora.

Ta u la lo,v . or s. , to hang, or be

fixed or what hangs or is fixedin front of the belly

,n asieg i

tau la lo tau,lalo .

Taumako,s. , a thing (like the

peak of a cap ) worn or fixedover the forehead. [C f. syn .

S a . taumata] : tau, and nako.Taumako

,s. ,the wild (edible)

yam that grow s on the hills :tau, and mako for which seeaka

,ako .

Ta u m a fa,d . ta u m ofa ,

V. i .,to

give an offering (to the natemate) , tau m afa sa give a n

offering of or with it (something) , tau m afa k i nia offerit (som ething) , ta u m afa tua imake an offering

,giving to

him (a n a tem a te) . (Ml . P .

tomav,Ha. ka um aha to offer

in sacrifice to offer a gift uponan altar

,s.,a sacrifice

,Tah .

ta um aha a portion of foodoffered to the gods or spirits ofthe dead ] Tau (to place) a ndmafa

,or mofa a gift or

offering. A . ma’habat a giftH . habhabim (Hos. viii. 1 3)offerings (to G od) , A . w ahaba ,

H . y ahab, to give .

Ta um i a . See tami a .

Ta u ru u ru , V . i .,to grumble

,m u r

mur,m u tter : ta

,and uruuru .

Tausi a,V . t. See taku si a.

Tauso,or ta u soa

,V . i .

,to com

mit adultery or fornication (ofeither sex) : tau , a nd so

,or

soa . [Fi . dauca.]

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

TE FA R ERE ]

Tefa rere tefa rrere) , v. i . , tobreak rushing u p on the shore

(of the breakers) : tefa rafa ra ,tefa ra , and rere.Tei

,s. , 0. art . intei, a reddish

powder made from a plant,

tu rmeric : bitei a .Tei. See rei.Telake n a , (1. tel akea n a , 8 0.

art. a, lord, owner, possessor ;lake .

Tela tel a , V. i .,or a . , to be large,

wide a nd

Tel a telana , id. , 0. ending -n a , andsee matulu

,m atu l tu l

,m a tol tol ,

swollen,large. [Epi toru

large, S a . tetele, tela tel a ,

latele, va tele, Ma . tetere, large,

swollen ] H .

’adi r large,great,

’adar to be wide, A .

’adira.

to have hernia (to swellout) .Tele, V . t. See tale is, to searchfor.

Teluko. See ta l uko.

Telei,or talai

, s., the ancientaxe

,or adze-like axe (a shell ) .

[S a . talai to adze, Ma. , Tah.

tarai chop with an adze, Ha.

kalai to chop,hew , pare,

carve ] A. s ’araha to cut,slice

,carve, dissect.

Tema na,or tam a na, s., father

t ’,art., and ama for afa, as

mama for abab [S a .

tama, My. t ama, id.]Tema ba lu

,s. ,brothers, lit. te

(he who) ma (with) balu

(brother) balu 3 andTemaba lu ta, for tem aba lu ra ,

who (or those who) with theirbrother

,t e. ,

brothers . Sotema in the following wordsis lit. he or she who or those

1 95 [TEMA TU A m

who, or that (person) or those(persons) with .

Tema ba u ra,s. , d. ,

uncle andnephew : bau .

Temabele ta , s.

,

child bele na .

Tem agore ta, s. ,brother and

sister : gore na d. mera goren a . (See mera) .

Tema loa ta, s.,d . syn. temabau

ra aloa na.

Temamo ta,

s.

,mother-ih- law

and son-in -law mo na.

Tem a trafa , for tem arafa, s.

,

father and child,lit. that

the child) with the father.See afa.

Tem atem a ta,

s.,father and

child : tema na.Tem a taku ta , s.

,a man and his

brother- in -law (his wife’s gore

na) taku na.

Tema ra tau ien , s. ,t.e.,

te m aratau ien that with (his) tau ien ,d . syn. temataku ta : ta u ien .

Tem arau ota,

s.,i s , te mara

uota,that with (her) uota

(husband) , wife and husbanduota

,(1. me n im ariki .

Temasere,s., a belo ved one,

especially a child much caredfor ; te that, masere loved,cared for . See also sere a

,

baka sere a.

Tema tete ta, s.,maternal grand

mother, and her grandch ildtena na.

Tem a tia ta, s., paternal grandfather his grandchildtia na.

Tem a tobu ta, s.,maternal grand

father and his grandchildtobu na

Tem atu a ta, s.,paternal grand

mother and

T’

TE N A ] 1 96

mother a nd her grandchildtua na .

T’

te na,s. ,juice toto .

Ten,d. for tan onon .

Tena na,5 . See atena na d .

atia,or tia n a .

Tor,V . i . , to be slow, tardy. A .

5 , to be slow, tardy.

Tera sa ,v . t .

,be ignorant of,

forget,

n ot to know (it ) , (1.

rera,d . tehr. A . s

’alla to n otknow

,he ignorant of forget.

Tera,V. i . , to shine (of the sun ) ,

tera ia,v . t .

,shine upon it (of

the sun ) . [My . tarang, tarangkan

,Fi . cila

,Malo sarasara.]

H. S ahar (cf. zahar, &c. ) toshine .Tera ia

,tetera ia

,v . t .

,to go

after,to do anythin g after (or

in the track of another, bakatera ia to answer (m ake one

’sword to go after another’s) ,ba

,and sela tera ia go after

,

gu a tera ia shout after, bisatera ia speak after also torehearse

,recoun t

,tera usi to

recount following,tera uti na

to go after following. [My .

turut fol low, go after. ) A .

’athar’ track,

’athara,4,make

something follow another, 5 ,

8,follow the track of someone

,

go after,1,recount

,rehearse .

Tera,V . i . , to be quick, swift,

tera ki mala w heel,swoop

,

shoot,or glide swiftly like a

a hawk,tera gulu ti swoop

(upon one) claspin g (him ,as

in war) , tera tukitu ki runrapidly beating the groundwith one ’s feet

,tera belbel to

be exceedingly swift or quick,

tera m au to be quick indeed

[TERE

or truly,to be instant, do

instantly,tera bile to be very

qu ick,tera tera , redu p. ; tera

lo saki to turn quickly, lookin gup

,tera tabo (d. ) to turn

quickly bending the headdown . [Ma . tere, S a . teletele. ] A . darra

,to run

vehemently,or swiftly

,4 , to

turn or whirl a spindle veryswiftly

,H . darar (also) to fly

in a circle,wheel in flight

and like A . darra to spout,to

pour out (as rain , HenceTer ea

,v . t .

,to pour into 3 and

Tera, s.,0. art.

,a pouring out ;

natera n i u s,a rain squall

,an

outpouring of rain .

Tera,a . , havin g ( lit . that has )

branches,as tera rua

,tolu

,

&c . , having two, three , &c.

,

branches (of a tree) : te, andra .

Terafi , v . t . , to scratch (as theground) of. H . S a rah, an d seetari a

,tara ia d . syn garafi,

or ka rafi. See kar ia .

Teragi , v . t .,in kabu teragi , to

heat cooked food over againteragi is for reragi , as in bauragi a, bau-terag ia (see bausia, baraga i , raga-elo) .

Tera tera , v . i .,to be delirious

,

insane ; A . hatara,l,4,to

make , or to be delirious, insane also torotoro.Tere, teretere (a, ra ) , v . t .

,to

feast, to entertain (especiallyvisitors at a festival ) , also tom ake a fea st or banquet for afriend who visits one. The

radical idea lies in that ofgatherin g folks together for afestival, or enclosing them as

TE RA TA R]

it were in onc’

s house andhospitality. H.

‘asarah a n

assembly of people for keepinga festival, ‘asar (primary ideais that of surrounding

,enclos

ing) , N i. , to be gatheredtogether, especially for a festival, A . a

‘asi r breakfast and

dinner,or supper.

Tera tar, V. i . , to stagger, totter

(as a m a n drunk) . A. ta rtarato stagger (as a man drunk ) .Tere, s.

,c . art., the mast (of a

canoe or ship) , cal f (column)of the leg. A. sariyad, N m .

sari, the mast (of a ship) , acolumn.

Tere,s.

, and teretere , s. , thecomb (of a cock ) the eaves ofa house. [S a . tala, Tah. ,

Ma .

tara,Ha. kala ] N m . torra

crest,comb of bird

,A . torrat

extremity,side of anything,

forelock,poin ted, from tarra

to cu t, to sharp en, to snatch ,to shoot (as plants) , to propelvehemently

,irritate , stir up .

Terei a,v. t .

,for rerei a

,for

roroia rei a.Trea ki

,for rea ki .

Trei a,for toitoi a.

Terina,s., enclosure.

fence,enclosure .

Teres,for reres res.

Tere ti,v .

,used as ad., as boka

tere ti to smite or strike hastily

(and therefore ineffectively,confusedly ) , syn . sa rafi andsu -mati

,and bile, or b i lebile :

tera to be quick.

H . tu r

Tete,

s.,voc. , m other. See

under an i na.Tete, and tetea . See te.Ti

,and d. tsi, neg. ad.

,not d.

1 97 [TIBA

ta. [S a . le,Ma. te , Fut. si,

My. ta,Mg. tsy .]

Ti,V. t . ,

to say ti ki nia say tohim

,tell him , ti ki n ia sa tel l

him i t : dd. u i,noa

,nofa

, q . v .

Ti,s.,chief, as ti Tongoa chief of

Tongoa : for tui, q .v .

Ti a , and ri a . v. t . , to push ,thrust

,propel, or drive . A .

(laya to propel, thrust.T

’tie na

,or t ’tia n a , 3 saliva

,

water of the mouth,n at

’tia na

i sera sa his mouth watersbecause of it

,lit. the water

(of his mouth) runs a t it :titia.Tia na

,or tie na

,s. See atia na .

Tiam ia,v. i . or a .,

to be first,( I.

bea. or tobea (for toko bea)tia to abide or be, and mia, d.

bea , q.v . [Oba tomua, S a .

mua and tomua , ]Tiele

,V . i . , to finish a laugh with

shril l cries,in a whinnying

manner (of women) . H. Saha lto utter shrill cries to neigh

(of a horse) , A. sahala, n . a.sahi l

’

,to whinny.

Tiena,v. i . , to be with child.

See miteh. S . t ‘yina laden ,gravid.

Tiba,neg. ad.

,not. See (1 . tab

ti ad. ,and ba for ma

,as in

A ssy. aama not .Tib ea , or tuba ia, v. t to shootwith an arrowTiba

,or tuba

,s.,0. a rt .,

a n

arrow,t.e.

,what is cast tuba.

[Mg. tsipika .] E. n adafa , (2)to shoot with an arrow , ( 1 ) tostrike

, (3) to prick, H. n adaf

to drive away. The radicalidea is thrusting, pushing.

Ti ba,s.,the post in a house that

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

’

l‘I K O KI]

person .] A . toka’a t a staff

,a

support, he who leans muchon his side

,and props himself

u p. Hence, N m .

,taka

, 8,i tteci to lean upon. HenceTiko ki , v. t ., to pole (a canoe) .This is done by leaning uponthe “ tiko, a nd so throw ingone’s weight upon it.Tila ia

,d. til 6 a (a nd ta -lisi )

v t ., to wrench, prize (with alever) , to struggle , wriggle ,wrestle (as through a narrowplace ) tila ki , V. t . ,

to wrench ,sprain

,twist (as one

’s foot bystepping into a hole) t i lat il a ,

v. t . ,wrench up with a lever

roots and rocks i n[making a

hole in which to plant a yamhenceTi la

,s.,a lever, crowbar. [Mg.

tolona,m itolon a

,to struggle

together,to wrestle ] A .

‘atala to violently drag andw rench away, 3, to wrestlewith

,a ta l a t

,N m .

‘atela, crowbar

,lever

,hod.

Tila ia,ti la

,d. for lita ia : li ta .

Tili-mar,v. i . , d . for lele maroa,

to revolve or roll turninground lele

,maroa .

Ti l asi a, a nd redup. til at i lasi a :lasi a.Tilai

,titi la i . See talai, ta ta l a i .

Tili a,V. t . ,

to tell, relate (athing) . [S a . tala, V. and s. ,

tell,relate

,tale

,narration ,

tala ‘1 , ta la ta la‘

,i To. tala .]

A.tala’

,to follow, to relate (a

narrative ) , read, recite .Tinom i a , d. for tiilu m ia.

Tiragi (tira gi ) , v .

,to look at (as

a t

D

a spectacle) . A . sara, c .’ali

,to look at.

1 99

Tira sa,d. rira sa . See tera sa .

Tiri,v. i . , to fly (of birds) , d .

riri also to fly into a rage,to

be transported with rage,

flying and jumping aboutexcitedly ; i tiri, syn . i miti

,

as i tiri bas ia,or i miti ba s ia ,

he (transported w ith rage)fiies snatching him (the objectof his passion

,as if to tear

out his eyes ) . Hence ri ri aspark

,and mitiri a grass

hopper (from leaping andflying) , and taroa a pigeon ) .

[S a . lele, Ma . rere . ] A . tarato fly to be swift

,move

quick.

Tirigi , for rir igi , rigi .Tiriki t

,v . i .

,to begin to drop or

sputter (of rain ) . [Fi . tiri todrop ] For tiri see tuturu

,

and for kit,kita small, li ttle.

Tiro,v. i .

,to sink

,roll down (as

in the sea, or down a precipice,or into a pit) hence

Ti roa,s.,c . art. , a precipice, or

deep,steep place . [Pi . tiro ,

siro, sisiro

,My . turun, turun

kan.] H . salal , su l , to berolled down

,sink (as in the

sea) , mesol ah and m esu l ah

depths (of the sea, a river,clay) . See mitara ,

toroaki ;

alsoTiro e

,d v . t . , to swallow, send

dow n,make to sink down

(into the stomach) andTiro aki

,v . t . , make to sink

dow n (as a n anchor, ) to anchor,d . toro aki, tirotiro, redup.

Titiro, v . i .

,to gaze into the sea

looking for fish or shellfish ;to look at one’s image inwater or a looking-glass. [Pi .

200

tiro, tiro- va , to look at oneselfin the water

,peep at, S a .

ti loti lo, ps. ti lofia , to peep , spy,

Ma . tiro, ti rot iro, t it i ro ,look.

gaze,Ha. kilo to l ook hard,

earn estly,to star-gaze

,prog

nosticate,act as a sorcerer ]

A . nat ’ara to gaze, look for,consider

,spy

,to prognosticate,

divine .Tiso

,v. i .

,to exu de

,d. lisos , tisé

a exude on to (a thi ng) toto .

Titi,v . , to tread, titia ki n akasu

tread on a log (as on a logthrown across a s tream) . [My .

titi.] A. watiya. to tread.

Titia,V. i .

,to slaver, dribbl e (as

an infant ) , to have salivaflowing

,to have the mouth

watering,

n a t’tia n a saliva

,

water of the mouth . [Mg.

rora sal iva ] H . rir saliva, A .

rala to slaver, dribble (of aninfant) , riyal

’ saliva,cf . My .

liyor slaver, dribble.Ti li sa

,d. ,v. t .

,to sink

,dip,

m atin,V. i . , to sink, d. i edup.

tutu , d . lulu, v. i . , to sink, (1 .

riu sa , v. t . ,to point out with

the finger,d . tuma ia, V . t .

,to

point out with the finger,d .

t iu se, tu sa , d . ti'

i nia,or riu

sa, or r1

‘

1 sa,or redup. tiu tiu

sa , tutu sa , riuriu sa,or ruru

8a , V. t ., to smear

,tinge

,

colour, or pain t nafona (nativecloth) . See also lolofa , lum ,

luma,lulum. [Ma. totohu to

sink,tohu mark

,sign

,toi

finger, also toe, Tah . t-ohuto point a t with the finger

,

make a sign,To. tuhu , v .

,

to point with the finger, s. ,

the forefinger, S e. tusi to

TOITOI A

mark (native cloth) , towrite

,to point out, tu s1tu 81

striped, Fi . luvu to sink , Mg.

tschoka soaked, drenched,dipped

,My. tud ' ing to point

at with the finger,to indicate.

See also under l olofa , luma.]H. taba ‘ to sink (cg. S aba ‘ , A .

sa ba‘a to dip into, immerse,E. tam ‘a

,to be dipped

,

plunged,H . saba‘ to dip in,

immerse, to dye, tinge, seba‘

something dyed,a versicoloured

garm ent,Ch . (see lolofa ) seba

‘

,

A . saba ‘a to point out or atw ith the finger

,

’asbi ‘,’asbu ‘,

&c.

, the finger, H.

’asba‘

finger, also toe, A. saba“a todye or colour (cloth) , to makea sign

,indicate .

To,v . i . , contr. for toko, or tok,

dd. ti , te, to rest, sit down,dwell, remain , be. [Malo ate,M1 . (1. at, Mg. toetra , toatra ,toitra .] See toko.

To,redup. tot-o

,d . touo , d. tau.

s.

, a measure, equal. [Fi . ram]A nd

To-naki,v. t . ,

to compare ; toplace, fix ; to appoint, determine , establish. See tau.

To (and see tofi a ) , v. t .,to push

,

press upon. A. da“ a to push,

propel.Tea (towa) , or to

’

, s.,a (domestic)

fowl, also a bird manu) . [Fi.toa

,My . ayam, Ceram dd. tofi,

tow im,Bou ru dd. .tehu i

,teput,

tepu t i , Cocos Island ufa, bird,Tag. i bon.] H.

‘of bird (gen .

name ) , A.

‘a’

f’ gallus

.Note

toa (towa) has t’ art

.

Troa i. See roa i.Toitoi a, V . t .

, also teitei a (and

201

trei a ) , to hate. A .

‘

ada’

,

n. a .

‘adw

’

,b ),

‘adiya,to hate .

Touo, d. for roua. See roa.

Tob, d., v. i . , or a .

,to be large

,

great. [Epi sombi, Mg. dobe.]A.

‘a t

’

oma to be grea t.Tob, s., 0. art. n a tob, spittle.H. tof, E . tafe ’ to spit.

Tobag ia. See tabag ia.

Tobaroba . See rabaraba.

Tobet, s., rubbish heap. Cf. H .

tofet spittle. See tob.

Tobu, s., a. tumour, swelling.

See tubu.

Tobu 11 a,s., grandfather. See

bobu, bua. {Malo tu bu, Ta .tupu

,Epi kumbu o, Ml. P. apu,

Fi . bu,Fu t. bua, grandfather

or grandmother, prop. au cestor.] H.

’ah (father) , pl.’aboth

,A . pl . ’abau,

’ab’u (and’abuna ) ancestors.Tobua

,s. , d. ,

a n a tem a te, spirit ,familiar spirit, demon . [Fut.tupua, Ma. tupua, cf. S a .

tu pua ] See sube (where seeS a . tupua) .Tobu

,d. nobu, q.v .

Tofe 11 a, s.

,na tive cloth, clothing .

[Ta . tapa, Ha. kapa, S a . siapo.]Nm. thiyab clothes, dress ;sole ' essential article of Arabdress

,A. tha’b’, pl . thi yab

’

.

And henceTofe

,V. i . , d.,

to put on thetofe

,to dress.

Tofi a,v . t.

,to push. A. da ‘

aba

to push.

Toga, d. rog , d . taga, s. ,

a basket.H . tene’, id.

Toga, s.,

far away,also n a tOga

a distant place or country .

H. ra l l ok , S . ru hka , E . réhfik

far off, away.

TOKO-NA KI

Togo ia,d . toko ia, v. t , to push,

thru st , and see baka toko ia.H . dal l ak, A. dahaka to push,thrust.

Troga , for toga, basket.Trogo

,d. n rogo, for rogo, to

hear.Toki a

,tokitoki a, V. t. , to

gather up one’s things,or pack

up,preparatory to flitting.

See raku,taku ti. [C f. Fi .

toki a .]Toko

,d. tok, v. i . , to rest, sit

down,dwell

,remain

,be, contr.

to,q.v .

,sometimes pronounced

tuk. [My . and Ja . duduk,dodok , Mg. toa tra (see to) , P i .tiko

,toka.] H. takah, Pu .

tukah (Deut. xxxiii. A.

w aka’

a, 8,

’ttaka

’a,cf. 5 , to

sit (Luke xi v. to remain .

HenceToken

,s.,0. art a village, re

maining or dwelling place .Tokei

, or tokai, s. , 0. art. , aprop

,or rafter (which reaches

from the ground to the ridgepole in an Efatese house ) ;then n a toka i n a fanu a theprop

,rl a ,

chief, of the land.

A .

’a tka

’

a to prop up.

Tokora, s.

,a place. [Mata togara

behaviour,togava a station.]

See toko.Toki

,s.,an axe ; and

Tok ,s.,violence, force. A .

takka to cut, H . tok Violence.Tokalau

,s.,easterly wind : tok

remain,alau on the sea.

Toko ia. See togo ia.Toko-naki

,V. t .

,to strike on (as

one ’s foot on a stone , the windon a mountain ) . [Ma. tutuki

,To. -tugia.] See tuki a .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

TO RU TO R U ]

Toru toru,id. , a nd

Torn, s.

,sweat.

Tos,d.

,V. i .

,to creep

,d . for

rosa.

Trot ia. See rot ia .

Tota u,dd. ta tau , titau ,

titu,s. ,

a child , infant . [Mg. zaza. ]E . sa

’

s’ae

,H . se

’

ésa’

em off

spring.

Trotro,v . , to think and

Trotro na,s.

,thought

,mind.

See m i troa .

Toto,dd . tiso, l isoa , v . i .

,to

exude (as gum ,juice . from

plants ) . [Fi . titi, titi-va , My .

titik,Mg. mitete

,mitate

,tete

vana.] A . nas’s'a

,n . a. nas

’

i s’

,

to exude . H enceToto

, s. ,a plant abounding in

a milky juice,and its juice.

Totofa , d. ,V. i .

,to swell : d.

tubu , q . v .

Toii gi , d . toii mi,v . t .

,to

measure,to weigh . See tau,

d . tau asa , to measure.Tu

,dem .

,in ba notu , matuna.

Tu,verb. pron. , 1 pl . , incl. , dual

ta. See n igita , n in i ta .

Tu,v . i .

,to stand, dd . tsu , ru

,

a nd see 5 11 ; also to abide,dwell

,be ; t u lena stand up

straight,used also of rising up,

to rise up tu-ri a (ri t. prep. )also occurs

,to stand, or abide

to (or with ) a person , and turaki

,to stand or abide for (a

person or thing) . [Fi . tu,tu-ra

,turaga

,Tasa. turu, Ml .

P. tu,tutu My . diri) , S a .

tu,tutu

,fa a tu

,tula ‘i, tulaga ,

Ma. tu, tutu, tu ra nga , Ha .

kn (1 , rise up , 2, to stand ) ,My

. diri, Mg. j oro .] H . nasa’

,

so ’,s ’et

,imp. sa

’

, cf.

('

rU A N A

E . n asa’

a,A . nas a . See su

,

supra .

N 0TE .—This word also oc

curs as matu,batu

,fatu a nd,

l ike toko,mat’oko

,a nd also

a n i,it is put after demonstra

t ives,as uane tu

,uane matu

,

nin batu,n istu

,&c .

,lit. this

or that standing or being

(there or here ) .Tu na

,s bones (of fish ) , and

Tutu,a .

,bony . [Fi . Su i , d . ( lua,

bone,su isu ia

,l ean

,bare of flesh

,

bony,rough

,sharp ] O f. A .

s 'a ‘a,4,to become spiky

,to

be rayed.

Tua,v . t .

,to place

, pu t down ;also to give

,tu a i give him ;

tua ki place , put down usedalso of liquids

,tua ki nia las

put or place it in the vessel

(cf. tor ea) , make i t to fallinto the vessel

,redu p. tutua

ki,bitu a ki n ia

,or bi tu a sa

,

to put down,a lso to give (a

thing ) with some verbs it islike “ from as be tua ki niago or come from

,l i t. go or

come leaving,or putting it

down,or placing it, hence

ba bi tu ak i to halt betweentwo Opinions (in whichthe reflexive force of b itu a

,

v. r . ,com es out) , ba bitu aki

l i t. being to go leaving it overa nd over again . A . was

'a ‘ato place

,lay

,or put down .

Tu sa (see tiu sa ) , d . t i'

i nia,to

tinge,mark

,colour n ative

cloth,hence (c. ending a) tuni

tunia striped,marked .

Tua na,s.

,name of various rela~

tives,as brother’s wife

,

husband ’s m other,paternal

grandm other,a nd her grand

children,husband ’s sister.

S ee under the follow ing word .

{ML U. tuan elder brother,My . man tu w ah father-in -law

or mother-in -la w . ]T u ai , or tuei, a .

,old

,ancient, and

ad . long ago, also a long timehereafter. See baka tu a i tomake long (of time ) , matuaold

,mature

,&c . [S a . tuai, faa

tuai,

matu a,My . tuwah,

Ja . tuwa, bartu w ah, bfituw ah

,

m an t uw ah, Bu . matua, Mg.

a n titra,anti (pa n ahy) , anto

(andro ) , matoa, m atotra .] A .

‘adiyy

’ old,ancient (has the a.

ending) , ahd a’

d’ from ‘ada to

c onfer a benefit on one , tofavour

,&c. (see preceding

word) , mo‘id’ powerful

,ex

per ien ced, accustomed. Seematua.

Tu asi l, s.

,giver of help : tua

place,give

,sila.

Tu a d tue, s.

,0. art., twins :

Tua,v . i .,

HenceTu a n a

,or tuo n a

,s. ,legs, feet.

[A n . thuo,Ta. su

,legs ] H.

s'

u k to ru n,whence s'ok, Ch.

s'

ak , A. sak’

,pl. su k’, the legs.

Tui , pronounced also ti , s.,as

tui Tongoa chief of Tongoa.

[Fi . tui.] A .

'

waddu,for

watadu . See ta tu,supra .

Tunti a, v. t .,to tie hence

Tuut,s. , a knot. [Tah. toti,

My . tambat. ] E. s'abata,

Arm . séba t and sewat, id .

Tubu, or tub, d . totofa,or totoha

,

v . i .,to swell . [Oba tu tumbu ,

M l . timb.] Arm . séba , H.

to go,redup. tutua.

O4 [TUBA RA

sabah to swell, sabeh a sw elling. See tobu, supra . Thisword also means to will , asA rm . seba to will, to w ish,properly to be inclined , prone,so H. sabah ; hence in Efatese

(cf. S .,John i i i . 27 and 8)

tuma,d . tumbu (ndumbu) ,

with the n orm. suf. denoteswill

,sua sponte

,a s i tuma-n a

he of his own will or accord ,as “ Who told him to dothis ” 2 i tumana bat ia He ofhis ow n will or accord did it .”

Tuba ia (see tiba ia, tibea, whichis the same word) , to thrust,impel

,hence tuba hi to send ,

and natuba,

s.,

an arrow,

also a prick,sting, or thorn ,

tuba gote fi (to thrust breaking) to condemn, or

’

adjudgeto die

,tuba gori (thrust over or

in front of) to forbid , tuba gasi

(thrust wiping) to wipe, andredu p.

,tuba tu ba ia

,to impel,

propel , send off from the ideaof thrusting comes that ofreaching to

,touching

,hence

bi tu b, bitu betu ba , v . r. ,to be

touching (thrusting, lit. ) eachother

, i .a., throughout, wholly,

continually, as ta le firi bit-u hall round w holly

, ta fisafisa

bitu betuba pray con tinu a l lv

(one prayer touching an

other as in a series) , andi mate tuba n a sefa

'

l he diedon account of what ? l i t.

touching what t u tumara tubara they touch each other (as ofany two things

,also of on e

thing done in retaliation foranother) . See tiba ia..Tubara. See tabara.

'

J‘

UBA TU A

'

l‘

ubatu a, v. i .

,to kneel

,lit. to

stand on the knees tu,batua .

Tu bu t,d.

,s.

,rainbow : lit.

stand in the middle ofthe sky ) tu, but.Tugo fi a

,d . for toko ia

,togo ia ;

Tuk ia,or tuki a

,V. t .

,to strike ,

beat,pound

,redu p. tu kitu ki a

and u'ru tuki tuki run quickly ,lit. run beating (the groundwith the feet) ; [Fi . tuki-a ,To. tugi, Ma . tuki, tu kitu ki ]H . du k

,dakak ,

A . dakka,dakka, &c . ,

beat,pound , N m .

daqdaqa sound of horses’ feet

beatin g (the ground ) .Tuku

,v . i . , to go down , sink

down,also V . t . , tuku nalai

lower the sail (of a canoe) ,tuku bia kiki put a child in acloth basket to be carried onthe back . [Ma. tuku, To .tugu

,S a . tuu, Ha. kuu, Fi .

tuku-ca . ] H . s’uah, A. sal l’a,

Sal l’a ( cf . thab

'a,tal l

'a ) tosink down, H . s’uhah, s

'

il l ah

a pit,s'al l at pit , cistern , the

grave. HenceTuk

, s.,a hole

,enclosure like a

hole or pit andTukituki , s. ,

the seven stars

(because like an enclosure) ;and

Tak,s. ,

u ora tuk , place of thepit

,1l a ,

Hades ; a nd

Tukitu ki , or tukutuku, s.,name

of a place on the western sideof Efate , where is the entranceto Hades ; a nd

Tuku , s. ,a fence, stake, or post

(because sunk in the groundand firm ) .Tuki

,in m a tu k i, s.

, q .v . , andMau -tuki tu ki , or Mau-tiki

205 TUMA I A

tiki,name of a mythical

person , one of the first men.

[Mg. toky, m a toky . See i n a

tuki, supra . ] See under takia , su pra , a nd see mau .

Tuku n u a,s. ,a story

,tradition

,

d . syn . kakai . [Fi . tuku-na,

v . t . , and tu ku n i , s ] A .

nataka to speak.

Tu-ki -roa ki,V. t . ,

to give incommission : roa as in boroaki

,and tua

,or tu

,to give .

Tu letu le,v. i . , to swin g ; a nd

Tule aki,V . t . ,

to swing andTula

, s. ,d. a sw ing

,v . i .

,to .

swing. H . dalal,dalah

,talal

,

A . daldala a nd taltala to

sw ing.

Tula, s.,wax of the ear. [Fi . ,

tule,id. , da l iga tu l a deaf, S a .

tuli’

Zdea f Mytp

tu l i deaf ] A . .

salah' deafness.

Tuli for tili,to tell

,relate .

Tu lu ku for ta l u ko.

Talum ia,or

Tulum ia , v. t .,to swallow down ,

dd . tu lug ia, t in om ia, tu n ug'

ia,ta l ug ia. [A n . a t leg, My .

talan , cf. parlan, tarlan , Mg.

telina.] A . l ahim a,

n . alahm ’

, 5 , 8, N m . 5 telehhem ,

to swallow down.

NOTE .—S a . and To .

“ toswallow is folo

,A . bali ‘a

,id .

Tu- lake,v. t .

,to give in com

mission : tua give, and lake, q .v .

Tuma,d . tumbu (see under

tubu ) . S . S ébu will.Tuma l a

,v t. , to point out with

the finger,bituma v. r . d.

riu sa . See ti1'

1 sa .

Tuma ia,v . t .

,to knock (as a

door) , as a sign to open itA nd

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

cooking fires,as in the even

ing) .

U,verb. pron ., 1 pl ., excl . (contraction for an ) , d . bu (dualm oa) , w e (and) they. Mahrihem

, or habu, they (E f. buhabu ’mi in kinami

,nami) .

U,s. ,in nau

,d . for usu also in

hiteu , for bitesu .

U,verb. pron., 3 pl ., they : d .

for t u ( r elided) .U

,v . ,d. for ba , q .v . 5 in um ai to

come here.U a (w a ) , dd . na (uw a ) , ui (wi ) ,interj .

,ad .

,yes : u a , dem .

U a (u -a , a nd u -wa ) , s., oven, dd .

um,ubu, of (cv ) .

U a (wa) , d . ue, q.v .

,inter. ad.

U a. s. ,0. art. naua (nawa) ,

veins,or muscles (so called

from swelling out or up) . [Fi .u a

, S e . na .] See ua’a .

U a, V. i ., d. for ba , a nd boua, torain : ba .

U a ki , v. t .,d. boua ki, to yield

fruit ; andU zi , s 0. art. naua, or n u a n a

,

its fruit. [Ta. v .,auwa, s. ,

nowa,Oba

,v .

,mo ai, S a . , v .

a nd s.,fua

,My ,

s. , buw ah, Ja .u woh

,woh, My .

,v .

,barbu w ah,

Mg.,s. ,voa, v . , mamoa.]

’eh

,

’u h,

’iba,

’ébo, Assy . (inbu)

imbu , fruit, and Arm . abeb toproduce fruit.

U a ,dem . ,

this : with otherdemonstratives su fii xed, eitherthis or that, nana, uane, u a

naga,uai

,uase, uai na, uai

naga,and with tu (to stand,

207

to be) uane tu , dd. no, uose ,u in tu . Connected with thisword are n a

, u u a,ui

,nisa

,

niko,uila, uana. Compare 0

,

dem .,sup ra , which is identical

with the u in u a . The S . al sosufiixed other demonstrativesto hu , or

’u,thus buhana

,cf.

S t , p . 23, ow a (0a , wa E f.

u a ) this,that. Compare

Assy . uma (which , however ,has the appended encliticma) this or that indeed, alsothus .Ua’a s., a swelling, rise, i biua a (of, a g. , an island seenfrom a distance swelling up orrising out of the sea) . Seefa ata, and bua I I I .

U abé, inter. ad., d . syn. sabe,where n ow '

.z where then ? See

be a nd u e (d . na ) .U ago, s. ,

d. uak,pig

,swine .

[Ta. puka, Fi . v u aka , S a .

pua‘a,Malo boi

,Epi bue

,

Bourn babue , My. babi, Mysolboh.] This name seems lit.to denote grunter,

” Ta. pukato grunt

,puka, s. , a pig.

Compare supra buka to bark ,to cough (also d . buku) .Uai

,dem . ,

this, that andUaia

,id .

,also uai na

,uai naga

,

uai ntu,id . Compare English

this here,this ’ere

,for this.

U aka na, s. ,d. for aka na : aka.

U ako,interj .

,a mere exclama

tion u a and ko, dems.U al , for al i, day.

-U al u , for balu, friend andU al ubota , s.

,enemy

,lit. alien

friend.

Uana,dem .

,that : 11 a dem . ,

and another dem . sufiixed to

it. Compare S : buhana . Seen a

,dem .

Uan a,in t erj . , a n exclamation

,

see look out 1 Deni s . u a

and n a .

Uan, inter. ad. , d. , where ? Thisis dem . n sufii xed to na , inter.ad. See u s. [Santo vea i andeven. id. ]

U a—nate n atua na,s. , d., calf of

the leg,lit. fruit of the belly

(liver) of the leg.

Uane,dem . , this u a , n e.

U arik, d . for batik , q .v .

U asa , ad.

,d . asa , the day after

to—m orrow. [A n. vith, Epivel

'

i a, M l . vis, wisa, Am .

bugiru a , Santo pogiru a , Loweria, M ota a risa. ] The wordu asa is n a (for which see m a )day , and sa (for ra , or rua,2,or 2nd in pogiru a ,

pogi isanother word for day

,and

,in

arisa,ari is still another

,E f. ali .

Uase, dem .

,this n a

,se.

Uasi a , v . , d. for asi a.

Uata. s.,a portion bota ia.

U a taki , v .,d . for bitaki and

U a taki s. dd. otaki, itak i .U a teaf

,and d.,

U a team ,and d.

,

U ateau ,s.

,kidneys n a fruit

,

ate liver and amo belly,

lit. fruit of the liver (or inside)of the belly 3 a nd

U a teau - laso , s. , testicles, lit.kidneys of the scrotum .

U ati a,v .

,d . ati a .

Uatu,v . ,d . for atu .

Uaua (wana ) , v . and s.

,for

baua, q .v .

Uba i i a , or ube n a , s. ,his day , d.

kuba na.

U bog, s. ,day . See bog.

“ 08..J

Ubu,s. , dd . um ,

na , of .Ué

,inter. a d.

,where ? dd. u a

(u an ,u abe) , bai , m be. [E i ,

vei, S a . fea ] H .

’é’

, and ,w ith n sufli xed,

’ain,’an , A.

’a’n a

,a nd, w ith fi prep. )

fa’na,Mod. A . fain , or fein

(where ? san s mouvement) .N o'rE .

—l n E f. 5 5 . or sé (forsafa or sefa) also den otewhere

,lit . what (place) ? some

times fully expressed sefanalia ? or sefe tokora ? Bu t us

is an entirely different word,

w ith a different construction,

bein g alway s used w ith theverb . pron.

,with which seor $5 ,

cannot be used . Thus i ué he,

she or it (is) where i This isbecause the prep. fi (bi) is usedalso as the verb to be .

” Onthe other hand i baki (ba ki )sé he goes t o where to

what place)’

4 One cannot sayi $6 for i u e

,nor baki usfor

baki se.

U ci , interj . , an exclamation : uai .U elu ,

v .

, for belu, andU elu

,s., a heathen function

in which the men pass days inthe bush , hidde n from the

women, under the directionof the n a tam ole tabu

,in order

to ascertain from the n a tam a te,

in dreams, what their futuref0rtu ne is to be .

U en,s. , 0. art.

,sand : aran.

U énr,d . for

Uere,d . for

U é te, d. for fata

, q .v . ,and fatu.

U féa,ad. , afar, far away, at a.

distan ce d . emai, q .v .

Ui, interj . , a nd ad. , yes ( that’s

it) n a,or uai

,dem .

209

U i, u ia , also bia (pw ia ) , v. i . , ora .

, good , well,beautiful

, Arc.

[Mota wia, Am . w i,Ml . bu

,

Santo v a , Ma. pai (whakapa ipai to adorn ) , Sula pia, Ceramfia

, My . baik.] H. yapah tobe fa ir, beautiful, Pi . to adorn

(cf. Ma. supra ) , yapeh fair,beautiful, good, excellent.

U iko, interj . , exclamation uiinterj . , and ko dem .

Uila, interj . , exclamation : uiinterj . , an d la ad .

U i l i na , s., d. for kuli na,the skin .

U iroa , s.,a crooked kind of

yarn biria, tafirofiro.

Uis, or nisa, interj ., and ad. yes :ui, and sa dem .

U isia,v .

,for bisi a, to take w ith

the hand .

Uisi,u isiu isi (wisiw isi ) , d. bisi

uisi,d. bisi, d. bu siw usi , v .

,to

make,to work

,bisi ekobu

make a house,u isiu isi ki work

at,n au isien work, or act of

working. [S a . osi, Ja. yasa,Mg. asa.] H.

‘asah , n. a.

in a‘aseh (work ) , to make, pro

duce by labour.U isiki 11a

,s. , elbow , or anythin g,

as a corner,like an elbow,

u isiki aru na (or naru n a )elbow of the arm

,d . mago

naru na heel of the arm .

[My . siku .] A. zugg’ elbow.

Ula, s.

,a maggot. [S a . i lo

, My.

ulat,Mg. oli tra .] E.

‘es

'

e

vermis,

‘as’ya vermes producere

(Ex. xvi . 23 Acts xii .cg. A.

‘u tha t.

Uli,for n ili, kuli , skin. Mahri

got] . See kuli na.

Uli a,or 11 1 ia, V. t. , dd . oli a,

au li a, u il ia , to take the place

[ULU U LU A

of, to substitute for,to

barter for,buy . See bianli

,

d. biol i, v . r .,and bauli a

,

fau lu also c . art. naulu, s.

,

barter, and redup .,

Ulia l, id., and especially in thephrase u l iu l nako substi tutethe appearance (or fa ce) ofsome other person for his ow nto deceive (demons were supposed to do this) . [Mg. V idy ,m iv idy to buy, Fi . voli a, id.,

volivoli to trade or barter,

Santo u l iu l give for,buy ;

Ha. ouli .] A.

‘as

'a to do or

give something for anotherthing

,2,3, id.

,4 , id. , 5 ,

accept one thing for another,

8,substitute one for another

‘awis'

O n e (person or thing) inplace of another

,in place of

,

m a‘us

’

a t what is given foranother thing one thinggiven for another thi ng, E f.fau lu , id .)Uli na

,s.,leaf

,leaves

,also ulu

and

Ulua,v . i ., or a .

,to put forth

leaves,to grow up (of plants

and hair) , and redup. ,

U lu u lu a , id.,also to be full of

leaves,to be hairy

,hence

lulu na (for u lu u lu na) hair,and uluma

,s.

,a pillow for the

head. [Ha . ulu, u l u n l u , Pi .

ulu,Ma. uru, S a . ulu, Malo

ulu,My . ulu To. ulunga

(ulu the head) , Tah . urua,pillow for the head. ] See 10.lu lu

,lua

,laga

,elagi , &c . A.

‘ala,n . a.

‘aluw’

, H .

‘alah,whence A .

‘i law a t the head,H.

‘al eh leaf,leaves,

‘elehsprouting forth

,growing up.

1 5

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

21 1

bos, Epi Bi . voho, Fi . voce ,Ta. vea, Fu t . foi , S a . foe

,My .

dayung , Mg. fi-Voy , Bisayabugsa i .] A. m ikda f

’

,m igdaf

’

,

m i l lda f’

,m ikdaf

’

, A mh . m akzaf

,

"

A.

“aduf’ , oar.Uose

,dem .

,d . for uase .

Uota,s. , 0. art. , a chief, lord,

husband . [Tah . fatu, Ha .

haku .] See fatu .

Uota-n ~m a n u,and fatu—n -manu ,

s.,name of a pillar- like rock

(Monument Rock) off Efate,lit. pillar or stone of birds .Uota

, u ota u ota : for bota, botauota.

U oti a, d . for uti a, oti a : moti a.

U otu,s.

,a mark hence

U otu u otu ,a . ,having marks. A.

n abathu mark .

U a (u -a), d . for na (w a ) , yes,that’s it n a

,dem .

Ura,v .

,in masi ura ki to scoop

up water,sprinkling (someone)

and

Ura, s. , 0. a rt . n iu ra

,dew

,or

rain water 011 the foliage ofplants (from its sprinkling andwetting people ) . H. yarah tosprinkle

,to water

,hence yoreh

rain,lit . sprinkling.

Uri na,s.

,the latter or after

part, i .q . muri na , s .

Ura,

s.,lobster, prawn . [S a .

,

Ha . ula, Ma . koura , My .

uda ng,Ja . urang, Mg. orana

(ora noran a eatingH . hawar to be white , becomepale

,A . hara to be bleached ,

&c.,4,to eat greedily, l l aw a r

’

,

N m . haur, red leatherNO TE .

—E f. ura seems to beso called because of the red

colour which the lobster

U TA

assumes immediately on beingput on the fire to be cooked :hence the proverb i ti bi uraiga miel m a rafi it is not thelobster to become red immediately (said of wickednesswhose punishment does not

follow at once,but wi ll come

,

however slowly a nd u n

observed) .U ru

,v. i . , to run . A.

“ ara (H.

‘ir) to run .

Uru , uruuru, v. i . , to growl,grumble

,mutter

,murmur.

See oro,orooro.

Usi a (for kusi a) , V. t .,follow

in the track of,investigate

,

ask, question a nd redupUsusi a , v. t .

,investigate

,ask .

See taku si a. [My . u sir ,m a ngu sir, ta ru sir .]

U si,v . i .

,to hasten

,u su-naki

,

v. t .,hasten about

,or as to.

H . hu s’

(and A. l l as’

a,to

hasten .

U siraki,or u sereki , t e. , usi-raki

(usi to follow) , v .,to follow

through,hence

,as ad . through

out.U su, s. , 0. art. n a u su , d . iu

,or

u,a reed . [M] . ui, Epi yi , S a .

11,Fut . gasa u , To. ka ho .] E .

hase, H . hes, reed , a rrow .

Us,(1 . for su , v. t . , to take up .

Uta,s. ,land, euta ashore, _

ou

land,by land. [S a . uta

,My .

utan A .

“utat’ land

planted with trees andU ta i, or uta ki , v. t . ,

to load

(make sink, immerse) a canoe .

[Ma . uta, Mg. ondrana .] A nd

Uta,s.

,0. art. nauta

,a canoe

load,cargo. [S a . uta, Ma .

utanga. ] A nd

Utu, u t i a , V. t.,to fill (by

immersing) a water vessel.

[S a . utu , utu—fia , Ha. uku—ki .]A.

“ata 4,to immerse .

Uti a. See oti a, moti a.

Uti na,prep .

,after

,following ;

originally v .,i .q . u si a.

Uulu,v. i .

,also u il u (wulu, w i lu ) ,

for bilu, q.v . , to dance .

U . velu,Malo velu

,Motu

m a varu,Ha. me] e .] H .

mal l ol, and m hol ah dance,dancing, from 11 11 1, or hi ] togo r ound

,also to dance (in a.

circle) .

U u sike, and u isiko, or u isiki,

q .v .,elbow .

U n i ( u w i , and u - i ) , s 0. art.naui (n a u -i

,or nau-w i ) , the

yam . See afa ki .